” ALLOW ME TO MAKE THIS CLEAR BEFORE IT’S COMPLETELY MISUNDERSTOOD, YES I DO BELIEVE IN GOD AND THE CHRIST. I ALSO BELIEVE SOME OF THE STORIES OF THE BIBLE, MOST OF WHICH RESIDE IN THE NEW TESTAMENT. I BELIEVE IN THE SPIRITUALITY OF OURSELVES, OUR WORLD AND OUR UNIVERSE.
WHAT I DO NOT BELIEVE IN , IS RELIGION. I FEEL RELIGION IS THE WORST THING THAT COULD HAVE EVER HAPPENED TO MANKIND. IT LIMITS US, IT LIES AND CONTROLS US. IT DOES NOT GIVE US AN ASCENSION. BUT MERELY, IT ASKS US TO HAVE FAITH IN IT AND ALL OUR PROBLEMS WILL BE FIX, OF COURSE AS IS THE CASE WITH THE CATHOLICS, ( among others ), FOR A PRICE !”
As I have stated before in one of my earlier posts,’ What better way for TPTB to control the world than to control the world’s Religions.’
~~ Xaniel777
LET’S DISCOVER TOGETHER, WHY IT IS THAT I FEEL THIS WAY, SHALL WE ! Please continue reading after the following disclaimer…..
Disclaimer :
( Adopted from Wes Penre, at www.illuminati-news.com As this best describes my position and beliefs. It has been modified to fit this website )~~ Xaniel777
“Everything presented on this website is a result of my own research into the subject of the Illuminati and the New World Order. Just because you read it here, don’t see it as being the ultimate truth. This is a presentation of my own personal research and conclusions, and I encourage you to read and study it. However, while doing so, don’t forget to be skeptical and make up your own mind. In no way is my intention to force my reality upon anybody else. Quite the contrary; I encourage the reader to do his/her own research on these topics, and hopefully some of the material presented here can be useful for present and future references.”
This website grew to become a huge database with a wealth of information that has been posted over many years. It is also the story of my own journey from 1998-2009, when I stopped posting updates. Therefore, I ask the reader to use their own judgment when absorbing this large library of information, take what resonates and discard what doesn’t.
It is naive to believe that no errors were made on the way. The reader will probably sooner or later stumble upon material that may not be totally correct, and for this I apologize. It is next to impossible for one person to go through and edit everything after the fact, so please use discernment and cross-check information you’re uncertain about with other sources.
In the scheme of things, some mistakes here and there does not change the picture as a whole, and this website will hopefully open up new doors for the reader, to make their own, further research on any subject brought to light here.”
COPYRIGHT
“Non of the material on this website has been uploaded for financial profit, but is merely there for education and research purposes under the ‘Fair Use’ laws”.
(The fair use doctrine is a privilege in others than the owner of the copyright to use the copyrighted material in a reasonable manner without his or her consent. The reasonableness of a use is determined on a case-by-case basis applying an equitable rule of reason analysis. There are four factors in determining whether the use was a “fair use”: 1) the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes; 2) the nature of the copyrighted work; 3) the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and 4) the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.)
“However, if anyone feels that I have breached the copy write laws by using their own material (or the material of anyone officially represented by the person(s) making the complaint), please contact me in the first instance and I will be glad to remove the offending items, if I have in fact done so (e-mail link below)”.
LIBEL AND SLANDER
“The information on this web site is not intended to implicate or even accuse the companies or their employees, directors or shareholders of being involved in any malevolent practices. Unfortunately most of these lower echelon people don’t know the bigger picture and are just out to make an honest living. The point being that we must look at the secret societies at the top who own these institutions and industries at the highest levels.”
TERRORISM AND HATE CRIME INCITATION
“I would firstly like to state that I have no axes to grind, nor should I for any race, religion or nation. As I am well aware that there have been many attempts to label those such as myself who speak out on the ‘New World Order’ as anti-whatever, I feel it necessary to point out that the agendas which are being forwarded involve all races, religions and nations and are not exclusively manipulated by, but rather through these, which at their core are only symbols of division”.
“Although I may not agree with many if not most concepts of brainwashing and mental / emotional imprisonment which all religions hold as sacred, I do respect a persons right to choose to live however they feel the need to and therefore repudiate any accusations of being a racist, bigot or anti-whatever etc”. I also want to declare that I haveno hidden agenda, don’t work for (and never have) any government, nor the military, any Intelligence or other group, good or bad. I am not belonging to any religion, religious group, secret society or cult, but am working all by myself with the help from contributors of information, who come and go. My only intention is to expose the New World Order to common man, so each of us can see clearly what is happening and make wiser decisions for our own future, instead of being puppets for an Elite, whom most of the population don’t even know they are puppets for.”
OFFENSIVE AND DISTRESSING MATERIAL
“Please note that this site does not intentionally contain any material that will cause upset, insult or offense to anyone, however I am aware that certain information can be received with negative reactions, therefore I will make every attempt to place warnings if certain reports, video footage or images contain material which may cause distress”.
DISAGREEABLE MATERIAL
“This website has not been set up as a forum for what it right and wrong. This site is funded and managed by myself alone and I do not enchant myself with beliefs that I am either on a ‘divine mission’ or any form of ‘chosen one’ above all else, as many others do.”
“Despite my attempts to remain sincere and integral, at the end of the day the points of views expressed on Danimart.com are merely my own and I reserve the right to express them, always in a non-violent yet pro-active manner.”
“There are some contradictions in this material, but those are intentionally put here by me for the visitor to get more than one viewpoint on a certain event and/or information. The subjects covered on this web site are extremely huge, complicated and somehow confusing. This is not by accident, but made that way by those whom I expose, to make it harder to find the truth in a labyrinth of information and disinformation. Therefore I sometimes present more than one view on things, so the visitor more easily can make up his or her mind.”
For those who would like to keep track of the crimes of ‘ The House of Sorcerers ‘( meaning The Vatican not the Good Guy’s at my Brotherhood ) then go to and bookmark this website : Vatican Crimes Revealed
Here’s a little something, something to get us started :
Courtroom fury as Catholic bishop walks free just hours after child porn sentencing
National Post Staff Jan 4, 2012 – 3:38 PM ET | Last Updated: Jan 4, 2012 4:46 PM ET
PAT McGRATH, THE OTTAWA CITIZEN
Former Catholic bishop Raymond Lahey leaves the court house Wednesday with lawyer Solomon Friedman.
Angry scenes erupted inside an Ottawa courthouse Wednesday after a Catholic bishop with an addiction to Internet pornography walked free despite admitting to possessing images of naked boys wearing rosary beads and crucifixes.
Ontario Court Justice Kent Kirkland sentenced Raymond Lahey to 15 months in jail Wednesday, time that he will be credited with already having served, prompting an outburst from one man in the court.
“You’re not a pedophile, you’re a demon, you f–king idiot,” the man yelled at Lahey.
“I’m a survivor, I got to live with it. He’s a f–king demon!” the man shouted, as the judge called for security.
Lahey, who once negotiated a $13-million settlement for victims of child sex abuse by priests as the bishop of Antigonish, N.S., pleaded guilty in May to possession of child pornography for the purpose of importation.
However a leading children’s rights activist said Wednesday that the 15-month sentence did not reflect the seriousness of the crime.
Rosalind Proger of Beyond Borders said Lahey helped fuel a market for child pornography.
“These are real children in these images,” she said from Winnipeg. “They are not drawings. If you look at this sentencing from the perspective of the victims — the children in those images he had — there is a real disconnect between the crime and it ramifications on young lives.
“If the children in those images could have stood in the court room perhaps the sentence would have been tougher.
“No one would be making child pornography if there wasn’t demand and what people like Lahey do is create the demand”, Ms Proger said.
Lahey had been returning from a trip abroad when customs agents checked his laptop computer and found images which included young boys and teens engaged in sex acts including bondage and torture.
Police discovered 588 child pornography images along with 63 videos and several stories with themes of slavery.
The child pornography made up only a small percentage of the approximately 155,000 pictures of pornography he had on the computer.
The 71-year-old voluntarily surrendered himself into custody to begin serving what the law says must be a minimum mandatory sentence of a year in jail.
However, Justice Kirkland ruled at Lahey’s last court appearance before Christmas that the contrite Lahey should be eligible for two-for-one credit for the eight months he already spent behind bars.
With 16 months credit, Lahey’s sentence was complete, Justice Kirkland found. Crown prosecutors had asked for a sentence of 18 to 22 months.
A psychiatrist who examined Lahey testified he was interested in gay sado-masochistic sex and wasn’t a risk to reoffend against a child. Dr. John Bradford added that he was confident Lahey is not a pedophile.
During an earlier court appearance, Lahey told Justice Kirkland he had an “indiscriminate” addiction to online pornography but didn’t seek help because of his high-ranking position in the church.
Lahey said he secretly wanted to be found out, so it was a “blessing in disguise” when customs agents stopped him at the Ottawa airport in September 2009.
A psychiatrist at the Children’s Hospital of Eastern Ontario in Ottawa claimed users of child pornography have a “very high recidivism rate”.
“When people use child pornography they are aware that their preferred sexual object is a child and that this is abhorrent to society,” said Dr. David Palframan.
“But despite their knowledge they find it almost impossible to stop. And even though they feel deep shame they continue — and this speaks to the power of this sexual choice.”
Part of the problem, Dr. Palframan added, is that medicine has very little to offer these offenders.
“It’s almost at the cellular lever. It becomes embedded in their personality. They usually never fell into normal sexual behaviour. The can’t graduate to the idea of sex with adults.”
With files from Charles Lewis, Postmedia News and The Ottawa Citizen
Anglican and Catholic clergy were accused of aiding in the killing of Tutsis in Rwanda in 1994. Although the church tried to hush up the scandal, the minister of the church of the Holy Family was exposed in the media in 1996 for having killed Tutsis seeking sanctuary. Two Benedictine nuns fled to a nunnary in Belgium to avoid prosecution.
BUT HERE YOU WILL SEE THAT IT GETS MUCH, MUCH WORSE :
CHILD MOLESTATION SCANDALS
If child molestation is actually your concern, how come we don’t see Bradley tanks knocking down Catholic churches? ~ Bill Hicks, 1993, referencing the Waco siege
I am getting a lot of hate-email from buy-bull bangers complaining about the recent child molestation scandals to hit organized religion. Catholics are accusing me of conspiring with “The Jews” to destroy Christianity while the Rabbis who get caught dipping their wicks in the wrong candles are screaming anti-Semitism. All of this anger is. of course, displaced.
These people within these organizations of their own free will engaged in barbaric behaviors with children, then used the indoctrinated mythology of their organization to try to cover it all up. The scale and the historical duration of the crimes shows that this is not a problem with just a few corrupted individuals but with the entity known as organized religion as a whole. Sexual abuse is endemic throughout Catholicism, Protestantism, Methodism, Mormonism, Judaism, and a whole bunch of other isms. It is not the people; it is the institution of organized religion itself that is condemned by its own actions, whether crime of commission (crime of emission?) or crime of cover-up.
03/22/02 Another priest suspended over sexual allegations If the self-appointed spokesmen for the deity can’t control their own lives, they certainly have no business telling anyone else how to run theirs.
Ex-youth pastor sentenced in child molestations, Gainesville Times, 2/16/10 (Phillip Glenn Terrell)(Afterwards, Southern Baptist church, Emmanuel Baptist, changes its name to Heritage Fellowship.)
Church adviser may face warrant, New York Times, 2/13/10 (“An order is listed in the United States national crime database for a man with that name and birthdate to be arrested on sight….”)
Former pastor plans to appeal murder conviction, ABP, 1/26/10 (Matt Baker)(Pastor Wade Burleson says that someone in SBC “needs to issue some kind of statement that takes responsibility for letting this pastor slip through the cracks when attempted rape and other sexual crimes were reported to religious authorities….”)
Ex-pastor who killed wife gets 65-year prison term, Associated Press (Sacramento Bee), 1/21/10 (Matt Baker)(“During sentencing…four women testified that Baker had made unwanted sexual advances toward them including one who complained to police of an attempted sexual assault.”)
Ex-pastor faces life sentence after conviction, Associated Press (Times Online), 1/21/10 (Matt Baker)(“… alleged sexual advances toward more than a dozen other women . . . . including some underage girls.. . . Jurors were instructed that to find Baker guilty, they had to agree on two things: that Baker drugged his wife and that he suffocated her with a pillow.”)
Women say convicted Texas ex-pastor made advances, Associated Press (Charlotte Observer), 1/20/10 (Matt Baker)(Woman testifies that Baker was “forcible and aggressive.” She says, “I had to use all my strength to keep him off of me and from taking my clothes off.”)
Youth pastor indicted, Odessa American, 1/5/10 (Robert John Weber)(Senior pastor states: “We have been aware of the situation from the beginning and have re-assigned Mr. Weber to another ministry position within our church.”)
2009: The year in Baptist newsmakers, ABP, 1/1/2010 (“[C]lergy-sex-abuse scandals continued to rock corners of the Baptist world . . . . Christa Brown published a memoir and expose . . . .”)
Barrett pleas guilty to all four counts, Mountain Statesman, 10/7/09 (Baptist pastor Craig Johnsonallegedly knew about Barrett’s molestation of a kid in 2005 and did nothing.)
Child porn consumes N.C. man’s life, Charlotte Observer, 9/21/09 (Southern Baptist pastor Ricky Mill of Providence Baptist Church in Raleigh urges leniency for man convicted on child porn.)
Youth minister found guilty of molestation, ABP, 8/20/09 (Christopher Decaire)(“The current SBC position that each church can effectively address clergy sex abuse on its own is like thinking each municipality across the country can effectively address terrorism.”)
Grand jury indicted Rodgerson, Kirksville Daily Express (MO), 6/22/09 (Aaron Rodgerson on a failure to report charge. Child’s father was associate pastor at same church.)
Missionary kids abused sexually, Washington Times, 6/21/09 (“Nearly 7 percent of former missionary children said they were sexually abused during their elementary-school years.”)
Victims of missionary school seek healing through new film, Akron Beacon Journal, 5/16/09 (“We are survivors and we just want the church to be the church. We have been hurt and the job of the church is to love us, to care for us and to show compassion.”)
Former Southern Baptist pastor pleads guilty to sexual abuse, ABP, 4/30/09 (Steven C. Haney / David Pierce)(“Brown asked Southern Baptist leaders to create a national database of clergy convicted, admitted or credibly accused of sexual abuse and create an independent review board to receive and investigate allegations of sexual misconduct…. [T]he SBC Executive Committee opted against the proposal, saying the convention lacked authority to investigate local churches. Timemagazine ranked that denial one of the top 10 ‘under-reported’ stories of the year.”)
Group protests against former pastor, News4Jax, 4/28/09 (Darrell Gilyard)(“We see time and time again victims or witnesses or whistleblowers who have information that could help prosecutors but tend to stay silent.”)
Experts: Pastor online sex case should raise red flags for parents, WDAF-TV (Kansas City, MO), 4/10/09 (Robert Black) (135 kids became “friends” with online 40-yr-old stranger. “It’s anybody” … “This being a pastor shows us that…. you can’t pick them out, it’s not written on their heads.”)
Making the best of a pastor scandal, Indianapolis Star, 3/30/09 (Jerry Hillenburg)(comparison to handling of similar pastor scandals in Indiana Episcopal and Assembly of God churches)
I’ll bet the church misses the days when they could just burn guys like Girolamo Savonarola for reporting on the wild orgies Pope Alexander VI threw in the Vatican, with his daughter and lover Lucrezia Borgia by his side!
References
R.Robbins, The Encyclopedia Of Witchraft & Demonology, Crown Publishers, Nw York 1959. K.Deschner, Abermals krähte der Hahn, Stuttgart 1962. K.Deschner, Opus Diaboli, Reinbek 1987. P.W.Edbury, Crusade and Settlement, Cardiff Univ. Press 1985. S.Eidelberg, The Jews and the Crusaders, Madison 1977. Hunter, M., Wootton, D., Atheism from the Reformation to the Enlightenment, Oxford 1992. Schröder-Kappus, E., Wagner, W., Michael Sattler. EinMärtyrer in Rottenburg, Tübingen, TVT Media 1992. H.C.Lea, The Inquisition of the Middle Ages, New York 1961. M.Margolis, A.Marx, A History of the Jewish People. A.Manhattan, The Vatican’s Holocaust, Springfield 1986. V.Dedijer, The Yugoslav Auschwitz and the Vatican, Buffalo NY, 1992. J.T.Noonan, Contraception: A History of its Treatment by the Catholic Theologians and Canonists, Cambridge/Mass., 1992. Newscast of S2 Aktuell, Germany, 10/10/96, 12:00. D.Stannard, American Holocaust, Oxford University Press 1992. German news magazine Der Spiegel, no.49, 12/2/1996. A True Account of the Most Considerable Occurrences that have Hapned in the Warre Between the English and the Indians in New England, London 1676. F.Turner, Beyond Geography, New York 1980. H.Wollschläger: Die bewaffneten Wallfahrten gen Jerusalem, Zürich 1973. N.Cohn, Europe’s Inner Demons: An Enquiry Inspired by the Great Witch Hunt, Frogmore 1976, 253. R.H.Robbins, The Encyclopedia of Witchcraft and Demonology, New York 1959, 180. J.B.Russell, Witchcraft in the Middle Ages, Ithaca/NY 1972, 39. H.Zwetsloot, Friedrich Spee und die Hexenprozesse, Trier 1954, 56. V.Dedijer, The Yugoslav Auschwitz and the Vatican, Buffalo NY, 1992. E.Klee, Gott mit uns. Der deutsche Vernichtungskrieg im Osten (God Is On Our Side. The German War of Annihilation in the East), Frankfurt/Main: Fischer 1989. E.Klee, Die SA Jesu Christi. Die Kirchen im Banne Hitlers (The SA of Jesus Christ: The Churches Under Hitler), Frankfurt/Main: Fischer 1989. H.Maccoby, The Sacred Executioner, London: Thames & Hudson 1989. B.Rill, Die Inquisition und ihre Ketzer (The Inquisition and its Heretics), Puchheim: IDEA 1982. D.E.Stannard, American Holocaust. Columbus and the Conquest of the New World, New York: Oxford University 1992. H. C. Lea, trans., A History of the Inquisition of the Middle Ages, (New York, Harper & Brothers, 1887), Vol. 1
The writings of Thomas Jefferson exist in 25 volumes. The references for this article were found in the book, SIX HISTORIC AMERICANS, by John E. Remsburg (who interviewed many of Lincoln’s associates). Much of his work on Jefferson came from THE MEMOIRS, CORRESPONDENCE AND MISCELLANIES FROM THE PAPERS OF THOMAS JEFFERSON, 4 volumes ed. by Thomas Jefferson Randolph (the grandson of Thomas Jefferson).
THE WITCHCRAFT TRIALS
Grun, Bernard. The Timetables of History. 3rd ed. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991.
Barraclough, Geoffrey. ed. The Times Atlas of World History. London: Times Books Ltd., 1979. (20-23)
Janson, Anthony F. History of Art. 5th ed. New York: Hary N. Abrams, 1995. (402-5, 632-6)
Cheetham, Nicholas. Keepers of the Keys. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1983. (318-20)
Harmon, William and C. Hugh Holman. A Handbook to Literature. 7th ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1996. (555-571)
Kors, Alan C. and Edward Peters. eds. Witchcraft in Europe 1100-1700: A Documentary Study. 1972. Philidelphia: U of Penn Press, 1997.
Ziegler, Philip. The Black Death. 1969. New York: Harper & Row, 1971.
THE ORIGINS OF PAGAN AND CHRISTIAN BELIEFS, by Edward Carpenter
PAGAN CHRISTS, by J.M. Robertson
AGE OF REASON, by Thomas Paine
THE BORN AGAIN SKEPTICS GUIDE TO THE BIBLE, by Ruth Hurmence Green
WHY I AM NOT A CHRISTIAN, by Bertrand Russell
THE MYTHIC PAST, by Thomas L. Thompson
(If you are Jewish or need more about the Old Testament)
THE BIBLE UNEARTHED, by Israel Finkelstein and Neil Asher Silberman
THE VIEW FROM NEBO, by Amy Dockser
GOD 2000 (RELIGION WITHOUT THE BIBLE) by Paul Winchell
Then on to:
THE X-RATED BIBLE, by Ben Edward Akerley
THE SUPERNATURAL, THE OCCULT AND THE BIBLE, by Gerald A. Larue
THE HISTORY OF WITCHCRAFT, by Montague Summers
MALLEUS MALEFICARUM, (witches hammer)((used to torture and kill millions?))
THE CATHOLIC CHURCH, by Barrie Ruth Strauss
THE BAD POPES, by E.R. Chamberlin
THE MYTHMAKER, by Hyam Maccoby
THE SECRET GOSPELS, edited, translated by R. Joseph Hoffmann
THE LOST GOSPEL, by Burton L. Mack
A HISTORY OF PHALLIC WORSHIP, by Richard Payne Knight & Thomas Wright
PHALLIC WORSHIP, by George Ryley Scott
A WORLD FULL OF GODS, by Keith Hopkins
(Further reading of benefit:)
THE GOLDEN BOUGH, by James C. Frazer
THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CLAIMS, FRAUDS AND HOAXES OF THE OCCULT AND SUPERNATURAL, by James Randi
THE HIGHEST ALTAR, by Patrick Tierney
THE FIRST MESSIAH, by Michael O. Wise
MESSIAHS, by John Hogue
THE HISTORY OF THE CHURCH, by Eusebius (263-339 c.e. or a.d.)
What’s interesting is that there is a hardcore center of it that are eschatologists. Okay? These are people who fantasize about how the world is going to end. So if that is your belief system, and you think, oh well, you know, the world’s going come to an end and there’s going to be this big event, you don’t worry if you’re melting both polar ice caps. Now, of course, this becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy based on misinterpretation of many things, including most of the scriptures.
My point is, is that if that is what is causing people to create policy – and I remind people that this is historical fact that James Watt who was the Interior Secretary during the Reagan years was an eschatologist, and he stated to the public that we didn’t need to – well, he said it when the mike was open, he didn’t mean it to be recorded – but he said, “You know, we don’t need to worry about the environment and all this, because the world’s going to come to an end, and then there’s going to be the return of Christ, and since the world’s going to be destroyed anyway, we might as well just go ahead and let it be destroyed.” So there’s this bizarre sort of – not spirituality, but a weird religiosity that informs this stuff.
- Dr. Steven Greer on Coast to Coast with Art Bell, on August 8/9 – 2004
“War paralyzes your courage and deadens the spirit of true manhood. It degrades and stupefies with the sense that you are not responsible, that ’tis not yours to think and reason why, but to do and die,’ like the hundred thousand others doomed like yourself. War means blind obedience, unthinking stupidity, brutish callousness, wanton destruction, and irresponsible murder.” - Alexander Berkman -
“When the Missionaries Came to Africa, They Had the Bible & We Had the Land. They Said “Let Us Pray.” We Closed Our Eyes. When We Opened Them, We Had the Bible & They Had the Land.” - Bishop Desmond Tutu -
Introduction to Religion and Religious Wars
On Religion
- The general idea behind a religion, is for the founder to say what will subdue everyone to himself, then claim it comes from a power higher than himself so it will be more readily believed by the unsuspecting, often with promises of paradise and threats of agony. -
- by Frater RAH, Oct 26, 2005 -
(Posted here: Oct 27, 2005)
The Horrible Truth About Religion
- Religion is designed to focus the people’s attention and energy on a single, unchanging, uncompromising and invisible supreme being who allegedly created an inferior human race just for some extra companionship and love for himself and then supposedly foisted a set of oppressive and in some cases arbitrary rules on them, which if broken would be met with unimaginable punishment. -
- by Andrew Werner -
(Posted here: Wednesday, Aug 23, 2006)
The Truth About the Jesus Myth
[Videos]
- These videos will beyond any doubt show that Jesus is just a myth and just a symbol for the sun – sun worship. Don’t take my words for it, just watch this set of movies; each of them about 10 minutes long. It’s time to wake up! - [Part 1 | Part 2 | Part 3 | Part 4 | Part 5 | Part 6 |
- lecture by Jordan Maxwell -
(Posted here: Monday, January 01, 2007)
Astro-Theology: Retelling an Ancient Story
- Modern-day Christianity has often belittled our ancient ancestors who are not here to defend themselves.
They falsely accuse that they were nothing more than ignorant worshippers of the sun. Therefore we can, with assurance, summarily dismiss thousands of years of human spirituality as ignominious myth, believed by well-meaning, but gullible primitives. Too much of this kind of spiritual arrogance and religious pride has continued without challenge. The time has come to set matters straight. -
- by Jordan Maxwell -
(Posted here: Monday, January 01, 2007)
What is the Purpose of Religion and Society?
- The purpose of religion and society is to wedge a wall between man and God, to cut him off from himself and cut him off from God. Religion aims at making a person spiritually ill. How do they do this? By turning individuals against themselves and souring their energies. -
- by Frater RAH -
(Posted here: Oct 28, 2005)
God-Given Rights
- For thousands of years men have asserted that the rights of man derive from god. When we ask such a man to explain how he came to that conclusion, we are usually left more confused than before we asked. -
- by Anthony Hargis, 2006 -
(Posted here: Jan 15, 2006)
The Origins of the Gods
- Evidence suggests that the earliest legends of mythology were preceded by a belief in "the God" (Yahweh to the Hebrews) as the creator of all things and the "ruler of heaven." Later, Satan was described as "the god of this world" (2 Cor. 4:4), and the prince of the "air" (Eph. 2:2). A fascinating struggle between the "ruler of the heavens" versus the "power of the air" occured in early Sumerian mythology after Enki, the god of wisdom and water, created the human race out of clay. -
- by Donald C. Jones, PhD -
(Posted here: March 20, 2006)
How Is It Even Possible to Fight a War with "God On Our Side"?
- Please tell me when all this blindness will stop and people will sit down for just ONE second and start thinking. PLEASE! Before we in our ignorance will help people like Bush kill 80% of the world population and put the rest in slavery. -
- by Wes Penre, May 28, 2005 -
(Posted here: May 29, 2005)
Societies Worse Off 'When They Have God on Their Side'
- According to the study, belief in and worship of God are not only unnecessary for a healthy society but may actually contribute to social problems. The study counters the view of believers that religion is necessary to provide the moral and ethical foundations of a healthy society. -
- by Ruth Gledhill, The Times, Sep 27, 2005 -
(Posted here: Sep 30, 2005)
One Nation, Under Dogma
- Like it or not, the above excerpt from the decision in the 1947 Everson v. Board of Education Supreme Court case pretty much sums up the whole “under God” debate about the Pledge of Allegiance that’s once again front and center on the public stage. If nothing else, the presence of that two-word phrase unequivocally equates to professing a belief in God. There’s simply no other way to interpret it, is there? -
- by Jim Amrhein, WhiskeyAndGunpowder.com, Oct 06, 2005 -
(Posted here: Oct 25, 2005)
One World Religion
Global Religion for Global Governance
- This issue will answer the question, "Do the global elite promote a religion that is complimentary and integral in purpose to their New World Economic Order and the World Governance?" -
- The August Review - Global Elite Research Center, Vol. 5, Issue 8 -
(Posted here: Dec 27, 2005)
Rockefeller and the New World Religion
-It comes as little surprise, given their long term goal of world government, that the Rockefeller family would approve of and support a societal outlook favorable to globalism. The use of religion is one method that, in Rockefeller's eyes, looked to be a promising means of accomplishing this goal. Early programs such as the Interchurch World Movement focused on the maintenance of harmonious relations between people in America's growing industrial society. - - by Daniel Taylor, Dec 02, 2007 -
(Posted here: Wednesday, December 05, 2007)
World Religion and Alice Bailey
- World Goodwill is an organization that claims to be preparing the way for a one-world religion and a one-world government. World Goodwill works closely with the United Nations. It maintains headquarters in the cities of New York, London and Geneva. The group publishes literature as well as conducts symposiums related to its goals, which are consistent with those of Lucis Trust. Much of its public literature shows no signs of its occultic background nature, making it the perfect vehicle for attracting into its New Age influence people who would reject overtly religious or occult philosophy.- - by Reba Parker and Timothy Oliver, 1996 -
(Posted here: Tuesday, December 25, 2007)
Rabbi Calls for 'UN of Religions'
- At the opening ceremony Rabbi Yona Metzger said his idea of a "United Nations of religious groups" could "bring a bridge between religions to help the bridge of the diplomatic way". -
- BBC News, March 20, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 21, 2006)
Divine or Dangerous, He's Got Disciples
- Followers say he's Jesus. Detractors call him a cult leader. And José Luis De Jesús Miranda -- a paunchy, middle-aged man from Puerto Rico who favors $10,000 Rolexes and claims millions of disciples worldwide -- believes many people would like to see him dead. -
- by Alexandra Alter, Miami Herald, July 22, 2006 -
(Posted here: Monday, July 24, 2006)
New Age
Sai Baba
Sai Baba Exposed: Fraud, Fakery & Molestation
- Evidence has been gathering for many years that Sai Baba is not quite the saintly Indian guru whom his devotees believe him to be. -
- Nexus -
(Posted here: July 22, 2005)
‘Amma the Hugging Saint’: Mother-Cult Leader, U.N. Globalist
- Amma’s devotees talk to dolls made in her image that are sold on Amma retreats. They tell the doll their problems, seek its comfort, and listen in their minds for its advice. Amma calls the devotees her children, and clucks syllables like baby talk into their ear in her trademark ritual of lining people up, watching them kneel before her, then embracing them. -
- BY BRONTE BAXTER, AUG 25, 2008 - (Posted here: Monday, August 25, 2008)
Christianity
This is the character of the man who authorized "King James Bible". He was an occultist, believing in the "Divine Right of Kings", because the Kings were/are of the Illuminati Bloodlines and see themselves as rulers, being cross-breeds between homo sapiens and the Anunnaki "Gods". Still believe the King James Bible is the true words of God? Wes Penre "The state of monarchy is the most supreme thing upon earth, for kings are not only God's lieutenants upon earth, and sit upon God's throne, but even by God himself are called gods...and so their power after a certain relation compared to divine power...for if you will consider the attributes to God, you shall se how they agree in the person of a king...to dispute what God does is blasphemy...so it is sedition in subjects to dispute what a king may do in the height of his power. I would not have you meddle with such ancient rights of mine as I have received from my predecessors... James I, King of Scotland and England, known for "King James' Bible"
* * *
The Origin of Christianity
- It is generally believed and taught that Christianity was founded by the Savior from Nazareth, when He was on earth. But a question immediately arises, which particular sect was the one He originated? -
- by A.B. Traina -
(Posted here: December 18, 2004)
The Occult Roots of Christianity
- If you were to tell a stranger that you belong to a religious movement whose adherents believed in demons, the raising of the dead, or the invoking of entities to alter worldly events in accordance with their own will, they might logically suspect that you were a member of a Satanic cult.
- by Boyd Rice, Oct 21, 2004 -
(Posted here: December 29, 2004)
Religion, 'Education', War and Westernisation
- The Jesuit Order is a fascist operation that hides behind the cover of 'Christianity' while actually being an elite secret society within the Illuminati web. There are two hierarchies in all Illuminati organisations - the one the public sees and the one in the shadows with the real power. - - by David Icke, Feb 17, 2008 -
(Posted here: Sunday, Feb 17, 2008)
The Story of King James
[.pdf - download acrobat reader for free: ]
- The irony goes further. King James did not encourage a translation of the Bible in order to enlighten the common people: his sole intent was to deny them the marginal notes of the Geneva Bible. The marginal notes of the Geneva version were what made it so popular with the common people. The King James Bible was, and is for all practical purposes, a government publication. -
- from Jordan Maxwell’s Website, 2006 -
(Posted here: Sunday, December 31, 2006)
The Forged Origins of The New Testament
- It was British-born Flavius Constantinus (Constantine, originally Custennyn or Custennin) (272-337) who authorised the compilation of the writings now called the New Testament. After the death of his father in 306, Constantine became King of Britain, Gaul and Spain, and then, after a series of victorious battles, Emperor of the Roman Empire. Christian historians give little or no hint of the turmoil of the times and suspend Constantine in the air, free of all human events happening around him. In truth, one of Constantine’s main problems was the uncontrollable disorder amongst presbyters and their belief in numerous gods. -
- by Tony Bushby, March, 2007 -
(Posted here: Saturday, August 04, 2007)
Jesus Won’t Save You. It’s Just Another Masonic Mind Game [00:07:26]
- This video shows again that the Jesus myth is a pagan invention. If Christians could only look into this a little deeper and be able to free themselves from dogma and mind control that comes with any and every religious organization or teaching you subscribe to, they would see it. It is pretty obvious. The whole Bible, and the New Testament in particular, is overcrowded with pagan symbolism and references to the Sun and the Babylonian/Sumerian Sun God. -
- Presented by Wes Penre, May 16, 2008 (Posted here: Friday, May 16, 2008)
The Origins of Christianity and the Quest for the Historical Jesus Christ
- The assertion that Jesus Christ is a myth can be proved not only through the works of dissenters and “pagans” who knew the truth – and who were viciously refuted or murdered for their battle against the Christian priests and “Church Fathers” fooling the masses with their fictions – but also through the very statements of the Christians themselves, who continuously disclose that they knew Jesus Christ was a myth founded upon more ancient deities located throughout the known ancient world. -
- by Archaya S. - (Posted here: Friday, May 16, 2008)
“ZEITGEIST, Part 1″ Refuted? Not!
- The intriguing internet movie “ZEITGEIST” has been an astounding hit, with millions of views worldwide in English and several other languages. In the past several months, there have been many claims on websites and in forums and videos all over the internet that the first part of ZEITGEIST has been “refuted” and “debunked.” Contrary to these claims, the facts continue to demonstrate otherwise. - - by Acharya S aka D.M. Murdock, Apr 08, 2008 - (Posted here: Thursday, Apr 10, 2008)
The Gospel According to Rothschild
- Why have the facts on the revisionist activities of the American Baptists been suppressed? Perhaps because the current well-known King James-Only defenders are all Baptists? And why have the Rothschild, Rhodes and Rockefeller connections to Bible revision been omitted from the standard histories, as well as the occult affiliations of the famous Bible revisers? -
- by Mr. X, Mar 19, 2007 -
(Posted here: Wednesday, March 21, 2007)
LUCIFER – Where Did the Word Come From and What is its True Meaning?
- The first problem is that Lucifer is a Latin name. So how did it find its way into a Hebrew manuscript, written before there was a Roman language? To find the answer, I consulted a scholar at the library of the Hebrew Union College in Cincinnati. What Hebrew name, I asked, was Satan given in this chapter of Isaiah, which describes the angel who fell to become the ruler of hell?
The answer was a surprise… -
- by Henrik Palmgren, RedIceCreations.com, Sep 29, 2005 -
(Posted here: Tuesday, January 16, 2007)
Astro-Theology: Retelling an Ancient Story
- Modern-day Christianity has often belittled our ancient ancestors who are not here to defend themselves.
They falsely accuse that they were nothing more than ignorant worshippers of the sun. Therefore we can, with assurance, summarily dismiss thousands of years of human spirituality as ignominious myth, believed by well-meaning, but gullible primitives. Too much of this kind of spiritual arrogance and religious pride has continued without challenge. The time has come to set matters straight. -
- by Jordan Maxwell -
(Posted here: Monday, January 01, 2007)
Fraud in the Bible
- Pious fraud was a common technique employed by early Christian writers to make a point. Their intention was to convert anyone and everyone by any means available. One of the more persuasive methods was to write a text and falsely tell others that it was written in first person. -
- mksmith.org -
(Posted here: December 18, 2004)
Freemasonry in the Bible
- The facts that Joseph, Jesus` father was a master of the `craft`, implies he was a freemason, not a carpenter, and that his `craft` was `witch` craft! Jesus would have followed this tradition, as goes on today, and became a `master` of the `craft` too, (master being a position on the freemasonic `structure`!) and we know of the Legendary `miracles`(spells) Jesus carried out, but look at these FACTS stated below, from the `HOLY BIBLE`… -
- HonestJohn’s TruthSite, July 20, 2006 -
(Posted here: Friday, July 21, 2006)
Who Really Was King James?
- The King James Bible was, and is for all practical purposes, a government publication. There were several reasons for the King James Bible being a government publication. First, King James I of England was a devout believer in the “divine right of kings,” a philosophy ingrained in him by his mother, Mary Stuart. -
- Author Unknown -
(Posted here: December 18, 2004)
Francis Bacon and the James 1st Bible
- The 1611 King James Bible is ornamented with Bacon’s symbols and in my own special copy of the record edition, also dated 1611, these symbols are Rosicrucianly marked to call the attention of the initiated to them and to tell them that the 1611 Bible is without possibility of doubt, one of Bacon’s books. -
- HiddenMysteries.org -
(Posted here: Oct 20, 2005)
Who is Jehovah/Yahweh?
- The god of the Old Testament is described as jealous, vengeful god, a war-monger. He said “Thou shalt not kill”, then proceeded to help the Israelites to brutally kill tens of thousands of Arabs in order to take their land. -
- 2012.com.au -
(Posted here: January 6, 2005)
Teenage Jesus
- Where was Jesus when he was a teenager? Was he doing what most young people do or was his path a little different? There are 18 unrecorded, unknown and crucial years in the development of the great man known as` Jesus Christ. Western sources are missing these important years. The following is the beginning quote of a rare documentary by Richard Bock called: THE LOST YEARS: -
- by Doug Yurchey -
(Posted here: June 18, 2005)
David Icke on Christianity – Lecture from Mt. Shasta, California
[Video-clip, 45 min]
- This is quite an interesting piece of information, presented by the British researcher, author and lecturer David Icke. He is convinced that Christianity is a man-made religion, and that Jesus Christ is just a symbol for the Sun (occult sun worship), and the Holy Trinity of the Bible is just a rerun of earlier pagan mythology. Icke is getting to the point that when Christians are praying to Jesus, the Son of God, they are actually praying to Jesus, the Sun God, i.e. pagan entities. - - by Hassan Hassan Abu Kamal, Dec 17, 2006 -
(Posted here: Monday, December 18, 2006)
God’s Word from the Old Testament
- This is a few years old and has circulated on the Internet, but although it is pretty funny, it is also very telling. Christians and Jews are supposed to follow the Bible literally, so therefore this person’s comments make all sense…Wes Penre -
- by Unknown - (Posted here: Sunday, June 08, 2008)
Pharmacratic Inquisition
- These two lecturers, Jan Irvin and Andre Rutajit, show beyond any doubt that Jesus is just another myth and most probably never existed. How can we know? Well, watch this 3 hrs and 23 minutes video and you will never be the same again. If you don’t have the time to watch it all, it is enough to watch the first 30 minutes to understand what I am trying to say here. - - by Wes Penre, Illuminati News, Dec 19, 2006-
(Posted here: Tuesday, December 19, 2006)
Monarchy – The Primordial Form of Government
- What shocked them was that [King] James used his coronation speech to remind them of the ancient, traditional belief that a monarch is chosen by God to be His emissary and representative on Earth, and ought therefore to be responsible to no one but God. In other words, James was asserting what has become known to history as ‘The Divine Right of Kings’, and they didn’t like it one bit. -
- by Tracy Twyman, 2003 -
(Posted here: December 29, 2004)
Many Christians Say You Should Support Your Government And Pray For Your Leaders, but: Should Christians Always Obey Their Government?
- by Doug Newman, Strike-the-Root -
(Posted here: May 11, 2004)
No Christianity In New E.U. Constitution
- The European Union has rejected the requests of some member nations to recognize Christianity in its new constitution. -
- InterestAlert.com, June 15, 2004 -
(Posted here: June 17, 2004)
The Cult of Human Sacrifice
- Although many profess to be believers, relatively few people actually read the Bible and are thus ignorant of the blood and gore in the “Good Book,” which contains endless accounts of genocide, including against the Canaanites, Hittites, Moabites and others. -
- Gnostic Liberation Front -
(Posted here: July 2, 2004)
The Mark of Jesus
- Whether or not this is proof of the Christ’s existence remains to be seen, but if these findings are not to be considered for religious use, please do not overlook its scientific values -
- Science and Religion Unified -
(Posted here: October 2, 2004)
Illuminati/Masonic Symbolism in the Presbyterian Church
- The All-Seeing Eye and other Masonic symbols openly displayed in the Presbyterian Church in Roanoke, Virginia. -
- Hour of the Time Website -
(Posted here: December 20, 2004)
Where The Churches Went Wrong: The Deception of the Ages
- The Baptists were sure they were the only one’s who had religion and God right, everyone else was wrong. The Lutherans, Methodists, Catholics, Pentecostals, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Messianic temples and everyone else were and are the same. With over 27,000 different sects and branches of religion today, exactly which one has it all right? None of them. -
- by Sherry Shriner -
(Posted here: December 23, 2004)
Prophecy or Profits-See?
- Being a Biblical student for far too many years there are certain aspects presented within that alleged infallible ‘Word of God’ ignored by Christianity and its so-called leaders. Precepts within that book bring things to mind to ponder over; especially minds that can think for themselves and refuse to allow the preachers to mind control them. -
- Hidden Mysteries Org -
(Posted here: January 5, 2005)
The Propaganda Machine are Alive and Well
- Naysayer, don’t tell me to read the Bible. I have. Most agnostics have read the Bible. That’s why they are agnostics. Our question is ‘when’ are Christians going to bother to read it………? -
- Hidden Mysteries Org -
(Posted here: January 5, 2005)
Sun Worship and the Sun God
- Christians never think it strange that the birth date of Jesus is also the birth date of many of the incarnated gods of antiquity. They never think it curious that it was for ancient astronomers the last day of the year—when the year was re-born and a new sun began to climb again in the heavens. That Pagans venerated the birthday of Christ as the birthday of their gods is beyond coincidence . -
- smithbrad.nventure.com -
(Posted here: January 9, 2005)
Are We Doomed? Insanity Now Mainstream There Is No Tomorrow
- Remember James Watt, President Ronald Reagan’s first Secretary of the Interior? My favorite online environmental journal, the ever-engaging Grist, reminded us recently of how James Watt told the U.S. Congress that protecting natural resources was unimportant in light of the imminent return of Jesus Christ. In public testimony, he said, “after the last tree is felled, Christ will come back.” -
- by Bill Moyers -
(Posted here: February 3, 2005)
Pope’s Last Words Were Not Amen
- Christians say Amen at the end of every prayer, but few of them understand why. Moses was raised in ancient Egypt, and Amen (also called Ra or Amen-Ra) is the name of the highest ancient Egyptian deity — God himself. Moses prayed to Amen and his successors have addressed their prayers to Him ever since. -
- The Insider, Apr 8, 2005 -
(Posted here: April 8, 2005)
Fraud in the Bible (or “It Sucks That You Don’t Know Hebrew, Greek or Aramaic)
- Pious fraud was a common technique employed by early Christian writers to make a point. Their intention was to convert anyone and everyone by any means available. One of the more persuasive methods was to write a text and falsely tell others that it was written in first person. -
- HiddenMysteries.org -
(Posted here: July 30, 2005)
The Real History of Christianity
- What is it that blocks otherwise intelligent people from looking objectively or critically at Christianity? Is it like overlooking the defects of a loved one? Is it denial, like refusing to see the signs of drug abuse in a loved one? -
- by Bill Zebub -
(Posted here: July 30, 2005)
Behind The Bible Fraud – What Was The Church Trying To Hide?
- If we examine the oldest known Bible to date, the “Sinai Bible” housed in the British Museum (I believe that, during his many years of research, Tony had a private viewing of this priceless book), we find a staggering 14,800 differences from today’s Bible and yet it still remains the word of God? -
- by Robert Adams -
(Posted here: July 30, 2005)
Churches Promote the Worst Forms of Tyranny
- Let me distinguish between Christianity – i.e. what the Bible teaches – and churchianity – i.e. what happens in all too many contemporary churches. Churchianity will respond to this decision in two ways: silence and endorsement. -
- by Doug Newman, June 7, 2005 -
(Posted here: June 14, 2005)
The Billy Graham Deception
- B’nai B’rith is an anti-christian jewish masonic lodge. They have a high rank in the Illuminati structure and they operate under several fronts. Not all the work they do is bad. They hunt nazis and usually fight again racism but being a form of Freemasonry, it operates as a secret society within a secret society, a circle within a circle etc, so that only the elite of this organization knows the real agenda and the normal jewish person working for them is doing the best they can. I will present as much documentation later on in this article to show the Masonic structure within this group, but first I will mention their link to Billy Graham. -
- Endtimesdeception.com -
(Posted here: Tuesday, June 26, 2007)
Benny Hinn – Agent of the Knights Templar
- It seems that Benny Hinn’s assignment in the Templars’ current Crusade is “to get the US Evangelical leaders to be in favour of the Middle East Peace Process.” The ICR Middle East Update from Knight Templar Andrew White dated 13th February 2004 stated: “Benny had phoned me whilst in the US last week stating that he wanted to meet me soon. -
- SherryShriner.com -
(Posted here: March 13, 2006)
TBN’s Paul Crouch a Queer?
[Here is some good info on a "Christian" charlatan making big bucks on peoples' faith. These preachers are Illuminists and many of them are pedophiles and sex abusers.]
- Televangelist Paul Crouch, founder of the world’s largest Christian broadcasting network, has waged a fierce legal battle to prevent a former employee from publicizing allegations that he and Crouch had a sexual encounter eight years ago. -
- ConspiracyWorld.com -
(Posted here: Aug 22, 2005)
Brother Paul Crouch and TBN Exposed
[Video]
- On the evening of November 29th, Emmy-winning investigative reporter Richard Ray, of Fox Television Dallas (KDFW-TV) presented a searing expose on Brother Paul Crouch and his buddies at TBN. It’s yet another chapter in a tawdry tale of gay sex, hush money and a cover-up that was first broken nationally by reporter Bill Lobdell at The Los Angeles Times. This is a story that may well rock the Trinity Broadcasting empire to it’s core. -
- Wittenburgdoor.com -
(Posted here: Sep 28, 2005)
The WittenburgDoor Insider
- Revealing and exposing religious frauds -
- TheDoorMagazine.com -
(Posted here: Oct 2, 2005)
* * *
Pat Robertson
Pat Robertson Calls for Assassination of Hugo Chavez
[Another Illuminati "Christian" Charlatan]
- Religious broadcaster Pat Robertson suggested on-air that American operatives assassinate Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez to stop his country from becoming “a launching pad for communist infiltration and Muslim extremism.” -
- USA Today, Aug 23, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 25, 2005)
[Now read this]:
Why Pat Robertson’s Statements Help Hugo Chavez
- Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez has a new best friend this morning: television evangelist Pat Robertson. With his astonishing call for the left-wing leader’s assassination last night—”I think that we really ought to go ahead and do it…We have the ability to take him out”—Robertson will have surely made Chavez an even more popular anti-yanqui icon in Venezuela, Latin America and around the world. -
- by Tim Padgett, Time Online, Aug 23, 2005 -
Robertson Apologizes for Assassination Call
- After two days of criticism, Christian broadcaster Pat Robertson apologized for his controversial suggestion that the United States should assassinate Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez. -
- CNN, Aug 24, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 25, 2005)
Why Pat Robertson is Not Treated Like a Terrorist
- Why won’t Pat Robertson be treated as a terrorist? Believe me, if you said what he said about any of America’s current leaders, you would be arrested quickly under the Patriot Act and locked away. -
- by John Chuckman, Aug 24, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 26, 2005)
Pat Robertson
CIA, Military Men Agree with Pat Robertson
- While televangelist Pat Robertson has apologized for suggesting that Venezuelan strongman Hugo Chavez be assassinated, a former military man and an ex-CIA operative have stepped forward to say that his concerns about Chavez aren’t exactly unwarranted. -
- NewsMax, Aug 26, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 27, 2005)
Pat Robertson
A Christian Fascist Lies
- NOW THE “CHRISTIAN EVANGELIST” WHO IS CALLING FOR THE ASSASSINATION OF A TWICE DULY ELECTED (BY LANDSLIDE) PRESIDENT OF A SOVEREIGN COUNTRY AND SURVIVOR OF A CIA BACKED COUP (OVERTURNED BY POPULAR UPRISING OF MILLIONS OF VENEZUELANS) IS NOW LYING ABOUT WHAT HE SAID. -
- The American Voice, Aug 24, 2005 -
(Posted here: Sep 1, 2005)
One of Pat Robertson’s Latest Frauds
- In April, 1997 two pilots who worked for Operation Blessing charged that planes linked to Robertson and his ministry flew mostly to haul equipment for ADC’s private diamond operation. -
- SkeptikTank.org -
(Posted here: Sep 26, 2005)
Pat Robertson’s Katrina Cash
- Dozens of media outlets, including the New York Times, CNN and the Associated Press, duly reprinted FEMA’s list, unwittingly acting as agents soliciting cash for Robertson. “How in the heck did that happen?” Richard Walden, president of the disaster-relief group Operation USA, asked of Operation Blessing’s inclusion on FEMA’s list. “That gives Pat Robertson millions of extra dollars.” -
- The Nation, Sep 7, 2005 -
(Posted here: Sep 26, 2005)
Robertson Advocates ‘Stoning’ for UFO Enthusiasts
- According to Robertson, the threat is so serious that people who believe in space aliens should be put to death by stoning — according to “God’s word.” -
- by Skipp Porteus, Freedom Writers Press Release -
(Posted here: Oct 11, 2005)
Pat Robertson Displays Satanic ‘El Diablo’ Sign During 700 Club Show
- Pat Robertson, the so-called voice of Christian America, has again been caught ‘El Diablo red handed’ flashing occult and satanic hand signals during his show. -
- by Paul Joseph Watson & Steve Watson, Nov 18, 2005 -
(Posted here: Nov 20, 2005)
Charles Colson
Born Again, Again
- A new biography of Charles Colson is yet another cover-up. -
- by Max Blumenthal, July/Aug 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 26, 2005)
Christianity and the Demise of America
- Let me state at the outset that the following observations and criticisms do not apply to real Christians, or to all churches. The Riverside Church in New York, for instance, has a long history of radical activism on the side of social justice. Unfortunately, these churches comprise, I believe, a small minority of the whole. -
- by Charles Sullivan via Information Clearing House, Oct 1, 2005 -
(Posted here: Oct 4, 2005)
Tele-Evangelist Lifestyles or Lifestyles of the Rich and Infamous
- “Christianity began as a personal relationship with Jesus Christ. When it went to Athens, it became a philosophy. When it went to Rome, it became an organization. When it went to Europe, it became a culture. When it came to America, it became a business.” -
- InPlainSite.com -
(Posted here: Oct 20, 2005)
American Christian Fundamentalist Leader Calls For Global War
- If Christian fundamentalists are to be believed, America’s invasion of Iraq and the consequent brutal slaughter of thousands of innocent civilians in that country are all part of a grand divine plan that will finally culminate in the ‘second coming’ of Jesus Christ. -
- by Yoginder Sikand, Countercurrents.org, Nov 17, 2005 -
(Posted here: Nov 21, 2005)
Sinning By Silence: How Churches Aid and Abet Tyranny
- The Bible mentions the word “king” – as well as variations on it such as “kings” and “kingdoms” – almost 2000 times. Yet for some reason, the CAC would have you think that we should never discuss politics in church. // In the twentieth century alone, governments killed 170 million of their own subjects. But we cannot talk about government in the CAC. -
- by Doug Newman, Feb 26, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 09, 2006)
The Jesus Papers
- What if everything you think you know about Jesus is wrong? In The Jesus Papers, Michael Baigent reveals the truth about Jesus’s life and crucifixion. Despite — or rather because of — all the celebration and veneration that have surrounded the figure of Jesus for centuries, Baigent asserts that Jesus and the circumstances leading to his death have been heavily mythologized. -
- Book by Michael Baigent, 2006 -
(Posted here: Friday, Apr 14, 2006)
Da Vinci Code Decoded
[Video, 1h 35 min]
- This is a very interesting video, where scholars discuss the codes in the work of Leonardo da Vinci. Is there any truth in Dan Brown’s book “The da Vinci Code?” -
- Google Video, 2004 -
(Posted here: Thursday, Apr 20, 2006)
Silencing the Da Vinci Code
- Christian groups want The Da Vinci Code banned. A pliant Censor Board of India insists on a disclaimer at the beginning and end saying the film is “a work of pure fiction and has no correspondence to historical facts of the Christian religion.” -
- by Kalavai Venkat, India-Forum, May 29, 2006 -
(Posted here: Wednesday, June 07, 2006)
The Awful Truth About Billy Graham
- Repeatedly, I have been warned that if I dare to expose Billy Graham and his gigantic organization, the powers that be will utterly destroy Texe Marrs and Living Truth Ministries. -
- by Texe Marrs, Power of Prophecy - (Posted here: Sunday, June 25, 2006)
Team Believes It Found Noah’s Ark
- A 14-man crew that included evangelical apologist Josh McDowell says it returned from a trek to a mountain in Iran with possible evidence of the remains of Noah’s Ark. -
- WorldNetDaily, June 30, 2006 - (Posted here: Sunday, July 02, 2006)
Killer Voodoo in Britain 2006
- Most witchcraft occurs within the Christian Church itself, and the appointment on 17 June 2005 of John Sentamu Britain’s first black archbishop of York, was actually not a religious appointment but a political one. -
- by T Stokes, Lecturer in Paranormal Studies - (Posted here: Monday, July 24, 2006)
Oh Rapture!
- One of the major problems America faces is a large population of religious fundamentalists who have become as fanatical in their own way as any Middle Eastern Ayatollah. At present, they are caught up in their own version of the myth of the end of the world, and hope that by working to bring it about, they’ll get to sit at the right hand of their diety and to hell with everyone else. No doubt fistfights will break out over who gets to sit closest, but that is a subject for another article. -
- WhatReallyHappened.com -
(Posted here: Wednesday, Aug 09, 2006)
Brotherhood of the Sun
- A Modern Story About An Ancient Order
- Just as the Brahman priesthood created the Chrishna legend, the Roman aristocracy concocted the Christ myth – to consolidate power, unify the Empire, save the Republic. Both solar caricatures’ birthdays happen to fall on December 25th – right around the winter solstice. Christ is coincidentally made to return from the dead around Easter, around the spring equinox, when life returns from its dormant state. - - An Interview with Patrick Cain -
(Posted here: Monday, December 25, 2006)
Freemasonry, Jesus, and Constantine the Pagan Worshipper
- Many of the Christian preachers and leaders of today have been initiated into the so called secrets of Freemasonry. And they know that the story of Jesus Christ, as it is understood by the masses of the people, has it’s origin in mythology and paganism; yet they will not educate their following to this truth. -
- by Leo Zagami, Jan 10, 2007 -
(Posted here: Thursday, January 11, 2007)
“Masters of Truth Fathers of Lies”
- hen, why and where did Freemasonry originate? There is one answer to these questions: We do not know –.” This we may not know nor have any proof of – but why then do the Royal Arch Rituals make such play about the Temple of King Solomon and claim three original Grand Lodges and Three original Grand Masters. I hope that as we proceed, the origins will become revealed. The Antients Grand Lodge, formally constituted in l751 coincided with the apparent disappearance of the Great Sanhedrin, the International government of the Jews.
- Fame 97 -
(Posted here: Saturday, June 09, 2007)
The Luciferian Deception
[An Essay On Christianity vs Freemasonry/Baalism]
- In 1992, I’d learned of a pre-Inquisition scripture in the Oxford Bodellian Library, titled “Junius 2″, but no copies available. Thru my law firm handlers, I asked the anti-pope singer Sinead O’Connor to try to read it and report to me what it says. She did, but the law firm refused to allow me to read her report to me about it… I’m uninitiated. - - by James Dierbeck -
(Posted here: Thursday, Feb 21, 2008)
* * *
Did Jesus Really Exist? The Evidence [00:35:54]
- I want to post this video as a source opposed to the “Jesus Myth”, which is presented elsewhere on this website, to show both sides of the story. I encourage you to watch this video presentation, which is intending to present evidence of Jesus’ existence, and then make up your own mind. Wes Penre, Illuminati News. - - PRESENTED BY MICHAEL TSARION - (Posted here: Monday, July 28, 2008)
More Satanic Worshipping in Vatican Verified
- former high level member of the influential Monte Carlo P2 Lodge verified that satanic worshipping goes on in the catacombs of the Vatican. -
- by Greg Szymanski, Oct 31, 2006 -
(Posted here: Wednesday, November 01, 2006)
The Jesuit Order – Pictures of Papal Infiltration
- First of all I want to show several close Jesuit affiliations to powerful people.
For example Jesuits as family members or close friendships, associations between Jesuits and U.S. Presidents, Governors, Senators, Hollywood stars and other well known people.
I will do this with pictures and a short description of who the people are and what was going on at the time. I expect you to research these things on your own as well. I almost always need more than one source to be convinced of something myself. Except of course when there are pictures involved. It’s said a picture is worth a thousand words so I’ll let the images do most of the talking. -
- by Thomas Richards -
(Posted here: Friday, August 24, 2007)
The Illuminati Mind Control Series by Greg Szymanski
* * *
Searching For the Illuminati Deep Within the Bowels Of the Vatican Series
Part 1
Searching For the Illuminati Deep Within The Bowels Of The Vatican
- All roads lead to Piazza San Pietro when it comes to power, leadership and initiation into the devious and diabolical Illuminati. In the 1980′s, the Vatican Bank Scandal brought to light the connections between the Freemasons/Illuminati, the Vatican and the mafia. Secret initiations are said to take place in the catacombs of the Vatican and was Pope John Paul I killed after 39 days in office for wanting to expose the truth about Vatican finances and the Illuminati? -
- by Greg Szymanski, Jan 16, 2006 -
(Posted here: Jan 17, 2006)
Deep Within The Bowels Of The Vatican And Illuminati: The Small Public Chapter of Svali’s Life Coming To An End
- On the talk shows, Svali gasped for breadth several times and was emotionally shaken when recalling how she was brainwashed as a young child and then how she was subjected to watching a young child being sacrificed at her Illuminati induction ceremony at the Vatican at age 12. Her graphic description of the evil Vatican ceremony is contained in Part II of this series. -
- by Greg Szymanski, Jan 16, 2006 -
(Posted here: Jan 19, 2006)
The Vatican’s Holocaust
- A sensational account of the most horrifying religious massacre of the 20th century. Startling revelations of forced conversions, mass murder of non-Catholics, Catholic extermination camps, disclosures of Catholic clergy as commanders of concentration camps; documented with names, dates, places, pictures and eyewitness testimony. -
- by Avro Manhattan (1914-1990) -
(Posted here: June 28, 2005)
A Nun’s Testimony
- In our emaciated condition because of the constant torture and systematic starvation we were driven and kept in a state of chronic fatigue and exhaustion. We were property of the Pope and the system, to be worked to death for their pleasure. -
- Anonymous - (Posted here: September 28, 2004)
‘Safe’ Catholic School That Let Killer Deal Drugs, Have Sex and Worship the Devil
- The police investigation into the killing exposed a culture of drug taking, violence and Satanism among some pupils which raised disturbing questions for the authorities that run the Roman Catholic secondary school – one of 59 such schools in Scotland. -
- Scotland on Sunday, Jan 23, 2005 -
(Posted here: January 23, 2005)
Secret Archives of the Vatican
- You would think that the Vatican’s Secret Archives would be some dumb conspiracy theory. I mean, it sounds ridiculous. The Vatican’s Secret Archives. Let it roll off your tongue. Surely, we’re into serious conspiracy weirdness here. -
- www.rotten.com -
(Posted here: April 14, 2005)
Oakland, Calif., Diocese Settles Church Abuse Suits for $56 Million
- The Roman Catholic Diocese of Oakland has agreed to pay $56 million to settle lawsuits filed by 56 alleged victims of priest sexual abuse, the diocese said Friday. -
- AP News, Aug 6, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 7, 2005)
Some Major Settlements in Catholic Clergy Sex Abuse Cases
- Sexual abuse by U.S. Roman Catholic priests has cost the church more than $1 billion. Some of the largest known payouts to victims in the past three years: -
- AP News, Aug 6, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 7, 2005)
The Roman Catholic Church of Corruption
- Dante reserved the lowest circle of hell—the circle of treachery—for those who violated trust. He placed quite a few priests, church leaders, and popes there. They’ll be getting lots of company … -
- by Mel Seesholtz, Ph.D, Online Journal, Sep 27, 2005 -
(Posted here: Oct 1, 2005)
The Statue of Liberty and Statue of Freedom – Plus Other Icons That Are Actually “American Babylonianism” -
- The information in this article will come as a shock to many readers. It came as a shock to the author while doing 10 years of research for “America, The Babylon.” Therefore this warning to those who are convinced that anything but America is Babylon… Read at your own peril. -
- by R.A. Coombes -
(Posted here: Oct 10, 2005)
Catholic Monsignor Arrested, Charged With Fondling Boys
- Monsignor Dale Fushek, 53, becomes one of the highest-ranking priests to be charged in the sex scandal that has engulfed the church. The vicar general is the highest-ranking administrator of a diocese next to the bishop. -
- Fox News, Nov 21, 2005 -
(Posted here: Nov 23, 2005)
The Vatican’s Holocaust
- The Sensational Account of the Most Horrifying Religious Massacre of the 20th Century -
- by Avro Manhattan (1914-1990) -
(Posted here: Dec 21, 2005)
The Role of the Catholic Church in Yugoslavia’s Holocaust
- The Nazi collaborator Archbishop Stepinac (right) and the Vatican representative to fascist Croatia, Abbot Marcone (left). Croatia has recently renamed a village in Krajina after Stepinac. Marcone was Pavelic’s confessor and Stepinac was convicted of war crimes after the war. Several members of his clergy were involved in the genocide at Jasenovac – notably the Franciscan priest, Pater Miroslav Filipovic, who was one of the commandants of the camp. -
- Fantompowa.net -
(Posted here: Feb 01, 2006)
How the Vatican Created Islam
- The astonishing story from an ex-Jesuit priest, Alberto Rivera, which was told to him by Cardinal Bea while he was at the Vatican. -
- AmericanHolocaust.50megs.com, Dec 11, 2001 -
(Posted here: Feb 01, 2006)
Where Does the Catholic Ash Wednesday Originate From?
- The question is; how many devoted Catholics know the REAL story behind Ash Wednesday? How many know that this tradition has clear pagan roots? -
- by Wes Penre, March 03, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 04, 2006)
Vatican Wealth “Truly Astonishing” As Simple Beggar Asking For Help Reveals World Problems
- In one quick, desperate moment a poor man spoke the true words of God in his own house, exposing the criminals who have infiltrated the Catholic Church for what they really are – common thieves and thugs who hide behind the cloth, using their collected wealth for evil not good, while millions die around the world from war and starvation. -
- by Greg Szymanski, March 16, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 17, 2006)
‘Satanic’ Art in Catholic Church Exposed
- Could the Roman Catholic Church’s sex abuse crisis be tied to embedded Satanic and occultic imagery in its artwork – some of it hundreds of years old?
That is the seemingly incredible thesis of a new documentary, “Rape of the Soul,” made not by anti-Catholic bigots, but by devout followers of the Church. -
- WorldNetDaily, March 25, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 29, 2006)
‘How the Vatican Created Islam’
- This information came from Alberto Rivera, former Jesuit priest after his conversion to Protestant Christianity. It is excerpted from “The Prophet,” published by Chick Publications, PO Box 662, Chino CA 91708. Since its publication, after several unsuccessful attempts on his life, he died suddenly from food poisoning. His testimony should not be silenced. Dr. Rivera speaks to us still … -
- DavidIcke.com, Apr 13, 2006 - (Posted here: Apr 13, 2006)
According to Researcher Jared Israel, Vatican And Hitler Worked Together
- Although the Vatican openly claims Nazism was the antithesis of the Catholic Church, strong evidence claims it was nothing but double talk. Most Italians are wise to the Vatican’s lying ways, saying La vita e’ una fregatura. But sadly most Americans remain in the dark due to infiltrated media. -
- by Greg Szymanski, June 07, 2006 -
(Posted here: Thursday, June 08, 2006)
Mother Teresa, John Paul II, and the Fast-Track Saints
- What usually went unreported were the vast sums she received from wealthy contributors, including a million dollars from convicted savings & loan swindler Charles Keating, on whose behalf she sent a personal plea for clemency to the presiding judge. She was asked by the prosecutor in that case to return Keating’s gift because it was money he had stolen. She never did. She also accepted substantial sums given by the brutal Duvalier dictatorship that regularly stole from the Haitian public treasury. - - by Michael Parenti, Oct 22, 2007 -
(Posted here: Sunday, October 28, 2007)
A Balanced View of Popes Part 1
- Before he became Pope, he was Papal Nuncio in Berlin. Some contend he was supportive of the rise of Adolf Hitler. For some years before, during, and after World War Two, he was Pope Pius 12th. -
- by Sherman H. Skolnick -
(Posted here: April 22, 2005)
[Nazi Popes] – A Balanced View of Popes – Part 2
- A well-informed author on the topic of the Vatican, is reportedly coming out with a well put together book, showing that the late Pope John Paul 2nd worked for the Nazi Gestapo in Poland during World War Two. He rounded up Polish Resistance Fighters and turned them over to the Nazis who had them shot, so the book contends. Some. however, survived. -
- by Sherman H. Skolnick -
(Posted here: April 22, 2005)
Catholic Church No Longer Swears by Truth of the Bible
- THE hierarchy of the Roman Catholic Church has published a teaching document instructing the faithful that some parts of the Bible are not actually true.
- by Ruth Gledhill, The Times, Oct 05, 2005 -
(Posted here: Oct 05, 2005)
Joseph Ratzinger, Pope Benedict XVI
Papal Hopeful is a Former Hitler Youth
- Unknown to many members of the church, however, Ratzinger’s past includes brief membership of the Hitler Youth movement and wartime service with a German army anti- aircraft unit. -
- The Sunday Times, Apr 17, 2005 -
(Posted here: April 20, 2005)
Ratzinger and Pedophilia in the Church
- Ratzinger is also the author of a May 2001 letter to bishops stating that the “Crimine solicitationies” law (regarding strict secrecy in sex abuse cases) is still in effect. -
- Dailycos.com -
(Posted here: April 22, 2005)
Priestly Sin, Cover-Up
[NOTE: This is from 2002]
- [Regarding sexual abuse in the Catholic Church] The accusers say Vatican-based Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger, who heads the Vatican office to safeguard the faith and the morals of the church, quietly made the lawsuit go away and shelved it. There was no investigation and the accusers weren’t asked a single question or asked for a statement. -
- ABC News, May 3, 2002 -
(Posted here: April 22, 2005)
Pope ‘Obstructed’ Sex Abuse Inquiry
- Pope Benedict XVI faced claims last night he had ‘obstructed justice’ after it emerged he issued an order ensuring the church’s investigations into child sex abuse claims be carried out in secret. The order was made in a confidential letter, obtained by The Observer, which was sent to every Catholic bishop in May 2001. -
- The Observer Int., Apr 24, 2005 -
(Posted here: April 27, 2005)
Pope Benedict XVI
Pope Seeks Immunity in Texas Abuse Case
- Lawyers for Pope Benedict XVI have asked President Bush to declare the pontiff immune from liability in a lawsuit that accuses him of conspiring to cover up the molestation of three boys by a seminarian in Texas, court records show. -
- BellaCiao.org, Aug 20, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 21, 2005)
Lawyer: Immunity Request Won’t Stop Pope Suit
- A U.S. lawyer said Wednesday he will press ahead with a lawsuit alleging Pope Benedict XIV conspired to cover up the abuse of three boys by a seminary student in Texas, despite the pontiff’s request for diplomatic immunity. -
- Reuters, Aug 17, 2005 -
(Posted here: Aug 21, 2005)
Ruling: Texas Court Dismisses Pope From Sex Abuse Case
- VATICAN CITY — A U.S. judge in Texas dismissed Pope Benedict XVI from a civil lawsuit accusing him of conspiracy to cover up the sexual abuse of minors by a seminarian, ruling Thursday that the pontiff has immunity as a head of state. -
- Napa Register, Dec 23, 2005 -
(Posted here: Dec 26, 2005)
ZENIT – The World Seen from Rome
- [The Pope]: “Men and women of today, humanity come of age yet often still so frail in mind and will, let the Child of Bethlehem take you by the hand! Do not fear; put your trust in him! The life-giving power of his light is an incentive for building a new world order based on just ethical and economic relationships.”
- Zenit.org, Dec 25, 2005 -
(Posted here: Dec 30, 2005)
Giovanni Battista Montini, Pope Paul VI
Tied up in the Rat Lines
- …It links Giovanni Battista Montini, who later became Pope Paul VI, to the theft of property of Jewish, Serb, Russian, Ukrainian and Roma victims during World War II in Yugoslavia. -
- Haaretz.com, Jan 17, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 04, 2006)
Saturnalia – A Little History on the Holidays
- So what has all this got to do with Jesus and holy lights? Nothing much, really. Dec. 24th wasn’t a Christian holiday until the year 350, when Pope Julius I (or Emperor Constantine) finally thought that if you can’t beat them, join them, and tacked Christ’s birthday onto the date that everyone was celebrating anyway. -
- Eugene Weekly, Dec 23, 2004 -
(Posted here: December 26, 2004)
Sun Worship and the Sun God
- Christians never think it strange that the birth date of Jesus is also the birth date of many of the incarnated gods of antiquity. They never think it curious that it was for ancient astronomers the last day of the year—when the year was re-born and a new sun began to climb again in the heavens. That Pagans venerated the birthday of Christ as the birthday of their gods is beyond coincidence . -
- smithbrad.nventure.com -
(Posted here: January 9, 2005)
Satanism
Lucifer
Satanism
- Satan began to take on the familiar qualities of horns and tail in the Dark Ages, modeled on several predecessor pagan gods such as Pan or the Green Man, fertility-style gods who represented everything the Catholics were out to eradicate, such as sex and generally having a good time. -
- Rotten.com -
(Posted here: July 12, 2005)
The Church of Satan
- “We’re looking for a few outstanding individuals…” - (Posted here: December 28, 2004)
Satanism: The World of the Occult
- Anton LaVey of the First Church of Satan in San Francisco, California, says that “Satanism is a blatantly selfish, brutal religion. It is based on the belief that man is inherently a selfish, violent creature… that the earth will be ruled by those who fight to win” -
- by Russ Wise -
(Posted here: December 28, 2004)
Know Thy Enemy – Vatican University Offers Course on Satan [NOTE: DISTURBING PICTURE!]
- ROME- “The Beasts of Satan”, a gang of misguided youths from Milan, dance in a forest, their feet treading heavily on the makeshift grave of two friends they have just brutally murdered. -
- Khaleej Times, Jan 1, 2005 -
(Posted here: January 5, 2005)
Lure of Goths for Lonely and Disaffected
- Mitchell’s interest in Satanism probably developed out of his passion for Gothic culture. A knife pouch with the numbers 666, Jodi’s initials and the years of her birth and death was described in court as a memento of her killing. -
- Times Online, Jan 22, 2005 -
(Posted here: January 22, 2005)
Satanic Group Jailed for Slayings
- Two members of a heavy metal group called the “Beasts of Satan” who confessed to taking part in three ritual Satanic slayings were sentenced to prison Tuesday, and a third defendant was acquitted, Italian media reported. -
- CNN, Feb 22, 2005 -
(Posted here: February 23, 2005)
The Difference Between Judaism and Zionism
- For over 60 years I have fought Zionism, as did my father before me, and I am therefore quite familiar with it. For those who have been in this fight for only the last ten or twenty years, what I have to say may be surprising or even shocking. -
- by G. Neuburger -
(Posted here: Tuesday, June 06, 2006)
The Great Gulf Between Zionism and Judaism
- Paper delivered by G. J. Neuberger a member of Neturei Karta at the Tripoli Conference on Zionism and Racism -
- by G.J. Neuberger -
(Posted here: February 13, 2005)
Jews Against Zionism
- Although there are those who refuse to accept the teachings of our Rabbis and will continue to support the Zionist state, there are also many who are totally unaware of the history of Zionism and its contradiction to the beliefs of Torah-True Jews. -
- JewsAgainstZionism -
(Posted here: January 19, 2005)
British Jewry Tried to Stop Zionism
- When the British Cabinet issued the Balfour Declaration in 1917, it was over the strenuous objections of its only Jewish member, Edwin Montagu, who represented British Jewry. But non-Jews, many of whom were anti-Semites, had the final say. They saw Zionism as a way to advance British imperialism and the New World Order. -
- by Henry Makow, March 11, 2006 -
(Posted here: March 11, 2006)
Islam
Understanding Islam
- URNING AGAIN TO THE EAST, WE FIND THAT THERE WERE CERTAIN SECRET SOCIETIES THAT SPRUNG UP AFTER THE DEATH OF OUR HOLY PROPHET MUHAMMAD (PBUH). MANY OF THESE SECRET ORGANIZATIONS WERE FORMED BY MUSLIMS WHO BELIEVED THAT THERE IS A DEEPER AND HIGHER MEANING TO THE HOLY QUR’AN THAT CAN BE READILY SEEN BY THE COMMON BELIEVER. OTHERS THAT CAN BE READILY SEEN BY THE COMMON BELIEVER. OTHERS WERE FORMED FOR MILITARY AND WARFARE. -
- by Leo Zagami, Jan 07, 2007 -
(Posted here: Sunday, January 07, 2007)
‘How the Vatican Created Islam’
- This information came from Alberto Rivera, former Jesuit priest after his conversion to Protestant Christianity. It is excerpted from “The Prophet,” published by Chick Publications, PO Box 662, Chino CA 91708. Since its publication, after several unsuccessful attempts on his life, he died suddenly from food poisoning. His testimony should not be silenced. Dr. Rivera speaks to us still … -
- DavidIcke.com, Apr 13, 2006 - (Posted here: Apr 13, 2006)
Pictures From London – This is Beyond Scary
- After all their efforts to divide and conquer, the Illuminati LOVE to see results in pictures like these. When such demonstrations take place and the world becomes a little more filled with hatred and terror, spread by stupid, ignorant people stuck in dogma their Illuminati Masters has indoctrinated them with, it is a great time for the same Puppet Masters to bring on the Champagne and celebrate… -
- by Wes Penre, March 02, 2008 -
(Posted here: Sunday, March 02, 2008)
Buddhism
Risky Geopolitical Game: Washington Plays ‘Tibet Roulette’ with China
[or Dalai Lama's odd friends]
- Leaving aside at this point the claim of the Dalai Lama to divinity, what is indisputable is that he has been surrounded and financed in significant part, since his flight into Indian exile in 1959, by various US and Western intelligence services and their gaggle of NGOs. It is the agenda of the Washington friends of the Dalai Lama that is relevant here. - - by F. William Engdahl, Apr 10, 2008 - (Posted here: Monday, Apr 21, 2008)
Mormonism
Mormonism
- The fables of finding the golden plates parallels with the story about the Rosicrucian manifestos. In the early 1600s, a manuscript was said to have been discovered at the tomb of a man named Christian Rosencrutz. -
- TheResistancesManifesto.com -
(Posted here: May 30, 2005)
Mormonism: Anatomy of a Colossal Fraud
- As the book of Mormon was being finished, Smith realized that someone else besides him had to see the plates or there would be a credibility problem. He had a “revelation” in which God said he would grant a vision of the plates to three and no more. Smith told Martin Harris that the Lord had said, “Martin Harris shall say, ‘I have seen them, shown unto me by the power of God”‘, and if he doesn’t, “he is condemned.” -
- by Stephen van Eck -
(Posted here: July 30, 2005)
The Black Israelites
Angela Yahweh & Prophet Yahweh
Brothers & Sisters for Polygamy
- My name is Angela Yahweh, and it means: “Angel Of YAHWEH” I am the current Director and broadcast host of Brothers And Sisters For Polygamy. -
- prophetyahweh.com -
(Posted here: July 20, 2005)
The Amazing Phenomenon “Prophet Yahweh”
- There is no doubt that this man has the ability to summon SOMETHING out of thin air, but it is very questionable if it actually is what he claims. According to him it is the God Yahweh, basically a space traveler, who is making these UFOs appear on the prophet’s command. The purpose is to show a decadent world who the REAL God is. The prophet says the aliens are benevolent (at least to the Israelites and their followers). -
- by Wes Penre, June 19, 2005 -
(Posted here: July 20, 2005)
Yahweh is the “Creator” and God is Satan
- This is from Prophet Yahweh’s News Group at Yahoo.com. Here he claims he has proof that everything mentioned in the name of God is actually mentioned in the name of Satan. The Devil and God (Gad) is the same thing. Yahweh is not God, according to him, but the “Creator”. Well, read for yourself. The following is directly from the Prophet, copied and pasted with no changes. Wes Penre -
- by Prophet Yahweh, July 20, 2005 - (Posted here: July 21, 2005)
The Prophet Yahweh “Study Guide” The Black Jew Hebrew Israelite Study Guide
- Below is a very controversial study guide that the Luciferian forces hope you never find out about! It has some very valuable insights into the secrets of biblical scriptures that YAHWEH wants you to know. -
- by Prophet Yahweh, June 25, 2005 - (Posted here: June 27, 2005)
Kamakazi – Tribe of Judah
- Virgin Island Roots + Puerto Rican Power = “THE RUDE BOY OF REGGAETON!” -
- Prophetyahweh.com -
(Posted here: July 20, 2005)
Nation of Israel TV
- Our site is dedicated to proving that Black people of slave descent are the original and true nation of Israel – the Israelites. We are a pyah.net site that’s powered by Abacast technology. To view our broadcasts, you’ll need the free Abacast plugin and Windows Media player. If you have any problems, please go to the Abacast Help Page -
- Prophetyahweh.com -
(Posted here: July 20, 2005)
Cartoon Capers in the Papers
- Nick Griffin of the BNP was exonerated of ‘Incitement to Racial Hatred’ at the Crown Court for describing Muslims as cockroaches who should be driven from our shores, but when the radical cleric Abu Hamza called on the followers of Islam to defend themselves against such vicious attacks, he too was charged with inciting violence and hate speech. -
- by Hazel W.M. McKinlay, Feb 06, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 06, 2006)
The Denmark Cartoons
- Has it all happened innocuously and accidentally or is it a deliberate attempt towards an ulterior motive?//To answer this question let us go back in time to May 2005. -
- by Anwaar Hussain, Fountainhead, Feb 07, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 08, 2006)
The Road to the Muslim Holocaust
- Tolerance is a falsehood often pronounced with difficulty in all of Western societies. Small countries such as Denmark, Belgium, the Netherlands, Austria, and Norway are leading the pack in the war on Muslims at home, and may be on the road to encouraging a new Holocaust against humanity. -
- by Ghali Hassan, GlobalResearch.ca, Feb 07, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 08, 2006)
European Media Provokes Muslims To Inflame Zionist ‘Clash Of Civilizations’
- Under the guise of free speech, a leading Danish newspaper published a dozen provocative anti-Islamic cartoons clearly designed to offend Muslims. The predictable result has greatly increased the possibility of violence and left Denmark in a costly and dangerous predicament. -
- by Christopher Bollyn, American Free Press, Feb 07, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 08, 2006)
Haters Beware!
- Abu Hamza had a cozy relationship with MI5 agents who assured him he did not “have anything to worry about as long as we don’t see blood on the streets” but Flemming Rose has done more to recruit jihadis with offensive cartoons than Hamza ever could with his free speech. -
- by Hazel W.M. McKinlay, Feb 09, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 10, 2006)
The Mohammed Cartoons – Recruiting Europe For Bush’s War On Iran
- The NATO intelligence provocation appearing in the guise of the scurrilous Mohammed cartoons published by the reactionary newspaper Jyllands Posten of Denmark, and then by a series of other European publications, has already done much to mobilize the armies, bases, and treasuries of Europe in support of the lunatic plan to the Bush-neocon clique for a nuclear sneak attack and punitive expedition against Iran over the coming weeks or months. -
- by Webster Griffin Tarpley, Feb 09, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 10, 2006)
Lobbying for Armageddon
- Some influential evangelical leaders are lobbying for an attack on Iran. But it’s not about geopolitics — it’s about bringing about the End Times. -
- by Sarah Posner, AlterNet. Posted August 03, 2006 -
(Posted here: Sunday, Aug 06, 2006)
‘The Beast’ Movie: Jesus Didn’t Exist
- Former Christian director’s secretive film scheduled to open on 06-06-06 - Worldnet Dialy.com, Oct. 12, 2004 -
(Posted here: October 15, 2004)
A Wake-Up Call for the Sane Majority
- Are you surprised to learn that people called conservatives would quote Joseph Stalin? Yes, that Joseph Stalin, the former Soviet dictator and mass murderer. And no, I am not making this up. It happened recently at a Washington conclave held by something called the Judeo-Christian Council for Constitutional Restoration. -
- NWAnews.com, Apr 13, 2005 -
(Posted here: April 17, 2005)
Religious Scholars to Translate Old Texts
- Ancient quasi-biblical texts written by Jews, Christians and pagans are to be translated for the first time by scholars of divinity. The tales date from between 300BC and AD600. They include stories about biblical characters, wise sayings, poetry and prophecies. -
- News Telegraph, July 31, 2005 -
(Posted here: August 1, 2005)
The Hypocrisy of Canada’s “Tolerance”
- Newly minted Prime Minister Stephen Harper said Wednesday that while he regrets the [Muslim] cartoons’ publication, he defends the right of free speech. / / Obviously “tolerance” and “free speech” are whatever the New World Order or Zionists determine them to be. Blasphemy is free speech if they say so. -
- by Dr. Henry Makow, PhD, Feb 15, 2006 -
(Posted here: Feb 22, 2006)
William Cooper & the Mystery of Rennes-le-Château
- “I am amazed at the authors of Holy Blood, Holy Grail and the information that they have unearthed. Most of all I am amazed at their inability to put the puzzle together. The treasure hidden in France is not the treasure of the Temple of Jerusalem. It is the Holy Grail itself, the robe of Jesus, the last remaining pieces of the Cross of Crucifixion, and, according to my sources, someone’s bones. I can tell you that the reality of the bones will shake the world to its very foundations if I have been told the truth. The relics are hidden in France. I know the location and so do the authors of Holy Blood, Holy Grail, but they do not know that they know – or do they?” -
- Societe Perillos -
(Posted here: March 08, 2006)
Jewish Supremacist Organization Lites Menorah in front of White House! While the Cross is outlawed on public ground – huge Jewish Menorahs are erected!
- Every year a huge Menorah is erected and lit on public land front of the America’s White House. The picture shows the Menorah lit by the radical Jewish supremacist organization called Chabad Lubavitch. It was lit by the prominent Jewish extremist and torture advocate, the new U.S. Attorney General Michael Mukasey. In America it has become illegal to put a Christian cross on public ground; no symbol representing any aspect of the Christian religion is allowed. But while crosses are banned from the White House and any public place, huge Jewish Menorahs are going up by the thousands all over the United States as well as in many European countries. -
- by Representative David Duke, PhD, Dec 21, 2008 - (Posted here: Sunday, December 28, 2008)
SO, NOW YOU UNDERSTAND WHY I FEEL THE WAY I DO ! And as I said, none of this is to upset you or step on your toes. I merely present it to you as ‘ FOOD FOR THOUGHT ‘. Because an informed mind is a Happy mind!
God Bless you all and I see you for the next Reality Shift !! ~~ Xaniel777
THE AGE OF SECRETS IS DYING AND THE AGE OF TRUTH IS UPON US!
The War on for our minds has been a long battle and one of which we were losing, but only because that was the way our reality had been structured and they used our own minds to build it this way. AND WE ( most of us anyway ) NEVER KNEW IT !
Where to begin with this complicated subject?
Although they ( The Powers that Be, The Elite, The Self Proclaimed Masters of our world ) have been around a long, long time, it wasn’tuntil most recently that they began their masterpiece campaign for ‘ The War on for your Mind ‘! When I say most recently, I mean within the last 2000 to 2500 years have they patently and painstakingly devised a global plan to hijack the minds of Humanity.
This is not to say that they had not been using manipulation on the minds of mankind before this, it is to say that they had decided to finely tune their gifts of deception, propaganda and manipulation so that they could begin to take full control of the world by first taking control of the world’s minds. Something they had not be able to do up to that point because they came to realize that people, people’s will and people’s beliefs (religion and/or cultures ), were to wide spread and very difficult to manage ( at least for any length time ).
Many of their smaller campaigns started out slow and steady, building up into their ideas of their perfect world ( one where the handful ruled over the many ), yet the mystery that is man’s mind always in one way or the other, wreaked their plans and brought their Utopia down. After many, many failures to many to count, they gathered together and after hundreds if not thousands of long and lengthy discussions they began building their perfect deceptive global plan. This perfect plan would require an overwhelming amount of patience on their part and the part of their children and grandchildren and so on, in all their ascendance.
They were already aware that they could feed on the mind’s and emotions of mankind by simply bringing about the right conditions and placing certain words, phrases, or stories to maneuver mankind onto the road of fear, chaos and self-destruction. That had always worked well for them over the years in places here and there. Now, however, they needed to unite the world under their evil banner to :
1.) place themselves in the position of royalty and ultimate power ( something they have more or less done already )
2.) tie their minds to the minds of mankind to build up the required energy to shift the reality that was into the reality of their choosing. One of which they are in charge and mankind is and forever would be trapped in servitude and would be happy to be there, never questioning it.
This reality that we live in now is not the reality that is suppose to be here. The reality that should be here was hijacked from us thousands of years ago and we helped them to do it !
However, it has only been in the last 2000 or so years that they had almost mastered and perfected the Utopia Reality they have always wanted. I say had, because it is all beginning to fall apart now. And the reason is that mystery that is the mind of mankind ( more on this later )!
I feel it’s safe to say, that we had become bigger and better slaves to the Elite than our ancestors every were. But let’s not beat ourselves up over it because we had help falling into this.
The thing that is intriguing and the very thing they have never wanted us to know is just how powerful we truly are. This isn’t something that has just happened to us recently, but is something we’ve always had. This secret that isn’t really a secret has been hidden from us all this time. It was hidden from us deliberately so that we would never know or come to realize that we are just as powerful as they are maybe more so!
To understand how powerful we are and get an idea of the abilities that we ( most of us anyway ) have not even understood we have or how to use them, we first have to understand how they were able to shift our Reality to what it has become today.
To do this, let’s take a quick look at what other minds have to say. And these are just a few examples of what I’m talking about.
( But before we begin, allow me to mention that I do not make any money from any of these sources in this post. I will, for my readers, leave their contact info and in some cases the cost to purchase anything that you may find of interest, but no affiliate fees or other monies are paid to me, so please understand this is not a giant advertisement. I only make mention of these sources and their stories as they relate to helping me make my point, nothing more.)~~ Xaniel777
Reports have been coming in from exploring parties all over the world that, frankly, will blow your mind. And this will re-write history. It is being discovered that early civilized communities lived from the North Pole to the South Pole (where there is now ice).
And they enjoyed life in * a moderate warm climate everywhere * with no winds and storms * with a continual growing season * with no encroaching wastelands of desert or ice * with lush vegetation worldwide
*And they could produce technology that today’s environment will not permit.
* And, weirdest of all, they lived under a climate-protected dome. Outrageous? Yes, but absolutely true!
LIVING UNDER A DOME –
HOW? You ask, how could whole nations live under a huge dome? Surely that deserves an explanation. Well, it turns out that, apparently, the earth’s atmosphere was once surrounded by an outer water canopy which intercepted the direct rays of the sun. This canopy, or dome, was natural. You might well wonder, Can such a phenomenon really exist? Indeed.
Did you know that canopies are quite common around the planets of our solar system? The planets Venus and Jupiter, and also Saturn’s moon, Titan, each have vapour or cloud canopies completely surrounding them.
ALMOST UNIFORM GLOBAL TEMPERATURES
Such a canopy would diffuse the sun’s rays all over the globe.
It would give the world a uniform climate. Incoming solar heat would diffuse so equally over all zones, that a subtropical climate would prevail from pole to pole. The conditions would be like those in a terrarium! The average temperature would be about 72 degrees Fahrenheit (22 degrees Celsius).
It would also conserve heat from the sun’s rays by preventing its loss to outer space. Thus a larger percentage of the sun’s radiant energy would be absorbed, uniformly distributed, and retained, than at present. As the water was in orbit and could not be reached by the nuclei of condensation that are needed for cloud formation, rain would be unknown in such conditions. (But that would later change with the Great Disaster.)
And so, in that early time, there were no upsets in nature. The earth was very different.
CANOPY INVISIBLE, FUNCTIONING LIKE A LENSE
This canopy was probably invisible to earth’s inhabitants. Moreover, it formed a huge orbital lense, causing the stars to appear larger and much more numerous than they appear to us today.
The probability of a water blanket around the earth in the past is put forward seriously by competent men of science. For example, in a paper submitted to the Lunar Science Conference at Houston, Texas, Dr A.E.Ringwood concluded that the early earth had a massive atmosphere, at a high enough temperature to evaporate certain elements collected by the earth as it moved through space.
EFFECT OF THE CANOPY – SUMMARISED
Let’s compare today’s world with the former CANOPIED environment. Today, our equatorial zones get the brunt of the sun’s heat. Polar regions get little heat. Temperatures on this planet are extreme. As a result of these hot and cold air masses meeting turbulently, today’s weather patterns and continual storms are experienced. But there is geological, botanical and zoological evidence that this was very different in the past. Just imagine a controlled terrarium state.Diffused sunlight and heat would result in:
* a moderate warm climate everywhere * no winds and storms * a continual growing season * no encroaching wastelands of desert or ice * lush vegetation worldwide * protection from harmful cosmic radiation.
In fact, our present limited vapour blanket in our atmosphere is the very thing that makes life possible on earth today. Originally, a vast canopy of water above the earth’s atmosphere must have provided a great protective blanket for the beautiful earth. This virtual wall of water filtered or reflected most of the cosmic and short-wave length radiations that now reach the earth. So, you ask, what could the results be?These two instantly come to mind:
1. Possible longer life spans
2. Possible larger specimens of some plants and animals.
WORLD’S FIRST HYPERBARIC BIOSPHERE
The atmospheric pressure, as well as the oxygen content, also had to be greater in the past, in order to support the huge life forms which then existed. Let me tell you about my friend Dr. Carl Baugh, of Glen Rose Texas. This man has set out to build the world’s first hyperbaric biosphere, 62 feet long.
Its purpose is to simulate the context of our original world. An engineer from NASA has called it the greatest experiment in history ever performed in the name of science. Among a selection of small creatures placed into an experimental prototype of this biosphere were two snakes. It was decided to test the snake venom.
Over a period of time, Carl had the snakes milked three times.
TEST 1: In the first test (before the snakes were placed in the biosphere) their venom looked like a lump of spaghetti – all together.
TEST 2: After a period inside the biosphere, the snakes were milked again. And their venom still looked like spaghetti – but now the lump was separated.
TEST 3: After a longer time in the biosphere, they were again milked and their venom examined. It now looked like honeycomb. Disorder had been transformed into order.
SNAKE BITE: PROTEIN, NOT POISON
Snake venom viewed with a scanning electron microscope is gnarled and unstructured. The sulphide bonds in snake venom produce the toxic agent under such conditions. But when ultra violet light is eliminated and the atmosphere pressure is doubled (simulating conditions that existed in the original world) the venom regains its structure. Dr. Baugh believes that in the atmosphere of the original world, a snake bite would give an injection of protein, rather than poison. And possibly such pests as mosquitoes might not have resorted to attacking humans, since they were satisfied on the nutrients in plants.
LARGER LIFE FORMS DEMAND GREATER ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
Have you ever wondered as to how those giant life forms could ever survive, in the past? You see, the atmospheric pressure, as well as the oxygen content, would have had to be greater in the past, in order to support such huge life forms which then existed.
This would have required some kind of canopy above the earth. To provide such a quantity of oxygen as required by the larger life forms, the oxygen would need to approach the level of toxicity – unless the atmospheric pressure was greater. Can you imagine a creature 52 feet long flying through the air? In West Texas, a fossilised flying reptile, known as a pterodactyl, has been found, with a wingspan of 52 feet.
Just think about this. There is no way such a “flying dinosaur” could have flown with today’s atmospheric pressure. However, with atmospheric pressure of around 32 pounds per square inch, it would have been a piece of cake. Says Dr. Baugh: “We’ve been doing extensive research into the ancient atmosphere, the one that produced the fossil record. “Our research indicates that essentially everything was larger in the past.
For instance, the club mosses which today reach 16 to 18 inches often approach 200 feet in the fossil record. “The great dinosaurs, with their relatively small lung capacity, reached tremendous stature. Seismosaurus could reach his head almost seventy feet in the air. Something has to explain this anomaly in terms of today’s atmosphere.”
CELLS SATURATED WITH OXYGEN
The difference may well be in the atmospheric pressure. In today’s atmosphere we have 14.7 pounds atmospheric pressure per inch at sea level. But to oxygenate the deep cell tissue of these great dinosaurs we need much greater atmospheric pressure. Research has shown that when you approach two times today’s atmospheric pressure, the entire blood plasma is saturated with oxygen.
Research indicates there was about 27 pounds per square inch of atmospheric pressure [in the past]. That would beautifully solve a problem even paleontologists admit exists. In addition, the oxygen supply in the fossil record has been found to be 30 percent oxygen compared to 20 percent today. Ancient air bubbles trapped in amber have been analysed and revealed this heavier concentration of oxygen.
COULD YOU RUN 200 MILES?
Baugh notes that “if we had those conditions today, we could run two hundred miles without fatigue.” How would you like that? In summary, the atmosphere possessed * more carbon-dioxide and * more oxygen (one of the by-products of vigorous plant growth).
DIVER’S NASTY WOUND HEALED FAST
Some time ago, a man inside a bathyscope deep under the sea had a nasty accident. His hand was badly gashed. But it was a clean cut, so he pressed the wound shut and wrapped it around with a cloth. The surface crew wanted to bring him back up immediately for treatment, but this was not possible, due to the fact that the bathyscope was pressurised within, to compensate for the heavy outside water pressure at that depth.
Gradual decompression would take several hours. So it was decided that the diver should stay down until morning. When he resurfaced, and the bandage was removed, what a surprise it was to discover the wound well on the way to being healed! It seems that the original atmosphere, in the event of an injury, served to promote faster healing.
CANOPY WOULD PROMOTE SUCH ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
Now envision the water canopy around the earth. Think of the effect this would have upon the atmospheric pressure. An ancient document, in describing the pre-Flood earth, speaks of a “firmament” above the earth, encased by layers of water above and below it. (Genesis 1:7,8) Approximately eleven miles above the surface of our earth there exists a heat sink. It is between –130 degrees Fahrenheit and –180 degrees Fahrenheit at that elevation.
Nearer to the earth it is warmer, and further from the earth it is warmer for at least some space. It is scientifically estimated that the canopy comprised a 10-to-20-feet thick layer of water, or compressed hydrogen, extending completely around the earth. The possibility of such a massive atmospheric envelope can be taken seriously. With such a canopy, the air pressure of the world before the Great Disaster would have been about two times what it is today. Do we have evidence of this? Indeed, we do.
SURPRISING EVIDENCE – A PRE-FLOOD HAMMER
How about this? In June, 1934, near London, Texas, by a waterfall on Red Creek, members of the Hahn family discovered a rock with wood protruding from it. They chiselled it open, exposing a hammer head. The petrified hammer was found in a layer of Cretaceous sandstone.
The handle was fossilised with a blackened coal tip. In the 1980s, this artefact was analysed at the Batelle Laboratories in Columbus, Ohio, the same laboratory that analysed moonstones. The elemental analysis showed it to be 96.6 percent iron, 0.74 percent sulphur, and 2.6 percent chlorine. Physicists tell us that under today’s atmospheric conditions you cannot compound chlorine with metallic iron.
Yet here it is. Today, chlorine can be joined with iron as solid metal only in two atmospheres of oxygen pressure, and only in the absence of ultraviolet radiation. Of course, ultraviolet radiation would have been filtered out by the protective canopy. Research indications are that the pre-Flood atmosphere is the only plausible explanation, for the forging of this metallic artefact. There is evidence that the oxygen ratio of the atmosphere was then 30 percent, compared with 21 percent today; and that the carbon-dioxide ratio was 2 percent, as against 0.035 percent today.
YOU ASK, WHAT CHANGED THIS EARLY ENVIRONMENT?
ANSWER:The Great Disaster, or, as it is popularly known, the Great Flood. This was an event of cosmic proportions. It wiped out the planet and reset all the clocks of nature. You know, whenever I lecture on this topic, people raise some brilliant questions. Here are few of them.
QUESTION 1: On a nice bright cloudless day put on the scuba gear and slowly descend in clear ocean water. As you go down you will notice it getting darker and darker. At 650 feet (200meters) down, there’s not enough light for photosynthesis. So if the earth’s mythic water blanket existed, no light would penetrate below 200 meters to allow plants to survive. But flood apologists need the “earth blanket” of water to be at least 2 00 meters to cover the earth in flood water.
ANSWER: Firstly, the “earth blanket” of water did NOT need to be at least 200 meters to later cover the earth in flood water. If we were to amass the amounts of water present on Earth, and assimilate the greater amount of water within the earth, this would leave the approximate remainder of a 10-to-20- feet thick lineal dimension double encasement of water in solid crystalline form as the canopy. Not 200 feet. Secondly, such a canopy would not decrease the amount of light shining upon the earth below. Rather, it would function as an invisible lense around the planet, enhancing the reception of light.
QUESTION 2: If the uv rays from the sun are kept from reaching the earth, then how would plants be able to photosynthesize? If the ancient atmosphere blocked uv a, b, and c. then how did humans synthesize vitamin D? Individuals lacking adequate amounts of this essential vitamin are far from healthy, and would have a hard time living until 50, much less 1000. Without daily exposure to the uv b rays from the sun our bodies do not synthesize vitamin D. The only way to supplement this is through seafood, milk products, egg yolks, organ meats, and bone meal – things like that; all carnivorous. There are no known vegetal sources.
ANSWER: The Pre-Flood canopy filtered out “harmful” uv radiation, while permitting beneficial light rays through. The “harmful” portion of us is uva. This wavelength is extremely short. Uvb and uvc have longer wavelengths, which could penetrate the water of the canopy much easier. It is the b and c range, which benefit the skin, assist in the generation of vitamin D, and aid in photosynthesis.
QUESTION 3: The same Question 2 could apply to vitamin B12, and the omega 3 fatty acids EPA (Eicosapentaenoic Acid), and DHA (Docosahexaenoic Acid). Where did we get these essentials in the paradise world?
ANSWER: Their assimilation would be assisted by the uvb and uvc.
QUESTION 4: If the sun’s light was transmitted fiber- optically by the canopy from the daylight side of the earth, around the curve of the canopy, to the darker night-time side of the earth, providing a subdued pink light at night, as you state, how could the stars still be visible (even in their magnified state they would still be vastly dimmed)?
ANSWER: The canopy was transparent. It would thus be invisible, forming a huge orbital lense. The nature of the physics in the canopy would give a “photo-multiplier” effect; hence the stars could be seen with greater clarity than they are today.
QUESTION 5: Also, how could anyone get a good night’s sleep! The human body needs complete darkness in order to get a full night’s sleep – for the brain to cycle through the various waveforms necessary for growth, repair, and rejuvenation.
ANSWER: The neurotransmitters generated in the brain by dominance of magenta light compensate in all these areas. More peaceful rest actually results.
QUESTION 6: There is also the issue of flowering plants – a certain amount of complete darkness is needed in order for the plants to accurately set their calendars, even a nearby streetlight, or a brief flash of the lights on then off again would disrupt their clocks.
ANSWER: The “relative darkness” balanced by the gentle glow of magenta in the early a.m. hours would actually enhance plant production. This can be shown experimentally.
QUESTION 7: What about certain nocturnal animals? Like the plants, even a small amount of light prevents them from entering their “active” phase (our daytime). I used to do shark research, and the observation tank had around 30 sharks (nurse, reef, white tip, blue…) and a number of other tropical fish. In the beginning (before I got there) they used to turn off all of the lights each night when the zoo closed. Every morning they would find a new, expensive, tropical fish carcass (or pieces thereof) floating in the cage. The culprit was the lemon shark, and by turning out the lights they were allowing it to enter its nocturnal day or active hunting time. Only by keeping the shark tank partially lit at all times, and never allowing it to become completely dark, were they able to avoid having to move the lemon shark to a separate tank all its own.
ANSWER: The “gentle” magenta hues of the night hours would balance these nocturnal habits.
QUESTION 8: This concerns the snake venom. Why would the ancient snakes inject a beneficial protein matrix, rather than venom? What purpose would this serve?
ANSWER: With the onset of physical degeneration, various maladies would befall mankind and other living creatures. Injection of this beneficial protein matrix (with its extremely complicated structure) would aid in recovery.
RADICAL NEW EVIDENCE
The climate of Egypt right up to 2000 BC was RAIN… RAIN… RAIN!
Plant and animal species depicted in the early tomb paintings show that the weather of Egypt was then wetter than it is now.
Yes, it did rain in the Old Kingdom, more than today.
I shall now toss a cat among the pigeons. There is startling new evidence that Egypt did NOT spring up UNTIL AFTER the Great Flood of 2345 BC.
That’s right! There’s been a massive dating mistake! (But that’s for another time.)
And the transition from ice age to the present desert environment did NOT take place between 10,000 and 3000 BC, but as recently as 2250 to 2000 BC.
And around 2200 BC Menes (Mizraim) and his followers arrived, embanked the Nile and established the Egyptian civilization.
That’s when the pyramids and the Sphinx were built!
AN EMBARRASSING SCANDAL
In other words, we’ve been had. So you can forget just about all you’ve been told in school and in the media about dating ancient remains.
But we also announced the special 7-ebook set at a big reduction. And within minutes, the requests started pouring in. (they’re an instant download).
Some people pleaded for more time. And that pulled on my heart strings… because this set you will find invaluable. So for just once I shall keep the door open until next Wednesday.
You will see details further below.
Anyway, as I said, many were shocked by the news I gave last week. In case you lost that email, you’ll see it again, below.
You may already suspect this. But this year – 2008 – may be the turning point in our history. A dangerous year.
And that means economically… ecologically… politically… religiously… socially. Take your pick.
So our team has been working overtime to get out to you some vital information while there is still time.
We have been gathering this information from the bottom of the sea and from remote mountain and desert regions of the world.
My crews slept on ashes, dived among sharks, and dodged terrorist ambushes, to get this information to you.
When I realized how explosive some of this knowledge is – and that desperate efforts were being made to suppress it – I knew that this just had to be shared.
When you know the answers to some of the questions below, you will have a clear-cut advantage over others who have no clue what lies ahead.
We have brought together three major fields of research:
* Forbidden discoveries * Crucial current events * Startling prophecies
These are some of the issues:
1. THE 2012 PROPHECY * Do we have only 4 years left? * Did the Maya predict the end in 2012? * Does our planet face a catastrophe in the year 2012? * Will a gravitational cosmic tsunami cause the sun to scorch the earth? * Will the only immediate survivors be people in underground cities, caves, and submarines? * What is the plain, stark truth about 2012? * And learn the chilling news about depleted uranium – the dying of bees, deer, birds, bats and fish worldwide, and how this affects your survival. * Is there hope beyond this…?
2. THE GREAT DATING BLUNDER * Don’t be conned. * Why do scientists reject most carbon dating results? * Is this true?: Carbon dating shows that a famous historical event hasn’t happened yet! * Do you know how to make oil in ten minutes? * Why do only a few dating methods suggest an “old” earth? * Why are these widely publicized – while the majority of systems, which suggest a “young” age for our earth, are ignored? * Amazing discoveries you are not supposed to know… about ice, dinosaurs, trees, magnetic reversals, petrified men, oil and gas, coal, fossils, lakes, deltas, waterfalls, coral reefs, deserts, the tipping of the earth’s axis, and the age of civilizations, such as Egypt.
3. STING OF THE SCORPION * Many of our world leaders are currently making their decisions by astrology. Their decisions affect the lives of millions of people. How safe is this? * Did you hear about the Great Astrology Cover-up – and the hidden truth behind Star Names and Signs? * Also, did you know that ancient civilizations believed a serpent – which represented the devil – had taken control of the world? * That they believed a virgin’s baby would fight the serpent defeat him and bring peace, life and happiness to mankind? * Did you know that the pictures on the sky map were used to describe this story and NOT to tell people’s fortunes through the stars? * And that the NAMES of the stars, as well as the star sign pictures told that story? * Discover some power-packed prophecies which are soon to affect us all.
4. WHAT HAPPENED TO THE TOWER OF BABEL? * The intriguing search for the remains of history’s most infamous building. * Startling new scientific evidence on the origin of languages. * Amazing high technology and lost knowledge. * Scary dive in murky water for an ancient skyscraper. Tantalizing secrets under the water.
5. WAS THIS A MIRACLE? * Discover some amazing modern phenomena: * How do you pull a girl through a solid wall? * Deadly poison in the cup. * The coins that floated across the bay. * Why did the ant carry a contact lense? * The miracle power of a brother’s love song. * The airport stranger knew too much. * Keeping one step ahead of the secret service men. * Buried alive behind the house. * What you were never told about the Boxing Day tsunami. * Why the gasoline would not burn. * Was a man really raised from the dead in Lebanon? * Shocking surprise in the canyon. * During the murder, the clock struck 13 …and other surprising true reports!
Also I’m throwing in two exciting Bonus Reports.
And this evidence will stun you…
#1- WHO’S PLAYING JESUS GAMES? * Over a billion people follow Christianity. But is Jesus Christ just an historical mistake – or even something worse? ? * Is it true that early historians never mention him? * And Jesus’ resurrection – what are the scientific facts? Is it a hoax, an hallucination, or history? * Is it true that Gospel writers “contradict” one another? * What about the Dead Sea scrolls – do they confirm or refute Christianity? * Are there “missing” books of the Bible?
With a huge showdown soon about to break, you can’t afford to be without this gripping, controversial and important information…
This report is based on exciting archaeological discoveries and over 25 years of ground-breaking research.
You owe it to yourself to get this into your hands. Compelling evidence about the real origin of Christianity.
#2- THE SORCERERS’ SECRET * Discover the shocking truth – Who are the infiltrators who are planning to take over the lives of unsuspecting Christians and those of their children? This explosive report will send shivers down your spine! * Is there a deliberate alteration of the Bible on a large scale? * Why were Bible revisers sworn to secrecy? * And have you heard about the King James Bible’s amazing hidden built-in dictionary? * Also, why are some Bible editors suddenly struck dumb, or end up in asylums, séances and prison cells?
Yes, you have just taken a tiny peep into “SECRETS EXPOSED “. Not five, but seven astonishing, surprise-packed e-books in one MIGHTY PACKAGE.
This is crucial, empowering information. And you will have FUN discovering it. The best part is that you can get all this informationRIGHT NOW.
When you open them, you will discover that any one of these 7 e-books is DYNAMITE. But with the entire set of 7 you have in your grasp what some people kill for – literally!!!
If you know someone who would find these facts interesting, Click the URL below now to tell them, or copy and paste the URL below into your browser.http://www.beforeus.com
International explorer, archaeologist and author Jonathan Gray has traveled the world to gather data on ancient mysteries. He has penetrated some largely unexplored areas, including parts of the Amazon headwaters. The author has also led expeditions to the bottom of the sea and to remote mountain and desert regions of the world. He lectures internationally.
You can also reach him by writing to : Surprising Discoveries Pacific Coast Hwy PO Box 785 Thames 3540 New Zealand
How would you feel if you were sitting around with a good book on history and a few pages into it, the author were to drop a small bombshell on you by saying, in so many words..
About 1,200 years ofrecent human history has just been “made up”?
That was bad enough, but Fomenko (Vol. 1) also goes into some other major problems:
Lots of writings attributed to the Greeks and earlier seem to have just “appeared” in the XIII century and later.
Some of those revered cathedrals in Europe? The biggest part of their construction is only 200 year old…offering mortar tests to show the middle ages portion was most small single-story structures.
Supposed old coinage from Greek & Roman times? Has the same minting errors of Middle Ages coinage. So why would minting errors be cloned, hmmm?
Many historical character in two distinct periods of history: Middle Ages and classical periods…
This last link is of particular interest. since the Western view is that Pletho/Pleton simply “rediscovered” Plato. Lemme see…that would make his name Pleton/Plethon/Pletho one of the grandest coincidences in history.
So what gives?
Well, the mind does boggle a bit, but seems that the clergy went to great lengths in the middle ages to wipe out any trace of how short our actual “history” is.
Which gets us around to a very interesting problem which Clif (he’s in Vol. 3 already) and I have been kicking around. It does down to this ponder:
“Why would a culture need to “make up” that it is much older than it probably is?”
This gives way to a whole rising up of questions: Did the Christian/Judeo religions have a marketing issue that demanded they “get older”? Was there no Library at Alexandria…hence no documents for much of claimed antiquity – which may explain why so many “old documents” just “appeared” in the middle ages?
The mind reels…all those “hidden past” things come welling up: This would make 2012 a sham (no worries, I expect to be around in 2013 anyway) not to mention bringing lots of fresh questions about the linkage between governments and Churchianity into question going back at least 1,000 years.
The troublesome part is that Fomenko didn’t distill his claims down into an pocketbook. This is four serious academic volumes and he’s just one of an emerging group of authors who are re-thinking our claimed history. The discussion of carbon-14 errors in volume 1 is impressive, and near I can follow, right.
As Fomenko explains, the timeline of history is incredibly imprecise and the Scaligarian timeline adopted “officially” by the PTB seems to add anywhere from 700 to 1,200 years, depending on how you look at it.
So what would if mean, if Fomenko is correct, when he asserts, for example that Jesus was born in 1053 A.D. and died in 1086 A.D.
Which gets Clif and me wondering one of those motivation questions which we hate because they are so damn difficult to “prove”: Why would wars be fought, cities burned, and much of a “made up history” be sold as a cornerstone of thought?
“What’s wrong with being a young race of people who just show up here?”
Except that gets us to the even murkier question: Did we spontaneously arise or were we planted? More ponderings as I get into Vol. 2.
This wasn’t the only History that had been shifted for the Elites agenda. As I have stated before in one of my earlier posts,’ What better way for TPTB to control the world than to control the world’s Religions.’
” ALLOW ME TO MAKE THIS CLEAR BEFORE IT”S COMPLETELY MISUNDERSTOOD, YES I DO BELIEVE IN GOD AND THE CHRIST. I ALSO BELIEVE SOME OF THE STORIES OF THE BIBLE, MOST OF WHICH RESIDE IN THE NEW TESTAMENT. I BELIEVE IN THE SPIRITUAL OF OURSELVES, OUR WORLD AND OUR UNIVERSE. WHAT I DO NOT BELIEVE IN , IS RELIGION. I FEEL RELIGION IS THE WORST THING THAT COULD HAVE EVER HAPPENED TO MANKIND. IT LIMITS US, IT LIES AND CONTROLS US. IT DOES NOT GIVE US AN ASCENSION. BUT MERELY IT ASKS US TO HAVE FAITH IN IT AND ALL OUR PROBLEMS WILL BE FIX, OF COURSE AS IS THE CASE WITH THE CATHOLICS, ( among others ), FOR A PRICE ! ”~~ Xaniel777
LET’S DISCOVER TOGETHER, WHY IT IS THAT I FEEL THIS WAY, SHALL WE ! Please continue reading…..
BRANTFORD, ON, CANADA- Mass graves of Mohawk children have been uncovered by ground-penetrating radar at the Mohawk Institute, a residential school for Mohawk operated by the Church of England and the Vatican before its closure in 1970. According to Rev. Kevin Annett, Secretary of the International Tribunal for Crimes of Church and States (www.itccs.org), the Mohawk Institute was “set up by the Anglican Church of England in 1832 to imprison and destroy generations of Mohawk children. This very first Indian [First Nations] residential school in Canada lasted until 1970, and, like in most residential schools, more than half of the children imprisoned there never returned. Many of them are buried all around the school.” Preliminary scanning by ground penetrating radar adjacent to the now closed main building Mohawk Institute has revealed that “between 15-20 feet of soil” was brought in and put over the mass graves just before the Mohawk Institute closed in 1970 in order to camouflage the mass graves of Mohawk Children and avoid prosecution for genocide and crimes against humanity under the Geneva Conventions, the International Criminal Court, and cooperating national courts.
***
by clif high
Face it, the reality is that if you have ever given money to ANY vatican or anglican or other ‘christ’ based organization, you have supported evil. This evil does not end with pedofilic rape and murder. This evil continues all the way up from child sacrifice to the horrors of war and genocide.Notice how the vatican never comes out against any crimes like the holocaust at the time, only ‘makes good’ by apologizing years later. That trend has run its course. Our data shows that the ‘days of rage against the church’ are mere months away (probably starting in March of 2012). Finally, finally, after our long 2000+ year struggle, some accountability is coming to the ‘crutch’ of the zionists (again, face it..there is no independent christ focused ‘church’…they are all interconnected evil and even the dogma at the heart of it is both delusional and evil itself.)
While i would have no human as my enemy, many of the pedofilic priest class have so claimed that status with word and deed. Specifically while i can hold the deluded sheeple who feed the vatican/religion machine as only partially, directly culpable, mostly due to unconsciousness and mind control, i can no longer hold my tongue nor coddle their feelings about their delusion. Fair warning. If you are one of the religion afflicted, leave this page now and never come back to this site.
ALL religion is a curse upon humans. Our species goal should be to liberate the half of terrestrial humanity currently enslaved by the tool of the pedofilic mind control freak… religion.
When the last head pedophile of the catholics (the next one with the remarkably short life span who follows this ratzinger @#&$#@ ) is dead (all this by early 2013), and the looted treasure of humanity is liberated from the putrid nest of serpents that is the vatican, then humans can begin the process of healing this giant, millennia long wounding.
A noodle: Their ‘lords’ prayer reworked.
Yo, large pedophile who is off-world,
from whom we learn child rape and ritual murder and war,
so hollow is your claim to fame,
so stinking filthy is your name,
your king (and his domaine) are done,
your will is less than none,
on earth, and oh, go @#&@ your ‘heaven’.
We grow our own damn food,
so take your attitude,
and worthless debt based dogma,
and stay the @#&@ away from earth,
or we will kick your scaly ass back to Vega,
How shall we honor the victims of the christers/catholic reptile god? How shall we prevent these perverts from continuing these crimes that go back centuries? How will we punish the guilty @#&%#@ ?
As shall be revealed to the serpent worshiping sorcerers, i have a few ideas….
copyright blah blah blah more blah 2011 by clif high blah blah and more bla
Just who were the real authors of the Bible?
Introduction: We must first of all know that the entire Bible is corrupted and unreliable and is mostly filled with man-made laws and corruption! ”`How can you say, “We [the Jews] are wise, for we have the law of the LORD,” when actually the lying pen of the scribes has handled it falsely?‘ (From the NIV Bible, Jeremiah 8:8)”
The Revised Standard Version makes it even clearer: ”How can you say, ‘We are wise, and the law of the LORD is with us’? But, behold, the false pen of the scribes has made it (i.e., the bible) into a LIE. (From the RSV Bible, Jeremiah 8:8)”
In either translation, we clearly see that the Jews had so much corrupted the Bible with their man-made cultural laws, that they had turned the Bible into a lie!
See Also Deuteronomy 31:25-29 where Moses peace be upon him predicted the corruption/tampering of the Law (Bible) after his death.
The Book of Moses predicted that the Law (Bible) will get corrupted. The Book of Jeremiah which came approximately 826 years after did indeed confirm this corruption.
1- Exposing the Bible’s books’ and gospels’ corruptions.
- Exposing the New Testament.
- Exposing Paul.
- Exposing the Old Testament.
2- So who wrote the Bible then? Were they really the original Prophets and Disciples? 3- The New Testament was written in the 4th century by Constantine and his council by their own words. 4- The Roman Catholic Encyclopedia admits that the Bible had been “altered”. 5- Contradictions in historical claims and accounts.
6- Conclusion.
7- Further Sites to Research. 8 Book Information (Bibliography).
Below, you’ll see that the Bible’s books and gospels were:
Written by mysterious men.
Written by an unknown number of men.
Written in unknown places.
Written in unknown dates.
Paul never even met Jesus Christ in person while the latter was on earth. It is falsely claimed that Jesus appeared to Paul while Paul was on his way to Damascus after the “crucifixion” (Acts 9:2-4. Note: Paul’s name used to be Saul. Yet, Paul admittedly wasn’t even sure whether the Holy Spirit was inspirning him or not).
None of the disciples, even in the false writings attributed to them, ever claimed that their writings were inspired or Divine. Not only that, but we even ironically see that:
Luke for instance, wrote his “gospel” for the sake of another person and not GOD Almighty. See below for details.
The disciples even fought with each others [1] [2].
We read about direct invitations to dinner and other occasions between the disciples in the “books” [1].
According to the commentaries below, all of the books of the bible were altered and corrupted.
1- Exposing the Bible’s books’ and gospels’ corruptions:
The Gospel of Matthew:
“The unknown author, whom we shall continue to call Matthew for the sake of convenience, drew no only up the Gospel according to Mark but upon a large body of material (principally, sayings of Jesus) not found in Mk that corresponds, sometimes exactly, to material found also in the Gospel according to Luke. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1008)”
“As for the place where the gospel was composed, a plausible suggestion is that it was Antioch, the capital of the Roman province of Syria. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1009)”
So we clearly see, both the author or authors and the place of composition of the “Gospel of Matthew” are unknown.
The Gospel of Mark:
Note: This gospel is the oldest and supposedly the most original one in the New Testament!
“Although the book is anonymous, apart from the ancient heading “According to Mark” in manuscripts, it has traditionally been assigned to John Mark, in whose mother’s house (at Jerusalem) Christians assembled. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1064)”
“Although there is no direct internal evidence of authorship, it was the unanimous testimony of the early church that this Gospel was written by John Mark. (From the NIV Bible Commentary [1], page 1488)”
We certainly do not know whether Mark was the author or not! The quote clearly states ”no direct internal evidence of authorship”. Also, the so-called unanimous testimony of the early church:- Does not prove that the author was Mark.- Nor does it prove that other people did not alter and modify the book, especially when the book was written at least 40-50 years after Christ. We don’t even know if Mark even wrote the book.
“Traditionally, the gospel is said to have been written shortly before A.D. 70 in Rome, at a time of impending persecution and when destruction loomed over Jerusalem. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1064)”
“Serious doubts exists as to whether these verses belong to the Gospel of Mark. They are absent from important early manuscripts and display certain peculiarities of vocabulary, style and theological content that are unlike the rest of Mark. His Gospel probably ended at 16:8, or its original ending has been lost. (From the NIV Bible Foot Notes [1], page 1528)”
“This verse, which reads, “But if you do not forgive, neither will your heavenly Father forgive your transgressions,” is omitted in the best manuscripts. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1081)”
“This passage, termed the Longer Ending to the Marcan gospel by comparison with a much briefer conclusion found in some less important manuscripts, has traditionally been accepted as a canonical part of the gospel and was defined as such by the Council of Trent. Early citations of it by the Fathers indicate that it was composed by the second century, although vocabulary and style indicate that it was written by someone other than Mark. (The New American Bible, ISBN: 978-0-529-06484-4, Page 1088)”
So, in reality, we don’t really know whether Mark was the sole author of this Gospel or not, nor do we know when and where the “gospel” was even written. And since The New Testament wasn’t even documented on paper until 150-300 years (depending on what Christian you talk to) after Jesus, then how are we to know for sure that the current “Gospel of Mark” wasn’t written by some pro of Mark? A new captured image of this book’s corruption:
Now my concern to this corruption and ‘answer-the-problem-away’ statement is that what are those so-called “reliable early manuscript(s)” and who are the “ancient witnesses”?
According to the early Christians’ manuscripts, Jesus never got crucified, and trinity is a lie. The so-called “gospel of Mark”, along with all of the “gospels” of the NT, were written by third-party narration, as clearly demonstrated and shown in the sections below. People wrote on the tongue of Jesus’ Disciples those books. They are neither original nor are the Pure Word of GOD Almighty.
If the ”gospel of Mark” was indeed Divine and from GOD Almighty, then we wouldn’t have this corruption, that they’re admitting above, in it.
I hope you see the real danger in making these assumptions when you are willing to DIE for the fact that such Gospel is the actual True Word of GOD Almighty!
Further regarding this Gospel, we read the following commentary about Mark 16:9-20:
“Serious doubts exists as to whether these verses belong to the Gospel of Mark. They are absent from important early manuscripts and display certain peculiarities of vocabulary, style and theological content that are unlike the rest of Mark. His Gospel probably ended at 16:8, or its original ending has been lost. (From the NIV Bible Foot Notes [1], page 1528)”
This quote raises a very serious issue here. First of all, as we’ve seen above in the first quote, we have no evidence that proves that John Mark was the sole author of this so called “Gospel”. Second of all, we see that this Gospel has some serious problems/suspicions in it. The issue of Mark 16:9-20 is a scary one, because many Christian cults today use poisonous snakes in their worship and end up dying.
Removing Mark 16:9-20 is quite appreciated by me personally (to be quite honest with you), because it prevents people from dying from snake bites. But however, the serious issue of man’s corruption of the Bible remains.
We can be absolutely certain now that the above quotes prove without a doubt that the Bible is doubtful. The quote ”or its original ending has been lost” proves that what we call today “Gospels” were not written by their original authors such as Mark, John, Matthew, etc… It proves that the Gospel had been tampered with by man. Let alone considering it as the True Living Words of GOD Almighty.
If John Mark wasn’t the one who wrote Mark 16:9-20, then who did? And how can you prove the ownership of the other person? Let alone proving that it was GOD Almighty’s Revelation. And as we saw in the first quote above, we don’t even know that John Mark was indeed the one who wrote the so called “Gospel of Mark”.
To say the least in our case here, we now have enough evidence to discard the entire Gospel of Mark from the Bible, because you can’t take bits and pieces of it and say some of it belongs to him and some of it doesn’t! Let alone considering the entire corrupted Gospel as the True Living Word of GOD Almighty, which is a complete blasphemy.
On the site of an ancient fortress, in northern Sinai, archaeologists of the Supreme Council of Antiquities (SCA) has announced that it had found some pumice stones, evidence of the terrible disaster and the first known tsunami in history. The volcanic rocks projected in the Sinai during the eruption, 3500 years ago, the volcano Cycladic of Thera, confirm stories Pharaohs.
The cataclysm of Thera, the current Santorini in the Aegean Sea, has been presented through innumerable writings as having preceded or caused the ten plagues of Egypt explained, or a punishment reserved for Levites revolted against Moses. “This discovery is not provided proof of the exodus, archaeology does not confirm this, and it is a myth,” said Zahi Hawas, secretary general of the CSA. That the explosion of the volcano occurred, resulting in the decline of the Minoan civilization, Crete. A massive tidal wave would have resulted in the death of 35000 people on the coast south of the Mediterranean and in ashes villages in Egypt, Palestine and the Arabian peninsula. For Zahi Hawas, “if the exodus has occurred, what we do not know, it can not be at this time, but two centuries later, under Ramses II. However, the presence of ash and volcanic rocks on the site of the ancient fortress of Tharo to Tell Hebwa, confirms, in his view, ancient inscriptions referring to the expulsion of the Hyksos, enemies of the Egyptians. Texts suggest, in fact , natural disasters occurred during the era of the Hyksos, a military caste came from the east, and their exodus before the start of the New Kingdom, carried out shortly by the eruption of the Thera volcano. For example, several stories relating to this war show up on a stele of the temple of Karnak S�ti I do, in a description of the route of Horus in a text under Thoutmotsis III or on a papyrus on the war waged by King Ahmos.
The skeletons hyksos
The team also discovered in the Sinai desert the ruins of a fort with four rectangular towers, which date from the eighteenth pharaonic dynasty. This fortress is now considered the oldest structure on the military line of defense, also known as Route Horus. But there was not the slightest proof of the story of the Old Testament, the story of Moses and the Jews, and their exodus from Egypt and their wandering in the wilderness. Two female skeletons, pottery and jewelry were recovered. Those remains were members of the civilization hyksos, an enemy of the people of the ancient Egyptians.
The researchers argue that this discovery is particularly interesting because of the volcanic rocks found on the site of the excavations. They believe that these are traces left by the eruption of Santorini volcano, more than 15 centuries before Christ. Santorini is a small archipelago of volcanic islands in the Aegean Sea, south-east of mainland Greece. This volcano would then have killed more than 35000 people and wiped out the Minoan civilization on the island of Crete.
The intersection of war
Showing the foundations of the fort of the XVIIIth dynasty, the oldest ever found in this line of defense, known as the road of Horus, Mohamad Abdel-Maqsoud, the leader of excavations and the director of the central administration of Egyptian antiquities, said that it is testimony to the fierceness of the fighting. “It is here that was established the first large lock of the empire against the conquerors from the east, as the Hyksos,” he says, whereas today the Suez Canal is only 5 km. But the basis for subsequent attacks in the Pharaonic empire in the direction of Palestine, with the establishment of a chain composed of a dozen strongholds until what is now known as the Gaza Strip.
This story may have inspired the biblical story of the exodus, according to some scholars. “They can say what they want, I detailed, did not hesitate to say Hawas. I am an archaeologist and my job is to tell the truth. If the truth disturbed, it’s not my problem. ” The story of the exodus is celebrated as a crucial moment in the creation of the Jewish people. According to the Old Testament, Moses was the son of a Jewish slave who had abandoned on the Nile in a wicker basket to protect the Pharaoh’s persecution. Rescued from the waters by the Pharaoh’s daughter and raised in the court, he will discover the secret of its origins and, with God’s help, will free his people. But archaeologists working in the region have never managed to substantiate the biblical narrative, as to the presence of the Jews in Egypt, there is only one archaeological discovery may confirm it. Many books have been written on the subject, but the debate is for the most part remained quiet in order not to offend believers.
“Without historical evidence, we are forced to say that some things are never arrived: it is the job of an archaeologist,” Hawas. The site is a two-hour drive from Cairo, after the bridge Mubarak, in the northern Sinai, in a region called East Qantara. For nearly a decade, archaeologists returning Egyptian soil with the help of surrounding towns daily to try to unearth remnants of the past. This desolate landscape, which is the monotony broken only by a few electrical towers, has generated enthusiasm because it confirms stories told in hieroglyphics or going back to antiquity. The archaeological remains dating in fact more or less at the time, according to the Bible, the Jews fled Egypt and then spent forty years wandering in the wilderness in search of the Promised Land. “The exodus is a myth,” said Hawas front of a wall built during the period known as the New Kingdom.
Japan Ritual End times.. Food distruction. 90% depopulation. Religion wars.. No im not trying to bash christian religion with this video… ANY religion even this new Alien Religion world religion that they will push on us is to control us… Control your own mind… Do not follow the new world order religion they been using christians and state ran churches to walk you into death.. good news is people are a bit more smart than the elite give us credit for.. We see the secret weapons.. they didnt count on that..
SABBATAI ZANTH – PROPHET OF DO-IT-YOURSELF ARMAGEDDON
BF: The conclusion I’ve reached, and it’s really quite mind-boggling, is [this].
The story goes back to Sabbatai Zanth, a self-described Messiah of the Jews who lived in Turkey about three hundred and some years ago.
He said he was a Messiah. It was the job of the Jews themselves to carry out the prophecies of the Torah. We shouldn’t wait for God to do it.
The sultan of Turkey had him called up and said “If you are really the Messiah, then do some miracles. If not, then convert to Islam – or else we will execute you.”
He couldn’t perform the miracles. So he pretended to convert to Islam.
Instead they worked on subverting the Turkish government from within. That was the “Young Turks”, eventually.
HOW DOES THIS RELATE TO THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE?
DW: Did that become the Ottoman Empire, or is that something different?
BF: That was what undid the Ottoman Empire. Ataturk was one of their members – the founder of modern Turkey.
There’s hundreds of pages of documents to back up what I’m saying. I’m not just talking out of the side of my mouth here.
THE ROTHSCHILDS LIKED THE IDEA OF CREATING ARMAGEDDON
BF: The point is that the Rothschilds liked this idea.
You had this group – about a million-member sect – that believes the prophecies are inevitable. They can’t be stopped. And they’re actively working to carry them out!
This is the really mind-boggling part of it. It’s just too big and too ridiculous for most people to comprehend. But the evidence is overwhelming.
These prophecies call for a huge battle between two great nations – Gog and Magog. Armageddon.
90 percent of humanity would be killed in this battle. The remaining ten percent would be enslaved by the Jews, who would each have 2,800 slaves.
Now remember, I have Jewish ancestors on both sides. This is not mainstream Jewish thinking. This is a particular sect.
THE SABBATEANS
DW: Would that be Sabbatean Jews?
BF: Yeah. Sabbateans I call them. I wouldn’t even call them Jews, because their belief system isn’t really Jewish.
DW: Right.
THE CUBAN MISSILE CRISIS WAS INTENDED TO CREATE ARMAGEDDON
BF: You had Israeli newspapers… they tried to set up this war between the Soviet Union and the West, which would have done that.
They almost succeeded in the Cuban Missile Crisis. I happened to be living in Cuba at the time – I was just a baby.
DW: Wow.
MANY OF THE WORLD’S NATIONS DID NOT AGREE WITH THIS PLAN
BF: What happened then – and this is where we get into hard financial history, international financial treaties, stuff that is very well documented in the archives.
A lot of the nations of the world said this is crazy. They wanted something different.
THE HISTORY BEHIND THE LEGAL ACTIONS NOW UNDERWAY
BF: I’m going to take you back a bit so people can understand what is happening now and what specific legal actions we are taking against this group of fanatics.
DW: Please do. Yeah. I’ve read the entire 111-page document, thoroughly, as if it was a contract I would be signing myself.
When we get to that, I’d be happy to dialogue about it – but yeah, go ahead.
BF: I’ve been shown many, many, many documents related to this. Nothing to do with that lawsuit.
DW: Right.
JAPAN INVADED CHINA TO STEAL THEIR GOLD IN THE 1930s
BF: Essentially, in the 1930s the Japanese invaded China.
Their goal was to take the gold – confiscate the Chinese gold.
DW: Was Japan at that time trying to create what they called the Greater East Asian Co-Prosperity Sphere?
BF: Yes, but Japan was also still linked to the British. It’s complex.
There were conflicting groups with conflicting goals. It’s not a monolithic story. There are different stories with different actors.
THE ROTHSCHILDS BUILT UP JAPAN… TO STEAL CHINA’S GOLD
DW: Japan was medieval up until 1877 when Captain Morgan, right, stormed the Japanese shore with gunboats and basically said “Westernize or die.”
[DW: My bad! I was hurriedly trying to remember something I wrote in a college paper in 1994. It was Commodore Matthew Perry, and the real year was 1868. Not Captain Morgan, getting them all drunk on his Spiced Rum! LOL]
DW: Japan then went into an extremely rapid, almost unprecedented industrial growth after that.
BF: It wasn’t a Captain Morgan [but you are right.] The Rothschilds built up Japan as a military colony to use to dominate China.
DW: Beginning in the 1800s?
BF: Going right back.
DW: So as soon as they Westernized. Right. Okay.
THE MEIJI RESTORATION: ILLUMINATI?
DW: So the Meiji families – that was the Meiji Restoration where that all started. The Meijis were apparently kids, right? It was a youth rebellion.
Are you saying that the Rothschilds financed these youths and put them in power?
BF: They [the Rothschilds] took over the southern clans of Satsuma and Choshu, and then gave them modern weapons and used them to conquer Japan.
[DW: Interestingly, the word “Meiji” means “Enlightened Rule”. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meiji_restoration. “Meiji” could therefore be seen as a Japanese derivation of the word “Illuminati.”]
DW: [crosstalk] So Japan was feudal until then.
BF: [crosstalk] Anyway, that’s an interesting thing, but let’s get to what’s happening today.
DW: OK, great.
THE WESTERN MEDIA WOULDN’T DARE TOUCH “9/11 TRUTH”
BF: I was trying to get publicity in the Western media.
That’s when I realized that either they were scared of losing their jobs, or they were working for some agency and only pretending to be a journalist – and that the media was controlled.
I already knew it was controlled, but I didn’t know how thoroughly it was controlled until I had press conferences about 9/11 – and presented the evidence.
I had the New York Times correspondent telling me that he would be fired if he wrote about this!
NOT JUST “ARABS WITH BOX CUTTERS”
DW: So your opinion about 9/11 is obviously not “Arabs with Box Cutters.”
Could you synopsize what was your conclusion that got you in so much trouble? You’re obviously not supporting the official dogma around 9/11.
BF: I think the short story is that slogan – it was an inside job.
The evidence is overwhelming that it wasn’t done by a small group of Saudi terrorists with box cutters.
THE ALTERNATIVE IS TOO MIND-BOGGLING FOR SOME TO HANDLE
BF: The problem that most people encounter is that if it wasn’t, then the implications are so mind boggling.
It involves such a large number of people and so much planning, and so many insiders, that people go into a state of denial.
Such a conspiracy is too large to be possible. And their minds shut it off.
IT CREATED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER ON A MASSIVE SCALE
DW: My major in college was psychology. I went through a suicide hotline internship, so I have the equivalent of a Master’s just in education.
[DW: I also worked for eight years as a counselor, and processed a total of 500 paid clients with about a 99-percent satisfaction rating.]
We learned, especially in crisis counseling, about PTSD – post-traumatic stress disorder.
It turns out that when someone has been traumatized heavily, they create a dissociative partition in their mind. It’s like a separate personality that handles the trauma.
They get very defensive.
Typically if you tell them information that brings up that PTSD, that triggers that trauma, they will attack the messenger.
The trauma is so severe that they will do anything not to actually re-experience it.
PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE PTSD AROUND THE HISTORICAL EXAMPLES
BF: They have always had to create fake incidents in order to get people fired up to get into war.
You go back to historical cases, and people don’t have that trauma associated with it.
For example, if you look at why the Spanish-American war started, you’ll realize it was a fake incident.
Blowing up the ship the [USS] Maine, and blaming it on Spain. That’s a nice rhyming headline there, eh?
DW: [Laughs] Yeah.
BF: And then 70 years later, they say “we actually blew it up ourselves!”
DW: Right.
BF: But if you were, at the time, saying it was done by the Americans, they would have lynched you in the street!
THE TITANIC KILLED 600 TOP OPPONENTS TO THE FEDERAL RESERVE
DW: You mentioned a mind-blowing piece of information about the Titanic.
BF: Remember a book came out a year before about a ship called the Titan that sank on its maiden voyage?
DW: That’s right!
[DW: Previously, Ben has said this book was deliberately released to “hide it out in the open.” This is a key aspect of the occult science these groups are working with. It helps them feel that we have chosen to be enslaved by them.
Technically, the book came out 14 years before the Titanic sank. You can read more at this link:
BF: They got rid of, in one fell swoop, about 600 industrialists who were opposed to the taking over of the Fed. JP Morgan was saying “Hey, let’s all talk about it as we cross the Atlantic.”
Of course, he missed the ship at the last moment.
They were prevented at gunpoint from boarding the lifeboats.
WOODROW WILSON’S FAMOUS QUOTE: INSPIRED BY THE TITANIC?
[DW: Fulford has also said they deliberately did not put enough lifeboats on the Titanic. The captain knowingly sabotaged the ship.
The “women and children first” principle further insured none of the Fed’s opponents would survive.
This is not merely Fulford’s assertion – other researchers have suggested the same thing.
The Titanic tragedy of April 15, 1912 apparently inspired a terrified Woodrow Wilson to print his infamous quote in a book he released the following year. (See below.)]
WAS THE FEDERAL RESERVE PART OF AN APOCALYPTIC PLAN?
[DW: The Federal Reserve began operating on December 23, 1913 – with the passing of the Federal Reserve Act.
This is almost 99 years to the day before the Mayan Calendar end-date of December 21, 2012, which may have been intentional.
The Aldritch Plan may have been intended to create the Federal Reserve in 1912, but it received a fatal blow when Democrats swept the White House and Congress that November:
Had this stunning political defeat not occurred, the Aldritch Bill may have ultimately created the Federal Reserve on the all-important date of December 21, 1912 – exactly 100 years before “the End of the World” in occult circles.
Given the cabal’s fascination with attempting to fabricate an Armageddon, as Fulford is about to discuss – as well as their love of ritual dates – such an idea is not difficult to comprehend.]
WOODROW WILSON’S QUOTE
[DW: In Woodrow Wilson’s 1913 book The New Freedom, Section 1, “The Old Order Changeth,” page 13, he said the following:
“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men's views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something.
“They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”
This is only one of a series of revealing quotes at the above link that show how concerned Wilson was about the Federal Reserve.
This quote may have been triggered by Wilson having insiders tell him the Titanic disaster was used to murder 600 opponents to the Federal Reserve. In the picture below, from when the Federal Reserve debuted, Wilson looks deeply worried at best, if not terrified.]
BF: There’s a lot of stuff that’s gong to come out.
It’s Time to Put the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse Out to Pasture
Seemingly from the beginning of time people have been obsessed with the end of time. APOCALYPSE NOT: Everything You Know about 2012, Nostradamus and the Rapture Is Wrong, publishing by Viva Editions in November, is a survey of three millennia of apocalyptic prophecies and the failed dreams and nightmares that have clustered around them. It challenges the entire body of contemporary apocalyptic belief, religious and secular, and traces today’s apocalyptic belief systems back across history.
People nowadays who believe in the Rapture or 2012 talk as though nobody has ever predicted the end of the world before. Award-winning futurist John Michael Greer pinpoints the “apocalypse meme” to its origins between 1500 and 1200 BCE and follows it up to the present. He shows just what’s happened to all of those who’ve bought into the notion that the world as we know it is going to disappear sometime soon and give way to a new world.
Among the contemporary beliefs highlighted in APOCALYPSE NOT:
• Many Americans were convinced that on May 21, 2011, the Rapture would come and every truly devout Protestant Christian would suddenly disappear from the face of the earth, going to meet Jesus in the clouds. Convinced there was a miscalculation of God’s secret message, believers then expected to be delivered on October 21, 2011, and were let down a second time.
• Greer reveals the shared historical roots that connect today’s Rapture theology with the prophecies of Karl Marx.
• Orthodox Jews have waited for the appearance of the Messiah since the time of King Solomon.
• Many Hindus eagerly anticipate the birth of Kalki, the next avatar of the great Vishnu.
• Buddhists across central Asia long for the appearance of the great Rigden Jyepo, who will vanquish the foes of the Buddhist Dharma.
• Tech-savvy Extropians dream of the Singularity, when computers of superhuman intelligence will abolish all limits to progress. The most prominent proponent of the Singularity is Ray Kurzweil, who has had significant influence on Steve Jobs and Bill Gates.
By turns tragic and uproariously funny, APOCALYPSE NOT will help readers make sense of the Rapture that didn’t happen on May 21, the Mayan calendar that isn’t really Mayan and entire spectrum of the last three thousand years of people who thought, like the current crop of apocalypse fans, that they knew when the world was going to end.
JOHN MICHAEL GREER is the author of twenty-four books in the fields of alternative spirituality and future studies, including the award-winning The New Encyclopedia of the Occult, The Long Descent: A User’s Guide to the End of the Industrial Age, andSecrets of the Lost Symbol, which has been translated into eight languages. He is also the author of a popular weekly blog on the future, The Archdruid Report,http://thearchdruidreport.blogspot.com/. Born and raised in Washington State, he now lives in Cumberland, Maryland, an old red brick mill town in the Appalachians, with his wife.
APOCALYPSE NOT: Everything You Know About 2012, Nostradamus and the Rapture is Wrong
Questions and Answers from John Michael Greer, author of
APOCALYPSE NOT: Everything You Know About 2012, Nostradamus and the Rapture is Wrong
1. Is the world going to come to an end on December 21, 2012?
There’s zero reason to think that it will. (pp. 160-3)
2. Didn’t the ancient Mayans predict that something big would happen on that date?
No. They didn’t say anything of the kind. (pp. 154-157)
3. So if the Mayans didn’t come up with the end of the world prediction, who did?
Terence McKenna and Jose Arguelles, two American pop culture savants. (pp. 158-160)
4. Your book seems to be saying that believers in 2012 are making a mistake that a lot of other people have made down through the years. Could you expand on that?
The notion that history as we know it is going to come to a screeching halt, and be replaced with whatever our fondest daydreams happen to be, has been a very common belief for the last 3000 years or so; the 2012 prophecy is just the latest excuse on which that belief has been pinned. (pp. xiv-xvii)
5. Is the Second Coming of Christ just another version of the same thing?
Exactly. (pp. 126-130)
6. And the Singularity, is that another example?
Right again. The Singularity—when computer scientists such as Ray Kurzweil insist that super-intelligent computers are going to solve all humanity’s problems, if they don’t wipe us out first—is a rehash of the same apocalyptic thinking in science fiction drag. (pp. 144-5)
7. Where do you think this whole apocalypse thing comes from?
As far as anybody knows, it was invented by the Iranian prophet Zarathustra around 1300 BCE. (pp. 14-18)
8. How did it get from there to become so popular?
The Jewish people picked it up from the Persians at the end of the Babylonian Captivity, and the two big religions that spun off from Judaism, Christianity and Islam, spread it all over the globe. (pp. 25-51).
9. So the Jewish people have had apocalyptic beliefs longer than almost anybody else. How’s that been working for them?
Very poorly; apocalyptic beliefs have been behind some of the biggest catastrophes the Jewish people have suffered. (pp. 44-50)
10. This apocalyptic stuff got hardwired into Christianity from the beginning, didn’t it?
Nobody knows for sure. Jesus and John of Patmos, the author of the Book of Revelations, both made prophecies of imminent disaster, but a good case can be made that they were talking about the fall of Jerusalem to the Romans, on the one hand, and the decline and fall of the Roman Empire on the other. So all of Christian apocalyptic belief may be based on misunderstandings. (pp. 53-58)
11. One way or another, though, Christians started waiting for the Rapture pretty quickly, didn’t they?
No. There were Christian apocalyptic beliefs going back a very long way, but the Rapture was invented by an Irish minister, John Nelson Darby, in the middle of the 19th century. Before then there were a lot of other schemes for finding apocalyptic prophecies in the Bible; the only thing they had in common was that they all resulted in false predictions. (pp. 60-81).
12. So Harold Camping, the controversial Christian broadcaster, is following in a very old tradition, isn’t he?
Three thousand years and counting. Deciding that you simply got the date wrong, and announcing a new date when the old one doesn’t work, is nearly as old. (pp. 61-2).
13. What about the Antichrist? Is he a new addition, or part of the original cast?
He’s been part of Christian apocalyptic belief for nearly 2000 years, and an astonishing range of people have been accused of being the Antichrist over that time period. (pp. 63-66 and 130-4)
14. Didn’t the apocalypse thing lose a lot of its force when religion started to decline in popularity?
Not at all. People just dressed up the old beliefs in new, supposedly secular costumes. (pp. 85-113).
15. Can you give me an example of that?
Sure. Marxism is a classic apocalyptic myth that pretends to be secular. (pp. 107-112)
16. Why does it appeal so powerfully to so many people?
The apocalypse myth is all about having the universe solve all your problems via a miracle, so you don’t have to. (pp. 165-9)
17. What’s the funniest thing you encountered while researching this book?
The predictions of Charles Fourier, a French philosopher who believed that once enough people believed in his philosophy, the seas would turn to lemonade. (pp. 102-5).
18. What’s the saddest?
The mass suicide of the Heaven’s Gate cult in 1997. (p. 141)
19. What do you think will happen after December 21, 2012 comes and goes?
Believers in the prophecy will imitate Harold Camping and go looking for another date for the world to end. (p. 163)
20. What would you say to somebody who really believes that the world will end on that date?
I’d ask him if he was still putting money into his retirement accounts. A lot of people who think they believe in the end of the world don’t actually let that belief affect their lives—which poses some very hard questions about the nature of apocalyptic belief itself. (pp. 166-7)
In the good old days, after George Washington and the boys won the war to free us from the bank of England’s predatory and impoverishing practices, they set up a “revolutionary” economic system. The government created and issued all the public currency, spending it into circulation to purchase what the government needed, then after the currency circulated through society to fuel commerce, was taxed back to the government to balance the books.
Banks existed, of course. But they were kept off to one side, and use of the banks was optional for the people of the United States. It was possible to go through one’s entire life without dealing with a bank if one chose to do so. Click for larger image
This system not only reserved the choice whether to use the bank to the people, but it was a stable system, because as debt increased, the people could voluntarily choose to stop borrowing from the bank! That was one of the most important freedoms won during the revolution; the freedom to say “no” to the banks! Click for larger image
Then, in 1913, a corrupt Congress and a corrupt President changed the structure of the nation’s economy and stole your freedom to say “no”! The economic system was reverted to a mirror of that same system the nation fought a revolution to be free of. The power to issue money was taken away from the government and given to the bankers and from that day onward, ALL money in circulation was created as the result of a loan at interest from the bankers to the government, to business, and to the people. There is no exception. Every dollar paid in salary, spent to purchase food or gas, or paid in taxes, began as an interest bearing loan. There is no money in circulation in the United States that did not start out as a loan at interest from the bankers at the privately-owned Federal Reserve system. Click for larger image
From that moment on, the freedom of the people to refuse to borrow from the banks and to refuse to pay interest was stripped away. To participate in the commerce of the United States at all means being forced to use money loaned at interest, to the profit of the bankers and the impoverishment of the public. Your freedom to say “no” was stolen by Congress in 1913, without your permission and before you were born.
When you have lost the freedom to say “no”, when you have no choice but to pay a percentage of your earnings as interest to the bankers whether in private debt or taxes to cover the gargantuan debts by the US Government itself, you are a slave to the bankers. And because more money is owed to the bankers than actually exists, because of the interest charged on the loan that created the money, the debt-slavery is permanent! No matter how hard you work, no matter how much you sacrifice, the debt can never be paid off. The system is intentionally designed to trap the nation’s population permantly in unpayable debt, to make them slaves to that debt and to the bankers. This is the purpose behind the design of the Federal Reserve, the International Monitary Fund, the European Central Bank, and indeed every private central bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest. This is why today every nation is drowning in created debt, and slaved to the private bankers. That is the reason for ever increasing taxes and decresing benefits; to pay the bankers their unpayable interest on the public currency.
For that enslavement to succeed, your right and freedom to refuse that bank’s interest-bearing money must be stripped away. The government must force you to use that private central bank’s currency, loaned to you at interest, via the Legal Tender Laws. Therein lies your slave chains. You are ordered by the government, on pain of prison, to use the banker’s money, and to pay the interest charged by the bankers through your taxes.
Free people have the right to say “no.” Free people have a right to decide for themselves what medium of exchange they will use and to choose not to involve the bankers!
There is no freedom without the freedom to say “no.” Slaves cannot say “no” when ordered to surrender the products of their labor to their masters.
You are a slave.
“I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”– Woodrow Wilson 1919
Slavery exists only because the slaves have been taught to believe that slavery is the way the world is supposed to be. Beliefs are chains used to enslave free people. No chains of steel ever bound a human tighter than the chains made of the beliefs with which we are indoctrinated while young in the state schools and the churches.
Slaves used to be held prisoner by their belief in rule by divine right. Then the slaves regained their freedom when they realized that divine right is only an illusion created by the enslavers to trick the people into obedient servitude.
Then slaves were held prisoner by their belief in rule by chattel ownership of one’s body. Then the slaves regained their freedom when they realized that one person owning another is an illusion created by the enslavers to trick the people into obedient servitude.
Today the modern slaves (that is YOU) are held prisoner by their belief in compound interest; that they owe money that never existed to repay money created out of thin air. And you modern slaves will regain your freedoms when you realize that private central banking is just another illusion created by the enslavers to trick you into obedient servitude.
HERE IS ONE OF THE BIGGEST SECRETS OF ALL ! MOST PEOPLE HAVE BELIEVED FOR A LONG, LONG TIME, THAT OUR PLANET ALONG WITH ALL THE OTHER PLANETS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM, ROTATE AROUND OUR SUN.
The Vortex Solar System proved by Dr. Keshava Bhat. This means the end of the academic, helio-centric “clock work face” orbit theory, invented by the “catholic military priest” nicolas copernicus and later cherished by newton, brahe, kepler, galileo, einstein, hawking, sagan and the rest of their academic ilk
The proof of Dr. Bhat’s assertion that the outer planets can be seen throughout the year! The inner ones disappear in the 30
degree cone of illumination of the Sun, they do not pass behind it as claimed by academia. The two to three weeks the outer planets disappear is due to their being within the 30 degree cone of illumination of the Sun from an Earth bound perspective.
Definition of Heliacal Rising – Lit., rising with the Sun. When a planet or a star, after it has been hidden by the Sun’s rays, becomes again visible.
Animation showing the changing aspect of Saturn’s rings at various opposition dates from 1993 to 2020, with additional orbital
and observational details. The image is shown with Celestial North up (note that astronomical telescopes will normally show images inverted).
The Note that Saturn’s rings change their angle to our Earth bound observations, which is due to our mutual helical trajectories. If the planets orbited the Sun upon its ecliptic as academic clock work face diagrams claim, then this would not be remotely possible. The academic helio-centric Copernican model of the Solar System is kaput!
Note that if you imagine that the Earth is represented by the 12 green balls surrounding the Sun and project the Sun forward,
past your computer screen, onto the tip of a Vortex Cone which centers the helical paths of the planets which follow it, you will see the true dynamic motions of our Solar System.
The Vortex Solar System of the late and great, Dr. Keshava Bhat, M. Sc., Ph.D., of Manipal, India
This playlist explores the causes of the helical trajectory of our Solar System. Unfortunately the academics in the case “our Solar System’s Orbit” opted for an imaginary binary star theory. There is no other star as is clearly seen, so it is sad they did not trash this theory.
The Path of the Solar Serpent’s Vortex- drawn in 1880, from The OAHSPE
The reason we have a helical trajectory above and below the galactic ecliptic is because we are moving with other stars in a huge vortex arm of the galaxy which moves us above and below the galactic ecliptic in 25,625 year cycles for each hemisphere. This proves the helical trajectory of our Solar System which is what Dr. Keshava Bhat discovered with his personal observations of the Solar System from equatorial regions around the globe for a period of 40 years.
Our Solar System is a huge Vortex with the planets following the Sun, we are not orbiting it as quackademicians have been claiming since the time of Copernicus!
This diagram demonstrates that the so-called tilting of the Earth’s Axis is an illusion due to our position in the Master Vortex of the Sun above and below it’s Ecliptic at peaks called solstices and twice a year as we intersect the ecliptic at the Equinoxes. The illusion to our senses is created by a belief in academic clock work orbits on a flat plane, which would mean that the Earth would have to tilt to account for this process. According to Dr. Bhat the Earth is not tilting at all. It is following the Sun in a Vortex trajectory and the seasons are seen to change due to our position in relationship to the ecliptic plane of the Solar Vortex.
“If only one can pause for a while and think retrospectively, the formidable scientific empire erected through centuries is crumbling down”. Dr. Bhat’s, “Book 1998″, (Chapter 4: Genetic Engineering: Gate to Heaven or Hell?)
The Sensational Spiral, Screwing, Solar System Spermatozoa like Spectacle of our Sun
It should be called the “Precession of the Ages of the Zodiac”. It is the effect of our entire Solar system in it’s serpent like, spiraling vortex trajectory below the apparently stationary Zodiac.
The so-called “precession of the equinoxes”
The academic explanation is that the Earth wobbles one revolution on it’s axis approximately every 26,000 years. The Vortex Sun Model explains that the entire Solar System moves in a vortical trajectory like a snake moving in 3 dimensions instead of a flat plane. As the Solar Snake moves either above or below the Galactic Ecliptic during the same time period stated above, it produces the illusion that the polar axis of our planet is wobbling if viewed only from an Earth bound perspective. When seen from outside the Solar System the Solar Snake is creating the so-called wobble due to it’s vortical trajectory above and below the Galactic Ecliptic. A powerful mind can mentally image these processes and a space craft is not needed in order to gain this perspective. The Maya, Inca, Egyptians, Indians, Indonesians, Native Americans etc.. all knew this and represented the Solar Force as Serpents or twin opposing serpents (twin opposing vortices).
Dr.Bhat is an ethnobotanist promoting Natural Health Reeducation
Movement. He has been teaching and training people on his philosophy in
different countries around the world. (Venezuela, Peru, Colombia, Brazil,
Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Mexico, Bolivia,
Guadaloupe, United States of America, Canada, France, Spain, Italy and
India.)
Was elected as a member of the committee of experts in medicinal plants of
developing countries during the first congress on medicinal plants held at
Arusha, Tanzania in 1990. This event was jointly sponsored by the World
Health Organization, South commission and the Government of Tanzania.
Participated in the Earth Summit held at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil in June 1992.
Presented papers at the International conference on Nutrition and Health held
at Rome, Italy in December 1992.
Presented papers at the International conference on Medicinal Plants held at
Bangalore, India in February 1998.
He thinks that the only solution to combat the prevailing health problems in
the world, especially in the developing tropical countries is by means of self
sufficiency, proper education, correct utilization of the existing natural
resources and by implementing adequate change in living habits.
1. Herbolario Tropical : Una manera sencilla de vivir mejor .1985.
Versions in Spanish, English and French.
450 folk remedies using 64 tropical plants.
A popular house hold guide.
More than 120 thousand copies sold out.
2. Las bases del Naturismo : Naturaleza y el bienestar humano . 1991.
Versions in English and Spanish.
Only Spanish version available.
A practical guide to youngsters regarding responsibilities as parents,
delivery, child care, education, first aid.
Problems and possible solutions with senior citizens.
Includes a severe criticism of Cartesian model of experimental science
with a proposal for a dynamic science.
4. El cosmos a traves del tunel espiralado infinito : Una
interpretacion de los conceptos sobre nuestro lugar en la boveda
celeste.1995.
English version available.
Describes a new model for the solar system . A helical orbit is
described instead of a heliocentric orbit for planets.
5. Vuelta al Conuco : Produccion naturista en un mundo en
crisis.1997.
A practical guide to farm work in order to develop a sustainable natural
society in the tropics. 75 tropical crops are described.
6. Good bye to ruling scientific model , proposal for a new
science.1998.
Only English version available.
A pioneer think tank material for further expansion with examples of
new concepts, approaches , research and findings. A challenge to
modern science.
7. Ayuda para el estudio de las plantas con flores (UDO, Oriente
1982) (SPANISH)
A practical guide and dichotomous key up to generic level for the
study of flowering plants from the American tropics useful for students
AFTER YOU HAVE THE READ THE PIECE BELOW, I HAVE CONCLUDED THIS POST BY ADDING A SMALL SECTION OF SECRETS THAT MY BROTHERHOOD HAS GIVEN THEIR BLESSING TO. I WILL EXPLAIN ALL AT THAT POINT.~~ Xaniel777
Re-Align To Your True Multidimensional Nature OF Love, Health, Peace, Light & Happiness Through DNA Activations – NOW! Ready for DNA Activation Power that aligns you with the 2012 Stellar Activation Cycle Energies?
There is something miraculous waiting for You. You are not here by choice!
What we call DNA Activation Power is actually a process of healing and reassembling these DNA fragments and plugging them into other, non-physical etheric components that connect with our higher dimensional selves.
The DNA Activation Power seeks to eliminate physical, emotional, etheric, mental limitations, blockages and negative cycles by restoring vibration and frequency of the 12 Strand DNA Energy field sequence.
DNA Activation stimulates the DNA to restore the original pure, healthful state. This energy flows to positively affect emotions, outlook, ambition, ability and possibility in your life. True DNA Activation Power is ultimately a matter of gradually building one’s own multi-dimensional awareness and abilities. It is a journey towards wholeness and higher frequency attunement that becomes a reality only when individuals have become autonomous and self-empowered.
Tom OM, a German Chiropractor, Spiritual Healer and Reiki Master who has been working internationally for more than 20 years in Germany, Italy, USA and now in the Philippines, can help YOU release limitations and blockages from the DNA, and therefore offers DNA Activations to reassemble your DNA strands for SOUL and OVER-SOUL merger.. DNA Activations have changed the life of many – it’s your time NOW !
As Earth raises its vibration, human beings are being given many opportunities to raise their vibration as well. One of the golden keys to individual ascension work is DNA Activations to awaken and activate what scientists call the “junk DNA” – which is the DNA strands that they have no clue as to what it does.
That once you activated these DNA abilities, you could manifest anything you desired in your life, live a life without drama, create your ideal physical body, become immune to all dis-ease, and REVERSE the aging process.
Imagine if you realized that you could actually change your blueprint of life, your DNA, to enable you to expand your creative potential, provide access to your subconscious mind, and become intuitive, clairvoyant, and know instantly what your purpose is in life.
For eons we have become used to feeling disempowered and looking outside of ourselves for help, easily believing that we cannot clear these distortions ourselves or activate our own DNA. We have historically been taught to think we need others to heal us. In fact, lasting healing can only be accomplished through our OWN EFFORTS, and an intrinsic part of the activation process involves understanding this. The more we learn to take back control over our lives, the more our frequency levels increase and the greater our DNA activation.
The six pairs of strands are called the 12-strand Spiritual DNA. In the 12-strand system, the first pair is physical and the other five pairs of strands are non-physical energy imprints in the human energy field.
1st Pair: governs the creation of all aspects of our physical body. It controls our genetic patterning, our physical body, our predisposition to certain health conditions, our aging process, our metabolism and much more.
2nd Pair: governs our emotional body. It creates and controls our genetic emotional profile as well as our predisposition to certain emotional conditions. For example, it governs our EQ (our emotional intelligence), determines whether we will be a type A or a type B personality and determines whether we will be introverted or extroverted.
3rd Pair: governs our mental body. It controls our genetic mental profile and determines whether our mental energy be directed toward logical, linear, rational thinking (as in a scientist or an engineer) or toward the intuitive, artistic expression. Furthermore, it controls whether we will be primarily optimistic or primarily pessimistic.
4th Pair: governs our soul. It controls our karmic patterning and our genetic soul profile. Karmic patterning refers to the karmic pre-conditioning that we have brought into this lifetime to work with and master. Specifically, it includes karmic wounds, issues or lessons that were not resolved or completed in past lifetime experiences and which will re-manifest in this lifetime to give us with an opportunity to resolve them.
Genetic soul profile governs our soul’s mission. It determines what soul level archetypal pattern we will have. For example will we be destined to be a leader, healer, builder, teacher, student, warrior, monastic, parent, etc? Furthermore, it contains a profile of the experiences we are to have, the wisdom we are to develop, the spiritual strengths we are to master, the service we are to provide to others and the path we are to take to find pure joy.
5th Pair: governs our soul cluster and controls the movement and timing of specific souls within a soul cluster to seek and find each other to the mutual fulfillment of their souls purpose.
6th Pair: governs all of creation and aligns your 12-strand DNA with the divine will.
What Benefits Can You Expect From DNA Activation?
You get more intuition and inspiration
Receiving a great amount of light, and you body can hold it
Stronger immunity means more health
Comes up the psychic abilities.
Having more energy
More abundance
Increasing more utilization of your brain
Having more clarity and you can make better choice
Ability unseen is going to coming up to surface
Releasing of unconscious patterns stored within
Clearing of family and genetic karmic patterns
Changes are going to happen for your real self coming up
Accelerate learning process
Get strength to solve problems, in return it gets easier
Creating a greater opening for future connection with your Higher Self
Empowerment for all aspect of life
What exactly is DNA Activation?
DNA Activation is a grand adventure unlike any you have ventured on before. It is a declaration of strong intent to awaken one’s dormant potentials within the multidimensional human DNA codex. It is a technique that enables one to activate aspects of the 97% junk DNA in the 2 strand DNA as well as to consciously tap into the strands that exist in the higher dimensional realms of Light.
The initial activation experience is merely the first step of a very long journey, which ultimately takes years and lifetimes to truly embrace. By consciously initiating the DNA Activation process within oneself, you can awaken many of the gifts and talents that have been waiting for you to be ready to actualize them. These can include self healing abilities, healing assistance for others, clairvoyance/audience/sentience, intuitive/ESP/psychic abilities, creative expressions, conscious generation of synchronicities, miracles and the manifestation of Abundance on all levels. Whatever talents you may have spent time developing in other lifetimes may also surface as a result of your awakening process based on your new ability to generate higher levels of joy and happiness in your life,
Most people know as a scientific fact that DNA is the ‘blueprint of life’ and is located in every cell of the body. But what they don’t know is the hidden knowledge that to each chromosome’s 2 strand double helix of DNA, there are an additional 10 etheric strands of DNA available to each human, which have been de-activated and dormant since the beginning of recorded history.
Each additional strand possesses attributes that permit the individual to perform greater human accomplishments. Science discovered that we currently only use 3% of our current 2 strand DNA. Fact is also that we live in a society where people are sick, unhappy, stressed out, create wars, have difficulty experiencing love, and are totally disconnected with the universe. In the New Age movement people try out all different approaches for many years without little or any results. Now you can jump onto a new quantum level.
We are multidimensional beings with layer upon layer of potential. The memory of that state of being and the cellular ability to renew and restore its inherent perfection and wholeness is within you.
Now you can activate 100% of your 2 strand DNA, PLUS 10 additional strands! You will go from using 10% of your brain to becoming a multi-dimensional being with psychic, telepathic, and manifestation abilities beyond anything you’ve ever dreamed of. Plus, you will stop the aging process and actually start to rejuvenate to look and feel YOUNGER.
This is the Original Divine Blueprint, what man USED to be. It is known that Christ had 12 strands of DNA activated. Throughout the history of humanity there are children born to raise the frequency of the planet that have more than 2 strands of DNA active – they are known as Indigo and Crystal children. These children are the incredibly intelligent, loving, and active.
Your DNA is your blueprint of life and is what controls every single function inside each of your cells. If you change your DNA, you really will change your life.
Isn’t it true that we only have a DNA Double Helix structure? How can you claim additional DNA strands?
The “Double Helix”, represent only the SURFACE portions of the chemical, elemental, and electrical components of the active DNA strands. Scientists did not identify yet the MULTIDIMENSIONAL spectra of DNA manifestation, and has yet to realize that within the structures of detectable DNA, there are levels of structure and function that direct the operations of the entire genetic blueprint, which are not currently detectable by the contemporary scientific method.
From the three dimensional scientific view, the human DNA imprint will always appear from external analysis, as a 2 strand Double Helix configuration. But what is not understood, is that within the Double Helix there are, and will be progressively more, additional Double Helix strands, which fuse together and add their operational coding into the active DNA imprint. As science evolves into comprehension of the mult-dimensional spectrum, the understanding of the tree structure and function of DNA will progressively advance. What was the reason that our DNA was ‘disconnected’?
As far as you know, we are on our way back to the creator. We were originally angelic beings, which out of some reasons and free will choices left our paradise to experience in the dense material world. In this evolutionary process of going back to God/Creator through cycles the human race was at several times in a high developed state of multidimensional consciousness – like Atlanteans – but was unplugged from their power through dark alien forces called Annunaki (Gods of the Sumerians) which intended to gain and maintain their power. So they first decided to do a genetic manipulation, which created the split brain.
This separated the analytical part of a person’s reasoning from their intuitive, emotional part and the problems associated from this can still be seen today. They then unplugged 10 of the 12 strands of DNA but left them there. Some of this is the chemical DNA that science calls “junk” DNA, the DNA that is just sitting there inside your cells, the other is the etheric DNA that exists in higher harmonics of frequency that you can’t see with the naked eye. Once the 10 etheric strands of DNA were unplugged, humans that would come after this would have a terrible time deciphering thought.
So these beings that called themselves gods then introduced language. Language separated tribes and peoples. Think of how much easier life would be if there was only one universal language! And so, humans started having to have verbal commands to understand and perform certain tasks and this is still very apparent to this day. Look at how the militaries of the world accomplish this with “orders”. The next decision was to change the humans’ DNA structure to suppress psychic abilities and make the unconscious mind almost unavailable.
So the 10 DNA strands were unraveled and implants were placed in the etheric bodies to keep the strands from re-fusing. The strands were also disconnected from the endocrine system in the physical body which stopped the creation of a chemical which activates the pituitary, pineal, and hypothalamus glands. Thus, these glands have since shrunken from non-use, and scientists can’t figure out what they are used for.
This is why most people currently only use less than 10% of their brain. Only a few individuals retained the use of these glands in future generations – these individuals carried the special gene that makes them natural psychics, mystics, or shamans. The general population of mankind was left with the ability to activate the glands and 10 DNA strands, but only if they were dedicated and aware of how to do it.
And this is what DNA Activation Power does – re-activates these DNA strands so a person can realize their true genetic potential and original blueprint. And activating your DNA will also enable you to finally have 100% brain utilization. It’s a very interesting history – that of humankind, and I encourage you to experience the knowledge through your own diligent research. Our race was not only affected by genetic tampering and experimentation but was also almost totally decimated by distortions in the planetary grids.
You see, the Earth is a living organism as well and brings in energy from Source just like any living organism or planetary structure. We as humans living on the Earth, can only bring into our bodies the frequencies that Earth can bring in from Source. If the Earth’s grids are damaged, then every life form living on Earth will have a damaged DNA template. Planetary grid distortions of the 3470 BC “Babble-on” Massacre caused mutation in the human DNA template that shortened human life span, blocked higher sensory perception, caused loss of race memory, and scrambled our original language patterns, which are built upon DNA fire letter sequencing. Our race has been amnesiac, dying young, and “babbling on” in rhetorical conflict ever since. This historical event was recorded as the biblical “Tower of Babel” story.
What are the reported benefits and results of DNA Activation?
DNA activation removes the energetic blockages to you embodying your Higher self, Oversoul consciousness, Avatar self, and Monad – the part of you closest to Source or God. So consciousness expansion is one of the main benefits and after the sessions, you will be more aware of everything, especially what your purpose is and why you incarnated here at this point in “time”. You will start to become aware or see things that others cannot see – some of the hidden agendas going on and how to make decisions to help you and your family in the best way possible. Your dormant brain functions will start to become active, especially your pineal gland.
This will help to start tapping into your 7 Higher Senses, and you will be able to use these on a daily basis with practice. Some of the physical benefits reported by clients include thicker hair growth, weight loss and stabilization of desired weight, increased energy, and rejuvenation of various muscles. You will start to see how your body is just a thoughtform as well, and you can change your body more easily with focus, so you won’t have to work out as much. Emotionally, you will go beyond your personal dramas, the aggravation of everyday life. Your body will undergo a detoxification, which will bring old emotional issues to the surface to be released forever, to no longer cause dis-ease and poison the body.
You will also experience a renewed sense of confidence and security, and will project that to others, which will allow you to have more fulfilling relationships, increased trust and discernment, and the attraction of soul mates. Almost everyone also reports much quicker manifestations of that which they desire.
What type of healings occur after having DNA Activations?
Spontaneous healings can occur at the time of activations. These usually have to do with acute physical and emotional disorders. After the activations, there is a purification process that begins to detoxify the physical, emotional, and mental bodies. There have been many patients who have cured themselves of cancer and other serious diseases after having the DNA activations.
How long does it take to notice the effects from the sessions?
It really dependend on the person. Everyone is different and is at a different level of spiritual evolution. After performing over 4000 sessions, I have noticed the following. Some people notice the effects immediately after the session, have spontaneous healings and miraculous realizations occur immediately, while others have reported consciously seeing the results anywhere from 1 to 7 days after the session. The changes and effect of the changes in your personal life or reality do not just happen overnight though. They continue for weeks and MONTHS after each session. This is because the work that we are doing is on your subtle bodies, the one’s that exist in higher frequencies. You actually have 15 levels to your Auric Field. So the energetic blockages that we remove in these higher dimensions of yourself usually take at least a couple of days to flow down into a person’s conscious awareness and holographic reality. The idea is to facilitate permanent changes that last a lifetime, so it’s good to have the sessions as soon as possible.
You will receive all DNA Activations personally and also on a Re-attunement Integration CD which brings in the energies with ease and grace at that point in time. So listen as often as you as you are guided and integrate the energies completely into your BEING.
There are now seven silicate light bodies that people can bring in and activate that will dramatically increase the number of active DNA strands. The seven silicate light bodies are different colors – Blue, Violet, White, Gold, Platinum, Ultra-Violet and the VOID one. Most ascended masters on this planet developed the blue, violet and white light bodies prior to their ascension. Through an unprecedented act of divine grace of the Order of Melchizedek, human beings on this planet can now activate their DNA enough to bring in the Gold, Platinum, Utra-Violet and VOID Silicate Light Body for the first time ever on this planet.
The Order of Melchizedek downloads and activates all of these light body and DNA strands for YOU. Melchizedek also granted additional attunements for each level of DNA activation to support the integration process. DNA healing and DNA activation have many benefits that can be experienced in one’s own immediate life, from increased wellbeing to higher-dimensional awareness. As we heal ourselves and increase our own capabilities we also create a resonating field of high frequency that can help others, often without our—or their—conscious awareness. And when we take control of our own spiritual growth, becoming stronger and more focused in our own abilities, it will become increasingly clear to each of us what our next step should be.
Let us bring back our power that has been taken from us and let us begin to take it back.
Attention: Before you start to receive any activations or/and attunements – either on the CD or through an image – you must do a clearing session first.
All activations and attunements are fully protected from any negativity from me and of any realms and most important they pass the 3rd astral level. So you don’t have to fear any negative attachments or even worse, further distortions.
Once you activate more DNA potential you have to be aware on how to use this new power.
Higher frequencies have been anchoring on the planet for several years and the level of this inflow of energy is accelerating exponentially. As humans are intimately connected with the energies of the planet, there is a corresponding level of activation of human DNA, including the growing awareness of other dimensions and probabilities. Therefore, DNA activation will happen to everyone, to some degree, whether we are aware of it or not. In spiritual terms, what is really significant is whether this activation occurs within a Christ (Law of ONE) or anti-Christ (control and separation) orientation.
For example, activation of the third DNA strand, which corresponds to the mental body (our level of consciousness stationed in Dimension 3), will increase the capacity to rationalize, comprehend and formulate ideas. If the individual is aligned with his or her Christ-self and is therefore coming from a position of Oneness with all life, this intellectual prowess will be used to serve the Law of ONE, through life-supporting ventures or projects. Without this connection, the mind can be used to promote or concoct inventions of destruction or dominion. Similarly, activation of higher levels of DNA such as within the Dimension 4 astral level, can lead either to greater spiritual integration and freedom (Christ) or disintegration, disempowerment or misuse of spiritual power.
Thought and emotions become things. Choose the good (Christ)-ones.
LET’S GET ANOTHER WELL KNOWN BUT HIDDEN SECRET OUT IN THE OPEN :
This secret, of course, was already revealed by me in some of my earlier writings , but for those who don’t follow my blog I will repeat it.
It is very much worth repeating and as often as possible : ‘Eternal life isn’t an award presented to you as a prize for being good little boys and girls. Eternal life is something you already have and are currently experiencing some of it in this reality in that vessel you call your physical body. Your physical body is not who you truly are. Your are a pure energy life form driving a physical body in this grand illusion we know and call the physical realm, for reasons you had decided on before you ever came here.’
It is yours, because ‘ You have always been, always are and always will be !’ You ( we ) are all the mirror images of God, individually expressed. You know this already but made yourself forget so that you could get the best spiritual results in this lifetime ( and all the others you have had or ever will ) in this hijacked Reality that is now slowly shifting into the Reality that it should have been in the first place!
Now is the time to start remembering this and free ourselves of this hijacked illusion of Reality. Now is the time to put ourselves back on track because ‘ The Age of Secrets is Dying and The Age of Truth is Upon Us ! ‘
EVERYTHING I AM TELLING YOU IS NOTHING NEW. YOU ALREADY KNOW ALL OF THIS, YOU MERELY HAVE FORGOTTEN.
The Sorcerer of Light Brotherhood, ( which also includes our female counterparts in case you were wondering ), has given it’s blessing for me to release some secrets that you have a right to know, ( of course you already know, we’re just helping you to remember ).
Most of you will have a hard time comprehending any of this because you haven’t awaken ( or are only partially ). But we will do these releases in small doses to give everyone a chance to absorb them. Many will laugh but only until they fully remember.
These of course are just the cliff notes version,( because I am rushed to get them out before or in case my Brotherhood changes their blessing ! ), but are at the very heart of what you need to make it work for you. I will be releasing a full version with greater detail later on when I get the blessing of the Brotherhood to release a few more secrets that shouldn’t be secrets. I can’t give you a time table on when that release will be as we are having a new debate that may delay me a little while longer once again.
The whole of our Brotherhood do agree that all we know should be given to everyone, this is not the problem. Some of our members feel that we may be releasing this information to soon. They feel that we may be exposing ourselves to those we are resisting and pushing back, making ourselves vulnerable.
Their concerns are understandable. However, others of us ( me included ), feel that time is moving much more rapidly than it once was, ( there’s a reason for that as I will explain in a later post ), and that the time for release should be now. The more people that know these secrets, ( whether they believe in them or not, or whether they use them or not ), at least they will be awake or awakening quicker than without them. The more of us that stand together against this common enemy the quicker they will fall. I will keep you up to date as of the Brotherhood’s decision. I know that it will be favorable, I just don’t know when.
Now to continue, and remember these are just the cliff notes but very useful information that will help you if you are determined enough and patent enough !
Let’s start with:
Master of your dreams. Now there is enough information out there already to help you with your dream aspect. The part we will be focused on are the nightmares. Nightmares are a tool for learning who and what we truly are. When you encounter a monster or a bad guy ( even if that bad guy happens look like someone you know or have seen somewhere before ) what you are actually encountering is yourself. Train yourself to embrace this monster or bad man ( person ).
Now this may very well take some time but before you drift off to sleep condition yourself by thinking, ‘ I will embrace any and all monsters and bad people I encounter in my dreams tonight. I will not harm them for they are me. I will hug and love that monster that is me so that we can be join once more.’ By doing this you are bringing balance to yourself, your mind, and your spiritual energy. Your are evolving to a Higher Realm each time you succeed in merging all your monsters and bad people into yourself because they are the negative version of yourself.
The second thing you will want to work on is your invisibility. After you ascend you’ll find this will be as easy as breathing. But for now, let’s practice doing it the long way. ( by the way, there is more than one version of this but I felt this one would be the easiest for you to learn ), In your earlier practices, you’ll want as much quiet as humanly possible so that you can focus your thoughts to one point.
Once you have relaxed yourself and your mind feels focused start envisioning a small dot of light, a speck of light might be more accurate. Once you have that speck of light, make it move around. See it spinning and doing all kinds of tricks. Now that you feel you have control of the light speck, split it into a dozen little light specks.
Once you feel you have that dozen under control split them into a thousand little light specks. Now you won’t what to count them all just image there are indeed a thousand of them and now your are splitting them into a million little light specks. Once again know without doubt, that there are a million little light specks because you say there are and you are the power.
Know it, Feel it, Live it ! Now make your one million light specks begin spinning all around yourself. Make them go faster and faster. Soon you will be hidden inside the light specks and they will move when you move.
Don’t get discouraged, it will take a lot of practice and belief in yourself that you can and will do this, because you are the control and the power ( NEVER DOUBT THIS, NOT EVEN FOR A SECOND ). Results depend on the individual, however once you have this locked down and there is not even a hint of doubt it’s time to practice in front of someone you know and trust. Pick someone that will keep this between you and they, for silence is golden, ( Telling others who do not believe can cause them to send negative energies your way, whether them meant to or not. Because thoughts are very real and can be powerful depending on how they are used, as you will come to understand later ).
Go through your routine and when you’ve built up your million little light specks make them swirl around you, faster and faster. No one but you can see your light specks and only you will know when they begin swirling around you. So when you have them swirling faster and faster, all your partner will see, is you slowly fading until you have vanished completely from view. Remember, your light specks will move when you move, so all you have to do now is quietly leave the room. Also remember silence is golden also applies to this. You must be quiet as you leave because your partner will still be able to hear you if you are not quiet enough.
The next thing you will want to practice is teleportation. This will also require you to learn and master the art of astral projection and I’ll explain why. In order for you to transport yourself anywhere in the world, you first have to arrive at your location via your astral body so you will know that when your physical body arrives it won’t been embedded into a wall or hit by a truck the split second it appears. ( you will of course notice that I said ‘ it ‘ when referring to your body. As I mentioned earlier, your body is the vessel in which you are traveling in this Reality, it is apart of you but it is not who you are. You are a an entity of pure energy and that is why your are more powerful than you realize at this point, BUT YOU WILL LEARN/REMEMBER ! ).
There are many books on how to astral project so I won’t go in-depth on the subject ( because as I said I’m rushed for time ), except to tell you my quick version. Once your comfortable in bed and have felt yourself starting to drift off you know your reaching the state needed to astral project. It is that state between consciousness and subconsciousness you what to be in, while still being aware that your there. Begin seeing yourself as a feather slowly rising up toward the ceiling. This like everything else takes practice.
Do not ever give up. Sooner or later you will get there, just stay out of your own way. You’ll understand what I mean by that at a later stage. The very second you begin to rise, you will hear something that sounds like a lighting strike or very loud thunder, this is your astral body separating from your physical body.
DO NOT BE AFRAID, this is normal. And do not worry about not being able to get back to your body because all you have to do is think about returning to your body and you will instantly be in it. Once you have achieved the separation from your physical vessel and start your look around the room, you will arrive at your physical body, lying exactly where you left. Don’t make the mistake I did and get to close as you will be yanked back in instantly, snapping your physical body awake and forcing you to start over again. That will take time as you will now fill wide awake as though you had gotten a full eight hours sleep, making it harder for you get back to that special point to separate once more.
However, once you do, start exploring your surroundings. It’s best in the beginning to not wander to far until you feel very comfortable with this process. Even then you may want to just practice exploring your neighborhood, town or city. This of course isn’t hard either. All you need do is think of an exact location and ‘ WILL ‘ yourself to ‘ Go ‘ and you will instantly be there. When you have arrived at this location, begin immediately looking for you life line ( better known as the silver cord, although some people report that it appears transparent/clear but visible ). The reason it’s important to locate your life line is to help yourself know that it is there and always will be. While you travel it will appear to disappear, until such time as you need it. And you will need it as I will explain a little later in this post. For those who are just traveling about, you will not need bother with this life line. Only those who plain to use teleportation need to take note of it. Moving on, material objects are no longer a problem for you and you may get caught up exploring all the fun that has to offer, at least until it begins to get boring.
( Quick side note about jumping into the astral plane : you may what to wait on that until you’ve read up on the subject from the prospective of others who have been there or until I can explain in detail later. The reason is that you will encounter things that you will need to fully understand, as the astral plane operates very differently than your physical plane. Of course, if the explorer in you says go for it, then do so with caution as it can be an overwhelming experience for the inexperienced traveler. I don’t tell you this to scare you, only to warn you that it can be very confusing without a little guidance ).
Now, once your comfortable with leaping to locations around your town, let’s step it up a bit and start practicing the art of pulling your physical body to that same location your astral body is standing. To do this, we have to learn/remember a new skill. The art of opening your Pineal Doorway ( Wikipedia definition for pineal : The pineal gland, also called the pineal body, epiphysis cerebri, epiphysis, conarium or the “third eye“ is a smallendocrinegland in thevertebratebrain. It produces theserotoninderivativemelatonin, a hormonethat affects the modulation of wake/sleep patterns and seasonal functions.[1][2]Its shape resembles a tiny pine cone (hence its name), and it is located near the centre of the brain, between the twohemispheres, tucked in a groove where the two rounded thalamic bodiesjoin.)
All that definition is great, but guess what else the pineal can do. ‘ It can open a teleportation doorway that will help you travel the world ‘! There is a lengthy explanation that I’ll give you in that later post I told you about, but for now let’s continue.
‘ WILL ‘ for your life line to appear and place either of your hands on it, for you will be using it soon. Focus your thoughts on your pineal. Envision your pineal ( explanation to location above ) with silver water swirling around it, moving faster and faster. Now envision the inside of your pineal and see more swirling water moving faster and faster around the inside of your pineal. Now , while keeping all these things in mind, slowly focus to the center of your pineal and envision your physical body lying comfortably where you left it while at the same time ‘ WILL ‘ for your body to come to you. This is where you need to tug on your life line at the exact time you have ‘ WILLED ‘ for it to come to you.
On the other end, the location that your physical body is resting, a very bright doorway is opening. That is your pineal doorway. As it opens your physical body feels the tug an instantly leaps to and through the doorway. ‘ It’s ‘ still asleep and will stay that way until ‘ It ‘ arrives at the exact location that your astral body is standing. ‘ It ‘ has been dreaming about everything you were doing right up to the time ‘ It ‘ arrives and reconnects with your astral body, instantly waking up and knowing exactly what is going on and where ‘ It ‘ is. Now however ‘ It ‘ is once again ‘ YOU ‘ traveling with-in.
A few quick pointers before we close. First, if you decide to travel around the world this way ( and you will ! ), it’s best to always have your passport and currency of the Country you travel to. I say this because the dollar is having a hard time being excepted in many Country’s because it’s collapsing, something everyone else in the world knows except the people in the U.S. It’s only a question of time before it collapses completely here as well, because that’s part of the agenda of TPTB. So that everyone will be forced to use their One World Currency. They will fail as far as their currency is concerned!! The passport is just in case you, for what ever reason, can’t seem to re-open your doorway. Later this won’t be a problem for you because the more you do it the better you’ll become at it.
I don’t know if I made all the points that I wanted to. But hopefully this post has helped a good number of you, in one way or another!
God Bless you all and I will see you for the next Reality Shift !! ~~ Xaniel777
That post I told you about called, The Reality Shift of ’ The War On For Your Mind ‘ , has been delayed a few more days. I ran into a handful of glitches, and among some of the glitches were my ability to confirm some of the sources I wanted to add. If I cannot confirm them in the next couple of days then I will run without them. They are somewhat important to the post, however, the post will survive without them if necessary.
For now however I would like to share this very ‘awakening moment ‘ with you fromDr. Susan Shumsky. I feel you will find this information as eye opening and inspiring as I have ! ~~ Xaniel777
Here are a couple of excerpts from two of the books written by this very inspiring woman. Both excerpts come fromNEW PAGE BOOKS
The first excerpt is from Ascension-Masters of Immortality by Susan Shumsky
Connecting with the Immortal Masters and Beings of Light
You will never die.
You are an immortal being of light, and you live forever in a body of light. This physical body that you temporarily inhabit is not your true home. You reside in a beauteous, radiant body of luminous spheres in multiple dimensions. You have never been born and you never die. You are ageless, without beginning or end.
Until now, you have probably identified yourself as your physical body, perishable and fleeting, subject to birth, survival, growth, change, decay, and death. Without a vision of immortality, you see only the shell. Without recognizing the underlying permanence of your being, you perceive only the chains of mortal life.
Beyond the mortal boundaries of your physical form, you embody luminous vibratory bodies in multiple dimensions. This claim might seem fantastic, but it concurs with the latest developments in theoretical physics. Superstring theory envisions a ten-dimensional or eleven-dimensional space-time in which elementary particles are like musical notes played on a violin-”excitation modes” of inconceivably tiny elementary strings.
In other words, everything in the universe is made of vibration and light in manifold dimensions-including you. Infinitesimal elementary particles are swirling, shifting waves of colliding vibrations. These subtle elements, when broken down into their primary components, are simply pure energy. There is nothing in this cosmos with any solidity or substance whatsoever.
You can open your eyes to these dimensions beyond mortal boundaries. You can begin a journey of awakening to your immortal self, which is who you really are. This light being of divine radiance and glory is your true nature, beyond the physical realm of death. You are not this body. You are not this mind. You are a magnificent being of brilliant, beauteous light-a being that never dies.
You Are the Source of Wisdom
Deep within your soul is a wise sage, the source of all wisdom. This “in-house counselor” is hidden within the recesses of your heart. Like a treasure buried at the bottom of the sea, it can only be used when brought to the surface. You have the capacity to dive deep within, recover this treasure, and open it. Only it takes faith in yourself and trust in a higher power.
Dive into the profound depths of that ocean to reclaim the “pearl of great price.” It is said that this cannot be gained by gold, silver, onyx, sapphire, coral, or pearls, for “the price of wisdom is above rubies.” Where is such wisdom found? Where is the treasure more precious than any cargo from the seven seas? It is the chamber of jewels within your own heart.
You are that treasure.
You are not alone and never have been. From your very first breath, a divine, immortal being of great light and beauty stood at the bedside of your mother, breathing vital energy into your being, kindling the very spark of life. And, when it comes time to leave this world, this radiant, eternal light-being will guide you home again.
This luminous inner divine being is all-powerful. It loves you unconditionally and is with you always. It will never leave you. This divine radiance within your soul is your own inner counselor, whom you might call your guardian angel, inner guru, higher self, divine being, inner divinity, or master-teacher within.
Nothing happens without your inner teacher’s guidance. With every step you take, every decision, every move, your resplendent inner guru is always within you, guiding you, comforting you, and bringing you peace-even when you are not consciously aware of it.
Now is time to realize your radiant, beloved inner guru. Now is time to open to the divine effulgence within yourself. Now is time to wake up and realize who you truly are-an everlasting, powerful, vast, glorious being.
As a seeker of inner wisdom, perhaps you have already awakened to profound inner realities. Or maybe you think you have not. In either case, you can develop a deep understanding of the immortal nature of your being.
How can I say this with such confidence? Because the methods I teach have already helped tens of thousands of people realize their own eternal nature for themselves.
Eternal Life Is Yours
Eternity is your own nature. It is not something far away, impossible to attain, or reserved only for prophets that lived thousands of years ago. You were born to live immortal life and walk beyond death now. You have within your own soul a resplendent being of light that never dies. That is who you really are. Trust in that and place your life in the hands of that divine master of immortality. That inner guru will guide you home again to the place of perfect peace and eternal life-your true abode.
You are blessed and beloved of God, and your immortal self is one with God. When you find that buried treasure, never will you be alone again. Open your mind and heart to the abundant riches of that treasure chest within. You can discover and meet the immortal masters of light. You can develop your own awareness of eternal life within you. Open your heart and soul to new vistas of consciousness not yet awakened within you. Sail into an ocean of eternal life on waves of bliss.
Your soul has lived for millions of years in myriad forms. You have incarnated as minerals, plants, animals, and possibly other creatures. Finally you became a human and have already lived as a human for thousands of lifetimes.
When you began to incarnate as a human, you were granted a precious gift by the creator. It is called “freedom of choice.” You are the director and sole determiner of your life. Therefore, you can make limitless decisions about life and death in the course of your evolutionary process. These choices affect whether your life is ordinary or extraordinary, whether your lifespan is short or long, and whether you live a mortal or immortal life. Surprisingly, you have the power to choose perpetual life.
Here are seven different examples of possible life-and-death options you might select. You may choose any one of these paths to follow.
Choice 1: The Slow Road of Evolution
You have already lived countless lifetimes as minerals, plants, animals, and humans, and you could choose to live many more, climbing the slow ladder of spiritual evolution. If you continue to walk this prolonged, snail’s pace path of evolution, and if you do nothing to change it, you will maintain the same evolutionary process that nearly all living things undergo.
When you walk this slow road of evolution, you are born, you live, and you die. At the time of death, you move into a great light (a heavenly realm) until the time comes to take birth again. Your soul then chooses a particular womb and you are reborn into a family most suited to your spiritual development.
You continue to incarnate into a series of human bodies, until you are finally ready to take higher birth in the celestial realm as an angel. Once you graduate to angelhood, you continue to move up the celestial ladder, eventually becoming a deity or another divine being. There you end your course of evolution. You never attain liberation (moksha), and you never become fully self-realized in supreme consciousness.
Choice 2: Becoming an Earthbound Spirit
You may be lost, confused, stubborn, or ignorant at the time of death, and therefore incapable of entering God’s light. You may instead dwell in the astral plane (an illusory, gray level of existence) as a ghostly, earthbound, discarnate spirit, lost and alone, until you somehow find your way to the light and then wait for human rebirth.
You might live in the astral world for a long time before finding the light, perhaps hundreds, even thousands of years. There are 15 reasons why a soul would not enter the divine light after death. Please refer to page 87 in my book How to Hear the Voice of God to learn those reasons.
Choice 3: Possessing a Human Body
If you are a lost soul or earthbound spirit and are overly attached to the earth plane, or addicted to pleasures of the flesh, then you might want desperately to continue in human form in order to perpetuate your addiction. However, because you cannot revive your dead body, you may try to attach yourself to the body of a living human.
An individual in a weakened condition (such as a drug or alcohol abuser or sickly person) might be susceptible to such astral possession or oppression. By attaching yourself to such a powerless, depleted individual, you would share his or her body and continue to live as a kind of astral freeloader. You might live in that deplorable state as an energy vampire for a long time, seeking various living humans to hook into. If this condition seems familiar to you, please read my book Exploring Auras to learn how to heal energy vampirism.
Choice 4: Becoming a “Walk-In”
You may decide that you do not want to undergo the lengthy process of rebirth, childhood, youth, teenage years, and so forth. Therefore you might make a contractual agreement with a human who is on the verge of death or who just died. Just as that person’s soul departs from the body (often during an accident or “near-death” experience), with permission from that soul, you might enter his or her body and take it over. Meanwhile, the person’s soul leaves the body and moves into the divine heavenly light. In the West this is called a “walk-in.” In India it is called parkaya pradesh or “transmigration of souls.”
Choice 5: Achieving Spiritual Enlightenment
You may attain spiritual enlightenment or liberation during your human embodiment. In this higher state of consciousness you realize your true nature and unite your awareness with supreme Spirit. You no longer have “seeds of karma” (human attachments, known in Sanskrit as samskaras) binding you to the earth plane, so you can choose to never take human birth again.
In this case, if you decide to “drop the body” (leave the body behind) at the time of death, then your soul can make one of two choices. You can either:
1. Merge with absolute Brahman, the supreme Godhead, an undifferentiated state of consciousness, and thereby forgo your individuality altogether, or you may
2. Live in a celestial world or loka (realm) with the personal God or deity of your choice and maintain your individuality.
Choice 6: Attaining Ascension While Alive
After attaining enlightenment while in human embodiment, you may de-densify your body and transform it into finer material—a light body. This is called “ascension,” “translation,” or “physical immortality.” Your immortal body is not subject to illness, aging, or death. Through this ascension process, you escape bodily death altogether, and you leave no physical body behind to die or decay.
As an ascended master, because you have kept your subtle body and therefore not fully merged with the absolute, you maintain your individuality through leshavidya.
Choice 7: Attaining Ascension Near or After Death
Once you have attained enlightenment and are near death or have died, you may resurrect the body at will and create an ascended body of light. This is how Jesus and the Dzogchen practitioners attained their ascension.
Mechanics of Ascension
Quantum physics has proven that matter is mostly empty space. The solidity of particles that constitute the universe is an illusion, concocted by the electromagnetic force that binds atoms together. Atomic particles are composed of waves of energy called quanta—from 10,000,000 to 100,000 times smaller than the smallest atom.
Theoretical physics, with superstring, brane, and M-theories, now postulates that the material world consists of the solidified vibrations of various frequencies. The elementary particles observed in particle accelerators are nothing more than excitation modes of elementary strings—vibrating waves of energy.
Your physical body, like all matter, is nearly empty. Between the subatomic particles of your body is space. The area occupied by your body has virtually no substance whatsoever. It consists of congealed energy made of rays of living light.
It was observed in a large cyclotron at Brookhaven Institute in Upton, New York, that if subatomic particles travel near the speed of light, they do not collide, but instead pass through each other. The higher the speed of particles, the more dematerialized they become, and the more they spread out over time and space, without any specific location or time.
By the same principle, you could conceivably raise the vibrational frequency of the matter composing your physical body into a higher octave of energy. It could theoretically be converted into pure quantum energy, a “light body.” Such a body already exists as part of your subtle body—your etheric soul self body, your immortal soul. (Read my book Exploring Auras to learn more about your subtle bodies.)
Susan’s Etheric Soul Self: My etheric soul self represents the true nature of my being, my true physical form and true heart’s desires. My perfect idealized form, the etheric soul-self body, represents who I really am, symmetrical, youthful, and beautiful. The physical body should ideally have the same form as the immortal soul body. However, we distort the form of our physical bodies with error-beliefs, including limitation, illness, aging, and death.
Lifting the vibrations of the physical body to the octave of the soul body is called “quickening.” The vibrational frequency of your physical body speeds up until it makes a quantum leap into coherent light waves. Thus a flash of light appeared upon the ascension of Jesus, Ramalinga Swami, Annalee Skarin, and other ascended masters. This is similar to the quantum leap, known as the Meissner Effect, that ordinary light takes when it becomes coherent laser light.
Quickening reverses the slowing-down, cooling-down process by which light congeals into matter to create the physical universe (according to the “big bang” theory). This is related to Einstein’s equation E=MC2. As mass speeds up, greater energy is created. By reversing the slowing-down process of aging, it is possible to start “youthing” instead.
For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom he will.
—John 5:21
When you ascend, your body’s frequencies speed up so much that you step into a lighter dimension, a higher-frequency realm than the material world. You can vanish into thin air and reappear to anyone, anywhere, instantly. You can move without restrictions of time or space, casting no shadow and making no footprint.
The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.
—John 3:8
After attaining ascension and full mastery over death, you can return to a physical body by a process called vyutthana in Sanskrit. You can resurrect your body and reappear to others, as Jesus did. Or you can manifest any other physical form, at will.
There are also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celestial is one, and the glory of the terrestrial is another…. So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption…. It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body.
—I Corinthians 15:40,42,44
Beyond Death
Everyone is eternal, and no one ever dies. Your soul lasts forever. But ascension is something different. It is eternal life with your body—not apart from it. Your body was not created for death. It was meant for eternal life. You have the inherent, God-given power over death. Death does not have to be your pathway. You can enjoy eternal, imperishable glory in the light of God almighty.
Ernest Holmes, founder of the Church of Religious Science, said in The Science of Mind:
“There is every reason to suppose that we have a body within a body to infinity…. The ‘resurrection body’…is already within and we may be certain that it will be a fit instrument for the future unfoldment of the soul…the future body will resemble this one, except that it will be free from disease, old age, or whatever hinders a more complete flow of the Spirit…. We have a spiritual body now, and need not die to receive one…we are not going to attain immortality…WE NOW ARE IMMORTAL! Our contention is not that dead men live again, but that a living man never dies.”3
You are promised eternal life, though you may not believe it. An everlasting kingdom is offered, yet perhaps you reject it. You might seek for immortality, yet maybe you lack faith that it exists. The prophet Isaiah wrote:
“I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death, I will be thy plagues; O grave, I will be thy destruction.”4 And “He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord God will wipe away tears from off all faces.”5
Few believe in immortality, because few are aware that such a state exists and that any ordinary person has attained it. Because it is so rare, it is assumed to be impossible. We are so accustomed to watching people grow old, get sick, and die, that it seems inconceivable to imagine youthing instead of aging, or living forever instead of dying.
Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.
—Matthew 7:13–14
It is time to begin your inner journey to immortal life now. The book Ascension, published by New Page, will show you how.
Dr. Shumsky has practiced self-development disciplines for more than 40 years. For 22 years she was the student and personal assistant to the Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, founder of Transcendental Meditation and guru of the Beatles. She then studied New Thought and metaphysics for another 20 years. Dr. Shumsky has taught thousands worldwide to meditate, develop their intuition, and attain self-realization and enlightenment.
Awesome, once-in-a-lifetime 2-week spiritual tour to Peru, on June 17 to 30, 2012, featuring amazing psychic medium James Van Praagh. Join us as we experience the new moon and June solstice in the Andes.
We will tour the Inkan sites at the Sacred Valley, Lake Titikaka, and the Crystal City–Machu Picchu. We will participate in sacred ceremonies at ancient temples, power spots, and spiritual vortexes, with MALLKU–internationally renowned spiritual leader, Andean shaman, and archeo-astronomer, and with JAMES VAN PRAAGH, famed psychic medium and creator of the TV show “Ghost Whisperer.” For individuals, families, or groups. CLICK HERE for Itinerary
I’ve been working on what I believe to be a very important post. I had truly wanted to get it out on 11- 11-11, however due to deep discussion and debate with my Brotherhood,( The Sorcerer of Light Brotherhood ), I could not get it out when I hoped to. As The Brotherhood has finally come to a full agreement , I will be finishing up that very important post and releasing it soon.
That post is called,The Reality Shift of ’ The War On For Your Mind ‘ !
For now however I would like to share this video with all who have not yet seen it or would like to again.
Study Guide compiled by Bob Childers, Ph.D. Web formatting, editing and additional compilation by David Wilcock
Dedicated to Carla Rueckert whose joyful service allowed the words of Ra to speak to humanity, despite the nearly fatal tolls and hardships endured by the physical body complex. Ra’s words, brought through in 1981, are arguably the ultimate source of accurate ET information to have emerged in modern history. This study guide gives a wonderful overview of the main philosophies, concepts and practices of the Law of One, predominantly through excerpts. Let’s put it this way — this is the ONLY work that has attempted to summarize Ra’s worldview in one streamlined form. It is invaluable to all seekers of Truth, Wisdom and Compassion.
God Bless you All and we will hook up in the next Reality Shift soon !! ~~~ Xaniel777
Yes this is another repost but one that will open your mind and further your awakening. I had intended to pick out the relative info and make my own high points and then tie-in with David Wilcocks last posts ( parts 1 & 2 ) to finish it out. But I felt that this was so much more important, interesting and educational that I decided to just load it in it’s entirety. You may not believe all of this, but keep an open mind and pick out the parts that you feel are right for you.
In an exclusive ExopoliticsTV interview with Alfred Lambremont Webre released Sept. 30, 2011 a self-described representative of the Andromeda Council, a reported galactic governance council whose
membership consists of star systems and includes representation from the galactic governance council of our Milky Way Galaxy, discussed the purported timing and nature of a transformation via dimensional
shift of our Sol solar system from a 3rd dimension to a 4th dimensional state, along with key aspects of life on a 4th dimensional Earth.
Timing of shift to 4th dimensional Earth
Addressing the reported timing of this dimensional shift, the Andromeda Council representative stated that the process of our solar system’s and Earth’s transformation via dimensional shift is scheduled to
accelerate starting in mid-October 2011, and be completed by January 2014.
Key aspects of life on 4th dimensional Earth
Regarding the specific key aspects of life on 4th dimensional Earth, the Andromeda Council representative stated, “Again, the most important thing to realize is that this coming transformation, this
transition, from 3D human to 4D human will be smooth, ‘seamless’, painless. Again, there is no death involved. This experience will be a simple transformation of cellular structure from the slower, denser,
heavier, existing 3D vibratory rate you have today, to a higher, faster 4D vibratory rate. You will have a body that is taller, literally lighter in terms of mass, weight & density, and lighter in terms of
being infused with light.
“Keep in mind, your body’s molecular cellular structure will change. Think crystal based molecules. Your 4D body, the cellular structure of your new 4D body, will be based on crystalline molecules. Your
existing 3D cell walls will transmute into being crystalline based. Within the center of each cell, it will be full of light. Earth people, your 4D bodies will really be very translucent.”
Transformation to a 4th dimensional Earth
In his ExopoliticsTV interview Tolec discusses key aspects of the transformation to a 4th dimensional Earth. A written summary of this transformation, according to the reported Andromeda Council, is below.
FAQ: Molecular & Cellular transformation to a 4th Dimensional Earth Life
“QUESTION 1. Tolec, you’ve said the people you communicate with on the primary biosphere where many of the Andromeda Council meetings are held – that they are “excited” about our solar system & our
planet’s migration into the 4th dimension. Why are they so excited about this change we are about to experience?
“ANSWER: First off, please understand, these original 5,000, now 50,000+ crew members, & their families, on this biosphere, and on the other biospheres, they’ve traveled a long way to help Earth with this
coming shift. They are excited to be here & to help. And, up until recently it’s been a very challenging, difficult time because first they had to win a very hard war in space against an alliance of Orion
Greys, Hydra, & Alpha Draconis Reptilians. Which they’ve done.
“And in the cleanup process down on Earth, various affiliated Andromeda Council races, especially those from Procyon, used highly focused sonic energy beams to bust-up & collapse underground bases
including the ones around your nation’s capital leading up to the hills in Virginia, ones in Colorado, and northern New Mexico. Again, these were highly focused, pinpointed, sonic energy beam blasts meant
to cripple the tunnel systems & underground bases where the Greys & Reptilians have been hiding. They had been warned many, many times to leave, and didn’t. So, a positive intervention. My contacts called
these tunnels & base a “lattice network”. They’re destroyed, collapsed & inoperable… and closed off. These were not nuclear blasts. They said, and I quote: “ we would never used nuclear weapons, we don’t
need to. We are far beyond this kind of technology. Moreover, use of nuclear weapons would absolutely endanger the lives of the people on the planet surface. And, even worse, nuclear radiation is poisonous
to all humans, to all life on Earth. These were not nuclear weapons but highly focused, pin-pointed, sonic energy beam blasts.”
“The Andromeda Council’s goal is to eliminate as many of these remaining ‘rats under the wood pile’ as soon as possible… before your migration & complete immersion into the 4th dimensional area of space.
As I’ve mentioned, we are about 90-92% complete in the wrapping up of the ‘cleanup’ phase of the last holdouts of these Grey & Reptilian menaces here on Earth.
“So, back to the shift. Comparatively, this coming shift is nothing like anyone has experienced in a long, long, long time. A lot of things are happening with your solar system, all at once, which we are
paying close attention to. And, this transformation you are about to experience is totally different because a whole solar system, your planet & its people get to become 4th dimensional human beings
without having to “die”. Now, let me explain. From time memorial, normally humans on 3D planets like Earth get to live long or short lives, to have whatever overall learning experiences are best needed for
their souls. When they die, rather when their bodies die their original birth spiritual essence, their soul, usually goes off planet for a while & decides, chooses, where it will incarnate next. Another 3D
world like Earth, or Earth again. Or, if they feel they’ve really learned as much as they can over the course of many 3D lifetimes they can choose instead to migrate & live their lives in the 4th dimension
on any number of 4D worlds. Or they can go back to their original 4D home world. This is the norm.
“Again, in the case of this coming shift, this transformation of your solar system and planet no one, nobody’s 3D body has to die to become a 4th dimensional human.
“QUESTION 2. That’s great. You’ve said on the Andromeda Council web site that as part of our transition into becoming 4th dimensional beings – people from planets affiliated with the Andromeda Council are
coming here to Earth, will quietly land, and visit with us. What will these people be like?
“ANSWER: The people you can expect to meet are likely to come from four (4) affiliated Andromeda Council planets: Ventra, Nikotae, Toleka and Ritol. The people from all four planets are human just like you
& I are. Here are the following physical traits and descriptions of all four:
“The people from this planet Ventra {Ven-tra} have white porcelain type skin, beautiful emerald green looking eyes or dark bluish purple eyes. They have fine strawberry blonde hair. The women are petite,
about 5’ tall. The men are about 6’ – 6’ 2”.
“The people from this planet Nikotae {Nee-koe-tay} have light creamy, to mid-mocha color skin. They would look to be very much like a person of mixed Caucasian & African races on your planet. These people
are in fact of mixed races. Hair ranges in color from black to brown, of all different textures, short & tight to long & light curly & flowing. Their eyes are all colors of brown, dark to light, and some
times people with the lighter colored brown eyes – they have gold flecks in their eyes. The women are generally about ’ tall. And the men range from about 6’5 – ’7”.
“The people from this planet Toleka {Toe-lecka} have beautiful, pale, very light green skin, with light blue almost aquamarine eyes. Their fine hair ranges from being almost silvery to very light blonde.
With both the women & men, they would be considered have an average range of Earth human height. Their ears are slightly pointed. Think of the fictional “Vulcans” from your STAR TREK television shows.
“The majority of the original people from this planet Ritol {Ree tole} have light blue skin. They have thick full white hair. They have really deep, deep purple eyes.
“These people have also inter-mixed marriages with Caucasian looking people from a planet in the Tau Ceti star system, Loeki {Loke-ee} as a result, their light blue skin color gets even lighter. They have
all different eye colors because of the inter-mixing of the races. Their hair is either black or red, also full & thick in appearance.
“For those people who have inter-mixed marriages with people you would consider to be ‘Native American’ looking, people from the planet Dakote, their look becomes a more ‘muted’ blue look. They have also
married people from the planet Nikotae, people who have the light creamy to mid-mocha color skin. They have retained the texture of thick full hair. These people overall are very tall in height. They women
are generally 7’ – 7’ 2” tall. The men are usually between 8’ – 8’2” tall.
“Ritol is very much a ‘melting pot’ kind of a planet, much like Earth.
“QUESTION 3. How will we be able to speak with these people who are from other planets?
“ANSWER: In order to be able to speak with you they will all be wearing ‘universal translators’ so they can converse in all Earth languages.
“QUESTION 4. Is this still scheduled to happen soon?
“ANSWER: Yes, they are pretty much on schedule to do this. It’s still very likely to happen this autumn. I believe sometime before October [2011] is finished. But, don’t hold me to this date.
“Because we are discussing timing happening around major cosmic events, the matter of “timing” concerning their initial contact & visitation date tends to be much more fluid. Therefore, I would ask people
to please be patient about this particular topic.
“QUESTION 5. O.K. then. So the Andromeda Council web site talks about all sorts of important things they have to share with us. What’s the big deal: what don’t we know about ourselves?
“ANSWER: Great question. Primarily you’ll learn about your own true heritage, the truth of your origin, of your original human physical form, where among the various stars & planets across the Universe
that Earth people originally came from, who your – cousins, brothers and sisters are, who your ancestors truly are and why you are so special. You’ll learn about the truth and reality of the human
spiritual origin and its true essence. You’ll learn about the reality, creation & sacredness of the human soul, and its connection with the Creation, and all sentient life throughout the Universe.
“There is much more of course. But, that’s their job. I’ll let them tell you.
“QUESTION 6. Well, ok. All right. So, back to our new 4D bodies then. So, January 1, 2014 arrives and we begin living as 4th dimensional people. How will Earth people change in terms of their body
structure as new 4D humans?
“ANSWER: Again, the most important thing to realize is that this coming transformation, this transition, from 3D human to 4D human will be smooth, ‘seamless’, painless. Again, there is no death involved.
This experience will be a simple transformation of cellular structure from the slower, denser, heavier, existing 3D vibratory rate you have today, to a higher, faster 4D vibratory rate. You will have a
body that is taller, literally lighter in terms of mass, weight & density, and lighter in terms of being infused with light.
“Keep in mind, your body’s molecular cellular structure will change. Think crystal based molecules. Your 4D body, the cellular structure of your new 4D body, will be based on crystalline molecules. Your
existing 3D cell walls will transmute into being crystalline based. Within the center of each cell, it will be full of light. Earth people, your 4D bodies will really be very translucent.
“For all the living adults who choose to remain on Earth during this time of change, you will look approximately in the 32 -35 year old age range.
“In terms of height, for a comparison, an average 3D male today at 5’10” the equivalent 4th dimensional male will be about 7ft tall, this is the average height for a 4D man. A 5’ 5” – 5’ 6” 3D Earth woman
will likely be about ’6 2” living a 4D life. An average 4D Earth man will weigh in Earth terms about: 10-15 pounds. An average 4D Earth woman will weigh about: 5-7 pounds. Everyone will be relatively trim,
slim in stature. This is simply due to the nature of having a body composed of crystalline cellular structure.
“In terms of overall health, 4D Earth humans will be healthy, literally full of light. Earth type 3D diseases will all be literally eradicated.
“QUESTION 7. If we are this healthy, and with the eradication of 3D Earth diseases, how long will we live as 4D Earth humans?
“ANSWER: You will like this answer, this is a really good answer. Typically, as you currently measure time on Earth, human beings living a 4D life spend a minimum of 5,000 years – to – a maximum of around
10,000 years… living a 4th dimensional life. Also understand, there are 12 octaves of awareness & learning on each dimension, including the 4th. There is a lot to experience. Please keep in mind, the use
of these numbers in years is to give you at least an approximation based on how Earth people measure time today. However, also keep in mind, the way you currently measure time on Earth – this will change
once Earth becomes a completely 4D planet. Watching, measuring, experiencing time… this will virtually go away. Plan for this to completely come into effect by January 2014. In any case, you will live
very, very long lives… before you move on to the 5th dimension.
“QUESTION 8. What do you mean move on… when do we die?
“ANSWER: No, no, you misunderstand. This too is a really good answer. You don’t die. Remember, time doesn’t exist from the 4th dimension on upward. You don’t experience time. And people living a 4D life do
not die. A person can choose by really extraordinary circumstances to be “extinguished”, but this is very, very rare. When a 4D person gets to the point when they are 6,000 -10,000 years old’, when they
feel they have learned enough & contributed enough to society, when the moment is right for them, they simply choose to move on, to transition to the 5th dimension, a slightly higher frequency of vibratory
awareness. For a new set of challenges, a new set of learning experiences. It is a transition, a change in vibration. This transition is simply about first learning, and then moving into 5th dimensional
vibration awareness, and capabilities when the moment is right for them. Further, the actual capabilities a person has once they become a 5th dimensional human these are only a few degrees enhanced above
the 4th. In any case, moving on from one dimension to the next is about having learned many, many things, and a simple choice to move on, to change. You do not die.”
How to evaluate the reality of the reported Andromeda Council scenario for transformation to a 4D
Earth
1. No independent evidence – As Tolec states in his ExopoliticsTV interview, there is no independent evidence of the actual communications from a reported Andromeda Council extraterrestrial representative
regarding the above scenario for transformation of the solar system and of the Earth to a 4th dimension. What we have are Tolec’s communications to us of experiences and communications he is having with
the reported Andromeda Council extraterrestrial representatives themselves. One can evaluate the possible reality of the reported Andromeda Council scenario for transformation to a 4D Earth by testing its
congruence with other independent findings or reliable assertions.
2. Nuclear explosions or “sonic energy beam blasts” – As discussed in the ExopoliticsTV interview, the Andromeda Council communication claims that the ‘earthquake’ caused by the August 23, 2011 shallow
earthquake was due to its “sonic energy beam blasts” destroying Orion grey and Draco reptilian bases under Washington, DC and Denver Colo.
There is a division of scientific opinion on this issue. Sterling D. Allan, director of the New Energy Congress, arguing the case for a nuclear explosion for the Aug. 23, 2011 earthquake. Mr. Allen states,
“The sudden spike shown in both the very unusual DC and Denver earthquakes on August 23 are consistent with an explosion from a sub-surface nuclear bomb. A recent interview of Benjamin Fulford by David
Wilcock gives some intriguing possibilities about a counter coup, and hope for release of suppressed energy technologies.
“Today I’ve received a phone call and a number of emails from people referring to an interview that David Wilcock conducted recently with Benjamin Fulford, who asserts that the recent DC and Denver Quakes
were spurred by underground nukes wiping out two of the New World Order bunkers by ‘white hat’ elements in the U.S. Pentagon, signaling the end of days for the dark cabal that have been running the planet
for millennia. The interview concludes with a discussion about how with this victory over the dark elements of the former powers-that-be, that many hitherto suppressed energy technologies will soon be
released.
“It’s all a bit difficult to believe, and I probably wouldn’t be mentioning it to you were it not for some hard facts that support the key points about the earthquakes not being natural. They have the same
seismological signature as what accompanies a nuclear blast detonated a few miles below the Earth’s surface.”
Another independent scientist notes that the same earthquake signatures are consistent not nuclear weapons, but with directed energy or frequency weapons, or the type of weapons described by the reported
Andromeda Council.
3. Transformation from a 3rd dimensional Earth to a 4th dimensional Earth – Researcher David Wilcock argues in his new book, The Source Field Investigations, that humanity finds itself at the convergence
of multiple cycles – 25,920 years, 60 million years, and 265 million years – each of which is accompanied by evolutionary transformation. The transformation described by the Andromeda Council
communications of transformation via dimensional shift from a 3rd dimensional Earth to a 4th dimensional Earth could be construed as congruent with the sort of evolutionary change that can be expected in
the 2011-13 period as being accompanying the completion of a 25,920 years cycle of the precession of the equinoxes, and the 60 million year and 265 million year cycles for the disappearance of old species
and sudden appearance of new species.
4. Description of the 4th dimensional Earth appears to be congruent with research on the nature of the human ‘afterlife’ or ‘Inter-life’ – As discussed in the ExopoliticsTV interview, the Andromeda Council
communications’ description of life in a 4th dimensional Earth seems in significant respects to be congruent with scientific descriptions of the human afterlife or ‘Interlife’, as described in over 7000
cases of hypnotic regression of soul memories of the human afterlife or interlife.
One function of the transformation via dimensional shift from a 3D Earth to a 4D Earth, if valid, appears to be the ‘upgrading’ of Earthly life to eliminate physical death (“And death shall have no
dominion”), and shift the entire solar system including Earth in to what was formerly described by religious traditions as “Heaven” or “Paradise”. From this point of view, the transformation via
dimensional shift from 3D Earth to a 4D Earth would indeed be perceived by 4D humans as the landing of ‘Paradise on Earth’.
” WE HAVE A LOT TO LOOK FORWARD TO! GOD BLESS YOU ALL AND I WILL SEE YOU FOR THE NEXT REALITY SHIFT !!”
A Gigantic Human Butterfly Crop Circle formation (530 Meters x 450 Meters), the Biggest Crop Circle Ever … appeared in Netherlands near a town in southern Holland called ‘Goes’, on the 7th of August 2009 (7,8,9 … Activation Sequence Initiated … ツ). Quite interestingly the word ‘Goes’ when anagrammed gives us ‘Egos’ … pointing out towards transcending the ego as we journey forth in our spiritual evolution … and this is how it ‘goes’ … There is more … HAHAHAHAHA … Just found this on Anagram Genius … The software was also used by Dan Brown to create the anagrams in the The Da Vinci Code !
HAHAHAHA … This is confirmation … We are definitely on schedule ! ツ
It is an incredibly large butterfly with Da Vinci’s ‘Vitruvian Man‘ in the center, depicting the metamorphosis of the Caterpillar into a Butterfly. I stumbled upon this brilliant crop circle today while randomly checking one of my friends’ profile on facebook … my first reaction was that of sheer amazement and the feeling of a rising wave of excitement within realizing the magical synchronicity communicating with all tuned in …
The Blog Header for Mayan Prophecy 2012 has an image of a man much like Da Vinci’s “Vitruvian Man” … and just a few days ago I added a quote about the Caterpillar to Butterfly Transformation at the end of the blog with a small symbol for a Butterfly … A friend called ‘Vikas’ (which means to ‘Grow’ or ‘Evolve’) sent me this quote couple of months back … soon after the magical dragonfly crop circle appeared in England, which was also quite synchronistic as we were discussing dragonflies a day before it was reported
This formation has not yet been reported by Crop Circle Connector and there seems to be a massive drive by the media to keep this low key by suggesting it was man made … We would love to see pictures or videos taken of the artists while at work
The Butterfly is symbolic of the process of evolution and is used in many cultures and traditions to symbolize the ‘Psyche‘ or the ‘Soul’ …
Spiritual Evolution: The butterfly exists in four distinct forms. Some consider that so do we: The fertilized egg is planted in our mother’s womb. From our day of birth we are like the caterpillar which can only eat and creep along. At death we are like the dormant pupa in its chrysalis. After that, our consciousness emerges from the cast off body, and some see in this the emergence of the butterfly. Therefore, the butterfly is symbolic of rebirth after death.
For Christians, the butterfly’s three steps of metamorphosis — as caterpillar, pupa and then winged insect — are reminiscent of spiritual transformation. The caterpillar’s incessant crawling and chewing reminds us of normal earthly life where people are often wholly preoccupied with physical needs. The chrysalis (cocoon) resembles a tomb and empty, can suggest the empty shroud left behind by Jesus. Therefore, a butterfly represents the resurrection into a new condition of life that is free of any material concerns. In images of the Garden of Eden, Adam’s soul is symbolized by a butterfly, or drawn with butterfly wings.
In paintings of Mary and her Child, the presence of butterflies stands for their care for human souls. The Gnostics depicted the Angel of Death by showing a winged foot stepping on a butterfly. Since the insect is so fragile it can be torn apart by a hard rain, the butterfly stands for human frailty, both moral and physical. Also, as its life is not a long one, it is also a symbol of the ephemeral nature of physical existence. A butterfly with a torn wing is the icon for a North American charity that benefits disabled children.
Transfiguration : In America among the Aztec and Maya, the god of cosmic fire, Xiutecutli, is symbolized by a butterfly. Fire is considered the element of transformation, as in cookery and the smelting of metals. This association is borne out in traditional psychoanalysis where a dream or drawing of a butterfly is taken as a symbol of the client’s imminent transformation. En este caso no habido ni sueño ni pintura, pero si la sincronicidad jungiana de la aparición de una mariposa en tu ventana en pleno sand storm … (Roughly translated … In this case not sleep or painting, but the jungian synchronicity of the emergence of a butterfly in your window in full sand storm)
The ancient Greeks depicted the spirit of a person as a winged stick figure. Interpretation of that symbol gave rise to the idea of the “Soul” or “Psyche” as a butterfly.
The Butterfly Effect suggests the idea that one butterfly could eventually have a far-reaching ripple effect on subsequent historic events and was first mentioned by Ray Bradbury in 1952 in a short story on Time Travel !
As Gregg Braden also suggests in one of his videos on the Holographic nature of the Universe … One change anywhere in the hologram is mirrored throughout the Hologram …
… We are the one’s we’ve been waiting for …
In Lak’ech … May The Great Spirit Always Be With You … ツ
Some of the recent Facebook Comments on this Crop Circle …
Ciaran Shaman … Woah most cosmic. Check the link below. It’s my latest work-in-progress, began on the 9th August 2008 and entitled ‘A Most Cosmic ReBirth’. It’s also my psychedelic homage to Da Vinci. This artwork was supposed to be completed this year on the 8th August, therefore being finished for my birthday (9th) but I ran out of materials. Not only that but I… Read More whispered to a butterfly in early August of my dreams for the healing of all… Woah…
Jenny Mccarty … I just asked my 5 yr old son who do u think makes the crop circles, and he said God !
♥ ♥
ツ
This undated handout image provided by NASA, released Wednesday, Sept. 9, 2009, taken by the refurbished Hubble Space Telescope, shows a celestial object that looks like a delicate butterfly … ツ ! NGC 6302: The Butterfly Nebula …
The bright clusters and nebulae of planet Earth’s night sky are often named for flowers or insects, and NGC 6302 is no exception. With an estimated surface temperature of about 250,000 degrees C, the central star of this particular planetary nebula is exceptionally hot though — shining brightly in ultraviolet light but hidden from direct view by a dense torus of dust. This dramatically detailed close-up of the dying star’s nebula was recorded by the newly upgraded Hubble Space Telescope. Cutting across a bright cavity of ionized gas, the dust torus surrounding the central star is near the center of this view, almost edge-on to the line-of-sight. Molecular hydrogen has been detected in the hot star’s dusty cosmic shroud. NGC 6302 lies about 4,000 light-years away in the arachnologically correct constellation Scorpius.
THIS IS YET ANOTHER ONE OF THOSE ’ WAKE ME UP ‘ MOMENTS THAT I FELT THE NEED TO SHARE WITH ALL WHO HAVE NOT YET HEARD OR SEEN IT ! THIS COMES FROMEnergeticSynthesisONYOUTUBE.
AND FOR THOSE WHO ARE WONDERING WHAT HAPPENED TOTHE REALITY SHIFT OF ’ THE BOOK OF AQUARIUS ‘ , I MOVED IT TO IT’S OWN PAGE. YOU CAN FIND THE PAGE BOTTOM AT THE TOP, RIGHT NEXT TO THE HOME PAGE BUTTON !! ~~~ Xaniel777
A direct transmission to Starseeds and Indigos about our intrinsic role and genetic purpose on the planet as a Consciousness Shifter. It is our group function and role to override negative agendas being promoted through “Alien Software” using fear, destruction and manipulation.
This “alien software” is promoting fear and chaos to create massive confusion in the human population in order to attempt to manifest the negative alien timeline.
As a Starseed embodies clarity with its own inner core spirit, the spirit is God Technology returning to the earth. That God Technology is accessed in your body as you develop pure witness and observer consciousness without the judgment of negative ego.
The Eternal God Spirit is self organizing, self harmonizing and will bring high frequency to stabilize the environment through your awareness held within the inherent capacity of your Starseed DNA. Focus on your inner reality and declare your intention.
Starseeds :Make your Daily Declaration of Intention to resolve the authority problem between your Ego And God Source.
“My declaration of intention is to serve my Source. I commit to serve my highest power, fully completely and totally. I am God, I am Sovereign, I am Free!”
{ I KNOW THAT THIS WILL HELP FURTHER YOUR AWAKENING !!
GOD BLESS YOU ALL AND I WILL SEE YOU FOR THE NEXT REALITY SHIFT!} ~~~ Xaniel777
Send Ure comments (and jokes!!! PC and PG-R17 only, thanks) to george@ure.net
Ure writes :
Every once in a while, in our WuJo reports we come across items that just don’t seem to fit right and we get tips, some of which make sense, particularly about a ‘special’ way to modulate organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) in order to….er….adjust space-time a bit.
So what happens next month? New movie is coming out called Lunopolis...and if you want to have some fun, check out the trailer for it here.
Conspiracy types are abuzz with purported ‘new video’ which it claims show a mile-long spacecraft on the back side of the moon, but we’ll just hold back a bit on reaching conclusions, since CGI has reached such a high level of art.
All of which would be where it stopped, except for the matter of the Titov crater ‘square’ which has been circulating for a bit more than a year – video here.
A home science project for you: See if Google has ‘covered’ anything on the moon…that would be interesting, if you don’t have anything better to do at the moment. (I’m all loaded down with work, projects, thanks.)
One of our sources tells us that some new HD video of ‘spectacular ‘ backside of the Moon is out with that mile-long craft showing clearly, but I haven’t been able to find it yet. So, if you know where it is, please send along a link. source is good…
Meantime, I’m waiting for Lunopolis to hit – should be great fun with only one small nag: How much of it is fiction and how much is ‘real’…whatever that means anymore?
So we just sit waiting for the fake alien invasion to come along,
with a few clues about things from reading odd articles like this one…from Alexander Light’s ‘ Humans Are Free ‘
The two most important Alien Messages! [Decoded]
First posted by Alexander Light
WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 2011
1. The Chilbolton ‘Arecibo message’ Formation
(Paul Vigay article – additions and correlations by Alexander Light)
On Tuesday 21st August 2001 two new crop formations were reported near Chilbolton radio telescope in Hampshire, UK. Both were very impressive looking and consisted of a large number of small ‘pixels’, which when viewed from the air formed a recognisable shape – unlike many other crop formations.
One represented a ‘human face’ and the other resembled a radio transmission that SETI (the Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence) sent from the Arecibo radio telescope in 1974. This latter formation will be examined in this article, in which I hope to not only describe and explain the original transmission, but also to examine and decode a number of significant changes occurring in the crop formation.
After speaking to witnesses, it would appear that the ‘Arecibo’ formation was created on August 20th. Although I could roughly make out the binary pattern of the formation from aerial photographs, some aspects were not quite clear enough to discern individual ‘digits’. Therefore I visited both formations myself (they are about 200m apart in the same field) on Saturday 25th August 2001.
The Arecibo message
First, I will give some background to the original message sent from Arecibo, back in 1974.
Arecibo is on the northern coast of Puerto Rico and contains a natural disc-shaped hole in the rock. Inside this bowl was constructed the world’s largest radio-telescope, with a diameter of 1000 feet.
In 1974 a number of modifications had been carried out to the transmitter, enabling it to broadcast signals at a power of up to 20 terawatts (1 terawatt = 1 trillion watts) and as an inaugural test of these improvements it was decided by SETI to transmit an encoded message to the heavens. This signal was aimed towards the globular star cluster M13, some 25,000 light years away and consisting of some 300,000 stars in the constellation of Hercules.
The message was actually transmitted on November 16th 1974 and consisted of 1679 pulses of binary code (0′s and 1′s) – which took a little under three minutes to transmit. It was transmitted on a frequency of 2380MHz (which is significant later).
Why 1679 digits?
The reason for this is down to mathematics. 1679 is the unique product of two prime numbers; 23 and 73. Any sufficiently intelligent lifeform would no doubt look for unique, universal constructs – such as prime numbers, chemical element frequencies and binary digits. Don’t forget that because we could be trying to communicate with an intelligence completely different to our own, we cannot talk in terms of ‘human’ systems, such as centimetres, feet, decimal numbers etc.
Because ONLY the two prime numbers 23 and 73, when multiplied together, produce 1679 there can only be a single way to arrange the signal, if you were converting it into a matrix grid – 23 squares by 73 squares.
The original binary code is shown in figure 1.
Binary coding
In order to fully understand the message encoded in the transmission, it’s essential to understand the binary code. This is actually much simpler than our base 10, decimal system. Whereas in base 10 we count from 1 to 9 and then carry 1 into the 10′s column and start again in the units column, until we’ve got 9 in the 10′s column and 9 in the units column. Then we have to carry 1 into the 100′s column and start again in the 10′s and units columns, and so on and so on.
In binary each column goes up in powers of 2, hence the columns are units, 2′s, 4′s, 8′s, 16′s etc. Because we can only deal in 1′s and 0′s, we rapidly move up through the columns – because as soon as we exceed 1 we carry into the next column. For an example of counting in binary, see the table bellow.
To go back to the original transmission of binary pulses (fig.1), by converting it into 23 columns of 73 rows we get the matrix shown in figure 2 (bellow):
You can now see a graphical pattern depicted by the 1′s and 0′s of the code. For clarity I’ve converted this into black squares (representing 1′s) and white (empty) squares (representing 0′s). You can see that viewing it like this, makes the actual message a lot clearer, as shown below, in figure 3 (bellow).
This is where a slight puzzle becomes visible. By performing the steps described above, the literal translation of the original pulses is on the left of figure 3. However, the image printed in a couple of my books is that shown on the right of figure 3. This is an exact left-right mirror image of my decoding. I suspect that this is possibly an error which went un-noticed when the book went to print – although I have checked two books which both depict the same pattern as shown on the right of figure 3.
The pattern which occurred in the Chilbolton crop field, is the same image as shown in the books (ie. the one on the right of fig.3 and the mirror image of the original decoding). This could imply thatIFsomeone hoaxed the formation, they copied the incorrect pattern printed in a book. Alternatively, I may have converted the original pulses by mapping left to right when converting into a 23×73 grid, instead of going from right to left – which personally doesn’t seem correct to my interpretation of the original binary sequence.
If anyone can explain this discrepancy, I would love to hear your comments. However, for the purposes of the rest of this article I shall refer to the pattern physically laid in the crop field. The results are the same because the actual code remains unchanged irrespective of whether it’s the original or a mirror image anyway – as the binary coding remains unaltered.
Decoding the original message
The original message was comprised of several ‘sections’, each depicting a particular aspect of ‘our civilisation’. At the top are binary representations of the numbers one through to ten, interestingly showing the numbers eight, nine and ten as two columns. This shows anyone decoding the message that we can specify that numbers too large to be written on a single line can be ‘carried over’.
The next section contains the binary values 1,6,7,8 and 15 which indicate the atomic numbers of the primary elements for life on Earth; Hydrogen, Carbon, Nitrogen, Oxygen and Phosphorus respectively.
The larger section of three rows, represents the formulas for the sugars and bases in the nucleotides of DNA. Beneath this is a graphical representation of our DNA ‘double helix’ either side of a ‘straight vertical bar’ which indicates the number of nucleotides in DNA.
Directly below the DNA double helix is a small representation of us – humans – with a body and two arms and two legs (like a little stick man). On the left is a binary value of the population of Earth. This can be calculated as roughly 4.29 billion, which is roughly the population of the world, back in 1974. On the right of the humanoid form is a binary code for the height of humans.
Because we cannot communicate in ‘human’ measurements (such as feet and inches) the height is represented in ‘wavelength units’. As mentioned earlier, the actual message was transmitted on 2380MHz. To convert this into a wavelength we divide into 300, to obtain a wavelength in metres. 300/2380 = 0.12605042m = 12.6cm. This is our ‘wavelength unit’.
From the code for the height of a human, we can see that the value is 1110 in binary, or 14 in decimal. If we multiply 14 by our wavelength unit (12.6) we get 176.4cm, or roughly 5’9″ – the average height of humans.
The next section is a simplified representation of our Solar System – where we live. It shows the sun and nine planets, roughly representative of size. By moving the third planet up slightly it highlights that something is significant about the third planet from the sun – Earth.
The last section depicts the origin of the message itself – the Arecibo radio telescope, which is the curved structure. Underneath this, as the last two lines of the message, is another binary number. This time it’s 100101111110 (split onto two lines in the centre) and equates to 2430 in decimal. Again, using our universal ‘wavelength units’ we get 2430*12.6cm which is 30618cm – or approx 1000′, the diameter of the Arecibo radio dish.
Differences between the message sent in 1974 and the one received in 2001
(Left: what we sent in 1974 / Right: what we received in 2001)
What’s different in the Crop Formation?
After extensive analysis I have discovered nine major discrepancies between what we see in the crop field at Chilbolton and the original message that we transmitted to the stars in 1974. I shall leave any interpretation until later, but for now just highlight the differences. The exact detail of these changes couldn’t be confirmed until I actually visited the formation on the ground, in order to accurately check the binary code – reading flattened crop as a 0 and standing crop squares as 1′s.
Rather than point out the differences in order of importance or anything, I shall merely start at the top of the pattern and work downwards.
The numbers 1 to 10 appear exactly the same in the formation.
However the atomic numbers indicating the prevalent elements making up life on Earth, has an additional value inserted into the binary sequence. This is precisely added in the correct location, and in the original binary code (therefore it can’t be a mistake). Decoding from the crop formation, this additional element has an atomic number of 14 = Silicon.
Moving down, the next change is an obvious one – consisting of an extra strand on the left side of the DNA double-helix. Another, less obvious, change is in the binary coding of the number of nucleotides in DNA itself (in the center). If you look in the diagram above, I’ve highlighted the changes more accurately on the right, by using red squares and outlines to indicate which ‘digits’ have been changed in the crop formation.
There are quite significant changes to the shape of the humanoid, which becomes almost ‘alien-like’ and to the diagram of the Arecibo dish. For clarity, I’ve not bothered going over these in red because the differences are easily apparent.
Either side of what is now an ET, there are changes to both the ‘population’ figure and also the height value. The latter is now 1000 in binary, or 8. If we multiply this by the original ‘wavelength unit’ we get 8*12.6cm = 100.8cm which is roughly 3’4″ – interesting, because this would correlate with ET witness accounts.
Below this we notice additional changes to the Solar System chart. The third planet from the sun is not the only one ‘highlighted’ now. The fourth and fifth are as well. The fifth even appears to be emphasised even more, with three additional ‘pixels’.
Lastly, what was representative of the Arecibo transmitter in the original message is even more cryptic and would imply a diagrammatic version of the formation which appeared in the same field at Chilbolton last year, in 2000. This can be viewed in my database, reference uk2000ee.
The binary code for the size of the transmitter is also altered. I’ll leave the reader to work out the new value. (Paul Vigay & Alexander Light)
What does it all mean?
Almost exactly one year prior to this message, in the same crop, we received this formation:
This is clearly a representation of their “telescope”, as depicted in the 2001 message.
2. Gray Extraterrestrial holding a disc
Sparsholt, Hampshire, England. August 21st, 2002.
The message within the disk was deciphered using the standard 8 bit binary code known as ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange). The cipher starts at the center of the disk and spirals outward counter-clockwise, this is also the same read pattern that a compact disc or DVD uses.
Example of how lasers read CDs/DVDs:
Decoding the Message:
One more example:
The Message Translated:
The empty spaces represent the binary number of ZERO and the blocks represent the binary number ONE. Using this cipher we get the following message:
“Beware the bearers of false gifts and their broken promises.
Much pain, but still time. Believe there is good out there.
We oppose deception. Conduit closing. 0×07″
The binary code of 0×07 at the end of the message would produced a bell sound similar to that of an old typewriter / bell sound (Example: DING!).
Exact Construction:
(A) Beware the bearers of FALSE gifts & their BROKEN PROMISES.
(B) Much PAIN but still time.BELIEVE.
(C) There is GOOD out there.We OPpose DECEPTION.
Conduit CLOSING (Ding!)
Is this a friendly message from benevolent beings?
The message sounds friendly enough and is just want we want to hear. But I think this is a deception, and you will see why.
Those who study or already are in contact with extraterrestrials (or benevolent beings), know that our Government collaborates with a malevolent specie of grays which we know as Zeta Reticulans or Reticulans (because they inhabit a binary solar system known as Zeta Reticuli).
(Zeta Reticuli Stars seen in Google Sky 2011, showing a picture from 2007)
The Reticulans and the Alpha Draconians (Reptilians) have been in contact with our Governments for a long time. The Reticulans are responsible for all the abductions and mutilations (both human and animal), while the Reptilians are those behind our leaders. They are using our Governments to control and enslave our race.
If you are familiar with my articles, you know that almost all my history lessons lead back to the Reptilians and two constellations: The Pleiades and Orion’s Belt. The Illuminati always worshiped The Orion’s Belt. Actually they are obsessed with it.
(The Orion’s Belt is composed of 3 Stars. Two of them are aligned, while the third is a little offset. Image from Google Sky 2011, showing a picture from 2007).
Now back to our crop formation picture:
Notice anything strange? How about the three Stars behind the Alien? They look like Orion’s belt, but do they match it’s alignment?
As you can see it’s a perfect match. But what does this mean? Are the alien visitors positive beings from/around the Orion Constellation or is this a malevolent trademark?
It’s not easy to draw a safe conclusion, but my instinct says this is another deception. Why would a benevolent specie want to connect a peaceful message to Orion’s Belt?
The elites know it is just a matter of time until they will have to disclose the existence of extraterrestrials. But they have one more trick in their sleeves! They plan to present those who enslaved us for generations, as our saviors: the Reticulans and the Reptilians. The greatest killers and deceivers are always presented as heroes, while the real heroes die in obscurity. Exactly the same will happen regarding the alien beings. Our enslavers will be presented as heroes, while the benevolent beings will be presented as our enemies.
Few years ago an ancient painting was found in a cave in Uzbekistan:
A flying disc is clearly noticeable and bellow it an extraterrestrial being. The ET walks on a black & white floor, one of the most prominent Illuminati signs. In the foreground we can see an astronaut with broken helmet (or some kind of beast?). The astronaut/beast is holding a similar disc in his left hand. Maybe the painter had a vision about the upcoming events? Is the cave painting presenting an apocalyptic scenario?
If the character in the foreground is an astronaut with a broken helmet, then his head is being sucked out through the hole. May this represent a planet without an atmosphere? The ET in the background also seems to be wearing some kind of helmet.
We can also see sings of destruction and a large planet in the sky (about three times bigger than the Sun).
Only time will tell the truth. In the meanwhile, please be careful what you believe!
Stay balanced and loving and you will always find the true path.
What followed is a very important piece that they were sharing with friends in FaceBook and that I would like to share with the rest of the world. It has been out there a while, but I am
sure there are many people not aware of it.
Read it carefully and study the powerful message it holds. Once you have gained an understanding of what it is saying, then you will know in your Heart, that there really isn’t anything
to fear. We will experience reality shifting and blending.
The message is an introduction to the ascension that we are moving forward into.
Although many may disagree, I truly believe that we are living in very exciting times! And I really hope that you, like myself, are very, very happy to be able to wittiness these coming
” The story of the Blue Kachina is a very old story, very old. I have been aware of the story of the Blue Kachina since I was very young. I was told this story by grandfathers who are now between 80 and 108 years of age. Frank Waters also wrote about Saquasohuh, the Blue Star Kachina in The Book of the Hopi, The story came from Grandfather Dan, Oldest Hopi “It was told to me that first the Blue Kachina would start to be seen at the dances, and would make his appearance known to the children in the plaza during the night dance. This event would tell us that the end times are very near.
Then the Blue Star Kachina would physically appear in our heavens which would mean that we were in the end times. “In the Final days we will look up in our heavens and we will witness the return of the two brothers who helped create this world in the birthing time. Poganghoya is the guardian of our North Pole and his Brother Palongawhoya is the guardian of the South pole. In the final days the Blue Star Katchina will come to be with his nephews and they will return the Earth to its natural rotation. “
This fact is evidenced in many petraglyphs that speak of the Zodiac, and within the Mayan and Egyptian pyramids. The rotation of the Earth has been manipulated by not so benevolent Star beings . The twins will be seen in our North Western skies. They will come and visit to see who still remembered the original teachings flying in their Patuwvotas, or flying shields. They will bring many of their star family with them in the final days.
“The return of the Blue Star Katchina who is also known as Nan ga sohu will be the alarm clock that tells us of the new day and new way of life, a new world that is coming. This is where the changes will begin. They will start as fires that burn within us, and we will burn up with desires and conflict if we do not remember the original teachings, and return to the peaceful way of life. “
Not far behind the twins will come the Purifier The Red Katchina, who will bring the Day of Purification. On this day the Earth, her creatures and all life as we know it will change forever. There will be messengers that will precede this coming of the Purifier. They will leave messages to those on Earth who remember the old ways. ” The messages will be found written in the living stone, through the sacred grains, and even the waters. ( Crop Circles have been found in ice)From the Purifier will issue forth a great Red Light. All things will change in their manner of being. Every living thing will be offered the opportunity to change from the largest to the smallest thing. “
” Those who return to the ways given to us in the original teachings, and live a natural way of life will not be touched by the coming of the Purifier. They will survive and build the new world. Only in the ancient teachings will the ability to understand the messages be found. “
It is important to understand that these messages will be found upon every living thing, even within our bodies, even within a drop of our blood. All life forms will receive the messages from the twins.. those that fly, the plants, even the rabbit. The appearance of the twins begins a period of seven years will be our final opportunity to change our ways. Everything we experience is all a mater of choice.
“Many will appear to have lost their souls in these final days. So intense will the nature of the changes be that those who are weak in spiritual awareness will go insane, for we are nothing without spirit. They will disappear, for they are just hollow vessels for any thing to use. Life will be so bad in the cities that many will choose to leave this plane. Some in whole groups. “
Only those who return to the values of the old ways will be able to find peace of mind. For in the Earth we shall find relief from the madness that will be all around us. It will be a very hard time for women with children for they will be shunned, and many of the children in these times will be unnatural. Some being from the Stars some from past worlds, some will even be created by man in an unnatural manner and will be souless. Many of people in this time will be empty in Spirit they will have Sampacu. No life force in their eyes.
“As we get close to the time of arrival the Purifier there will be those who walk as ghosts through the cities, through canyons they will have constructed in their man made mountains. Those that walk through these places will be very heavy in their walk, it will appear almost painful as they take each step for they will be disconnected from their spirit and the Earth. “
After the arrival of the twins, they will begin to vanish before your eyes like so muck smoke. Others will have great deformities, both in the mind and upon their bodies. There will be those who would walk in the body that are not from this reality, for many of the gateways that once protected us will be opened, there will be much confusion. Confusion between sexes, and children and their elders.
“Life will get very perverted, and there will be little social order, in these times Many will ask for the mountains themselves to fall upon them just to end their misery. Still others will appear as if untouched by what is occurring.The ones who remember the original teachings and have reconnected their hearts and spirit. Those who remember who their mother and father is. The Pahana who have left to live in the Mountains and forest.When the Purifier comes we will see him first as a small Red Star which will come very close and sit in our heavens watching us. Watching us to see how well we have remembered the sacred teachings. “
This Purifier will show us many miraculous signs in our heavens In this way we will know Creator is not a dream. Even those who do not feel their connection to spirit will see the face of creator across the sky. Things unseen will be felt very strongly.
” Many things will begin to occur that will not make sense, for reality will be shifting back in and out of the dream state. There will be many doorways to the lower world that will open at this time. Things long forgotten will come back to remind us of our past creations. All living things will want to be present for this day when time ends, and we enter the forever cycle of the Fifth World. “
We will receive many warnings allowing us to change our ways from below the Earth as well as above. Then one morning in a moment. We will awaken to the Red Dawn. The sky will be the color of blood, many things will then begin to happen that right now we are nor sure of their exact nature. For much of reality will not be as it is now.
“There will be many strange beasts upon the Earth in those days, some from the past and some that we have never seen. The nature of mankind will appear strange in these times we walk between worlds and we will house many spirits even within our bodies.”
After a time we will again walk with our brothers from the Stars, and rebuild this Earth But not until the Purifier has left his mark upon the universe.
“No thing living will go untouched, here or in the heavens. The way through this time it is said is to be found in our hearts, and reuniting with our spiritual self. Getting simple and returning to living with and upon the Earth and in harmony with her creatures. Remembering that we are the caretakers, the fire keepers of the Spirit. Our relatives from the Stars are coming home to see how well we have faired in our journey.”
God Bless you all and I will see you for the next Reality Shift !! ~~~Xaniel777
The Akashic Records are a universal filing system which record every occurring thought, word, and action: a collection of mystical knowledge stored in the etheric levels. The vibrational records of each individual soul and its journey are contained here, making it a profound spiritual resource for consciousness development and expanded spiritual awareness.
The Records have been recognized as a reservoir of useful insight, guidance, wisdom and healing information from the past, present and future. More recently, many find working in the Records amplifies their efforts in other systems and disciplines including counseling, body work, hands-on energy work, art, and even business. Both the compassion and counsel of the soul are revealed through the Akashic Records, illuminating truths and solutions to present-day challenges.
The Records are governed by the Three Absolutes: Fear Not, Resist Not, and Judge Not. This makes for a very safe and loving and also encouraging environment.
Who is Linda Howe?
Linda Howe is the founder and director of the Center for Akashic Studies. She is an inspirational author, gifted teacher and the leading expert in the field of Akashic Studies. She specializes in the use of the Akashic Records for personal empowerment and consciousness development.
Her breakthrough book, How to Read the Akashic Records (Sounds True, 2009), provides clear instructions for learning how to use this rich spiritual treasury.
A beloved teacher, Linda Howe is known for making spiritual ideas readily understandable and useful in the daily lives of her students, enabling them to experience the growth and transformation they seek. Since 1996, Linda has successfully taught thousands of people to work in the Records as a spiritual practice.
What do the Akashic Records say about 2012?
By Linda Howe
When we speak of 2012, to what are we referring?
December 21, 2012 is the final date at the end of the Mayan Calendar, the Long Cycle. Every quarter of this Long Cycle Calendar has been marked by a dramatic shift in the planet itself, in the form of floods and earthquakes. As we approach the calendar date of 12.21.2012, we are under the influence of the energies converging to facilitate a significant transformation. There is some speculation that it is the end of the world. It may well be the end of the world as we know it. The I Ching also recognizes the significance of this date as a time of great change. Edgar Cayce, the “sleeping prophet,” of the 20th century United States, saw this time from the perspective of the Akashic Records. He saw this time as one where the magnetic poles of the planet would change.
We do not know the exact form this revolution will take. We do see that we are already being influenced by the acceleration of time, the intensification of internal urging to grow and change and the external disturbances in the status quo. Even if we do not subscribe to ancient ideas or spiritual prophecy, it is hard to ignore the fact that life as we have known it for the past few hundred centuries is already changing.There have been many times throughout history of radical change and transformation. These range from the discovery of the wheel, the mastery of fire, the codification of laws, the steam engine, the printing stage of consciousness of humanity, “as within, so without.” Human beings are self-aware and as we become conscious of ourselves at increasingly deeper levels and as out relationships with our inner selves expand, we see corresponding growth and development in the world around us. One of the major purposes of life on the earth plane is to see the Divine Presence in physical form. We are challenged to experience the demonstration, the manifestation of the essence of the Divine through the physical.
There are a few matters significant about this 2012 transformation.
Because of our sophisticated communication and information technologies, this age shift will be known by many, shared by many. It is the most conscious, aware age shift ever. More people know about it, observing and participating. This is radical and is the most inclusive and diverse age change yet.The inclusive, democratic nature of the internet, TV and other forms of electronic communication is an expression of the awareness of humanity for itself as a group. This is not a shift for an exclusive, elitist group of white men. Hardly. This is a change for everyone present on the planet; including women and racial minorities….all really does mean all.
This suggests that we as humans are now aware that we are here on the planet with others. Although we may be naturally self-centered, we recognize that we are not here alone and are interdependent with others.What is most significant is that we are challenged to examine ancient understandings, all old ideas and assumptions we have considered sacred, immutable truths. In this transition, we in the Western culture are being given the opportunity to explore the foundation principles of the Judeo-Christian tradition which has formed and governed the growth of our consciousness for the past 2500 years. Some of the most basic notions, like “God is good and people are bad,” or “God punishes the bad guys,” “God is on our side but not our enemies side,” or “God wants us to suffer,” or “God will love us if we are good,” (but not if we are bad.) All of these and more are up for review.
We actually have the opportunity to step away from the degrading aspects of these traditions and can make conscious, deliberate choices about what we know to be true from our own experiences. There are two parts to this. One is that for the first time in about 2500 years, our cultural assumptions do not have to be rooted in ideas that are demeaning, limiting and untrue. This is the essence of the “New Age.” It really is a “new age.” It is a new age of self-awareness, of knowing the truth of who we are and a new age of knowing the essential truth of others as well.
It is also outrageous that this is the first time in history where the change is organic at a global level. This shift is occurring within individual of all classes, socio-economic groups, races and genders. It is moving from within individuals out into the world. This is not the result of a papal edict, a military victory or a political coup.
No, this is the time of each individual recognizing their own identity as an expression of the essential Divine and the same for all others. This is a time of personal responsibility and personal authority, of becoming aware of oneself as the choice maker of our experience.
As a student and teacher of the Akashic Records as a spiritual resource for empowerment and consciousness development, I encourage learning how to work in your own Records and those of others to support your navigation of this amazing time. We are in a time of liberation from the limiting aspects of religions. Religions were originally set up as external organizations, practices and structures through which we humans hoped to experience the Divine reality, and avoid ostracisms. In contrast, the Akashic Record is an internal beam of light through which individual people can access the Divine Presence. The Akashic Record is the perfect resource for our time.
The imperative of the 2012 transformation is that individuals find a way to be in conscious contact with the Divine. Through this conscious relationship with the essence of Life, each will transform according to their own needs, for their own good and the subsequent good of all. It is a curious thing that we have great attention on this time period as a time of collective change. That is true. The collective change is a result of a sea of individuals transforming internally, then, this huge collection of transformed individuals form the collective. Nothing will happen to “the collective” as a group. This is also another radical departure from the past ways of change. This is from the inside out, one individual after another, after another, rather than imposed from above or outside by an outer force, imposed upon the group…..the collective no longer seen as a blob but the congregation of individual persons that it is.
It looks to me that we are moving toward one world religion….known for inclusion and diversity. Free from the fearful degrading ideas of the past. This time is the passage away from isolation to cohesion without coercion, from addiction to the illusion of separation to harmony with the reality of our oneness with the divine and one another.
I believe that any system, method or way that supports you in the experience of the divine reality is the ticket for our times. We are leaving the age of knowing about god and moving into the age of knowing god. This requires examining our own ideas of god, putting them to the test….is this a god worth trusting, letting go of the nonsense, moving beyond the limiting beliefs our tribal leaders put in place to keep us in place. This is the time to actively seek the face of god in your day, put god to the test, demand to see the life of god, not santa claus, but god. Look. Challenge. If your god is too fragile for your challenges, fire that god and get another.
The more each of us has direct experience of divine life, the easier it is to let go and release the lesser parts of ourselves. When we have a sense of the certainty of god and love, we can do anything. In order to get to the age of outrageous possibility, we have to walk through the discovery of the reality of the divine.
The Akashic Record does not conflict with any religion, does not impose itself, does not coerce. The Akashic Record is a spiritual resource that allows, it is a dimension of consciousness, and it’s a sanctuary, a safe place to be as you allow yourself to know your true nature more than ever.
We see in this transition that each of us is responsible for our own experience. Other people can support and encourage us, but we can only go to that place within on our own. We support and encourage others knowing that they will go there as well. We can be there for each other not because we are spiritual cripples propping one another up through life. Rather we can really be available to each other because we do have the potential to know the divine truth within ourselves and to see it in others.
As we do this we will naturally express our magnificence, naturally live in peace with others naturally contribute to the well being of others. When we touch the divine experience our heart, and minds will transform from fearful clinging to books of rules and regulations for behavior to the generous, gracious adults we are designed to be. The Akashic Record is the space of judge not, resist not, fear not. It is the space of unconditional regard. The space holds us as we release the negative myths about ourselves and others and grow.
Into the amazing truth of who we are.
This is the Great Opportunity of 2012.
The Center for Akashic Studies is now taking applications for Advanced 2011 Class of Advanced Akashic Records Practitioners and Teachers.Please click here for details.
I HAVE NO DOUBT THAT THIS WILL HELP YOU GREATLY ! GOD BLESS YOU ALL AND I WILL SEE YOU FOR THE NEXT REALITY SHIFT. ~~~ XANIEL777
Qunatumn Physics is confirming what the sages,Yogis and Seers and Metaphysicians have been saying for over a millenia. Reality is an illusion, a projection from our collective being. Fred Allen Wolf, Geg Bradden, Bill Hicks, David Icke and more…
Energy is not continuous, but comes in small but discrete units. 1
The elementary particles behave both like particles and like waves. 2
The movement of these particles is inherently random. 3
It is physically impossible to know both the position and the momentum of a particle at the same time. The more precisely one is known, the less precise the measurement of the other is.4
The atomic world is nothing like the world we live in. 5
There is a new branch of science called Super String Theory or M Theory, which is further demonstrating that the material universe is just an illusion. Every atom and particle is not solid but made up of what theorectical physicists call strings of vibrational energy and they are so small that if an atom is the size of the Solar system, each one of the strings that make it up would be anywhere from the size of a tree on Earth or the size of an atom compared to the size of the atom, which has been extrapolated to the size of the Solar System. If there is no solidity whatsoever then it is easy to understand how the entire universe can expand from the point of the Big Bang.
In former times scientists thought that light consists of waves and that electrons, neutrons and protons are particles. But Scientists have discovered that sometimes light has got a wave character and sometimes light has got a particle character but not only light also the other particles which I mentioned sometimes have got a wave character. There is an experiment which shows that light can have a particle character. For this experiment we need a metal plate. When we irradiate this metal plate with light it can happen that some of the electrons of some atoms will leave their atomic shell. But when no electron leaves the atomic shell a classical physicist would say that the intensity is to low and what we need a stronger light source or that we must give the light nearer to the metal plate. But this would not help, because light consists of photons and when we have got a higher intensity there are more photons which bombard the electrons, but one electron can only absorb one photon. This means that the energy of the photon is responsible, wheather an electron leaves his atomic shell or not. The electrons are holded by the positive charged atomic nucleus and so they need a certain energy to break out. So we need radiation with a shorter wavelength to give the electrons enough energy. If the wavelength is shorter the energy and the frequency are higher. Which wavelength do we need depends on the atoms. Simple light is to little so that we need ultraviolet light for example. All this is called photoelectric effect. The best possibility to make this experiment is with an electroscope. There is also an experiment which show us that electrons can have a wave character. It is the double gap experiment which I will describe later, because he is the most important experiment for quantum physics and the consequences of him might change your conception of the world.
God Bless you all and I will see you for the next Reality Shift ! ~~~Xaniel777
from Illuminati News loaded by adam3176 on March 7, 2011
March 29, 2011
Uploaded by adam3176 on Mar 7, 2011
Secret Goals The Secret Covenant of the Illuminati .. Copy and repost. OR Download.. I dont care. get people to wake up
We are either going to come out of this free and alive. OR we all shall End up Like the people in germany in the 1930′s..
because im telling you for sure that people saw some of the truth back then.. And wrote it off.. MILLIONS DIED. The global awakening thats going on is Just a level of awareness to the real powers of the globe. this is Not religious. this is not Spirital. well in a way it could be i guess. But if you dont wake up to the true plans of the depopulation of the planet set by the rothschilds and the Committee of 300. And you dont take this seriously. We will burn at the stake. because they have warned us and gave us many clues. And people still pass them off. trust your MIND.
Many Sites have the text Copy Of this Covenant. here is a copy..
http://www.illuminati-news.com/Articles/149.html , or see it below
The Secret Covenant of the JewishSecret Society Known As the Order of the Illuminati
Issued under the supreme authority of the Jewish Bograh and sanctioned by the Jewish Rothschild Dynasty (Europe) and the Jewish Rockefeller Dynasty (USA)
And heed our word, so mote it be.
THE SECRET COVENANT :
An illusion it will be, so large, so vast it will escape their perception.
Those who will see it will be thought of as insane.
We will create separate fronts to prevent them from seeing the connection between us.
We will behave as if we are not connected to keep the illusion alive. Our goal will be accomplished one drop at a time so as to never bring suspicion upon ourselves. This will also prevent them from seeing the changes as they occur.
We will always stand above the relative field of their experience for we know the secrets of the absolute.
We will work together always and will remain bound by blood and secrecy. Death will come to he who speaks.
We will keep their lifespan short and their minds weak while pretending to do the opposite.
We will use our knowledge of science and technology in subtle ways so they will never see what is happening.
We will use soft metals, ageing accelerators and sedatives in food and water, also in the air.
They will be blanketed by poisons everywhere they turn.
The soft metals will cause them to lose their minds. We will promise to find a cure from our many fronts, yet we will feed them more poison.
The poisons will be absorbed through their skin and mouths, they will destroy their minds and reproductive systems.
From all this, their children will be born dead, and we will conceal this information.
The poisons will be hidden in everything that surrounds them, in what they drink, eat, breathe and wear.
We must be ingenious in dispensing the poisons for they can see far.
We will teach them that the poisons are good, with fun images and musical tones.
Those they look up to will help. We will enlist them to push our poisons.
They will see our products being used in film and will grow accustomed to them and will never know
their true effect.
When they give birth we will inject poisons into the blood of their children and convince them it is for their help.
We will start early on, when their minds are young, we will target their children with what children love most, sweet things.
When their teeth decay we will fill them with metals that will kill their mind and steal their future.
When their ability to learn has been affected, we will create medicine that will make them sicker and cause other diseases for which we will create yet more medicine.
We will render them docile and weak before us by our power.
They will grow depressed, slow and obese, and when they come to us for help, we will give them more poison.
We will focus their attention toward money and material goods so they many never connect with their inner self. We will distract them with fornication, external pleasures and games so they may never be one with the oneness of it all.
Their minds will belong to us and they will do as we say. If they refuse we shall find ways to implement mind-altering technology into their lives. We will use fear as our weapon.
We will establish their governments and establish opposites within. We will own both sides.
We will always hide our objective but carry out our plan.
They will perform the labour for us and we shall prosper from their toil.
Our families will never mix with theirs. Our blood must be pure always, for it is the way.
We will make them kill each other when it suits us.
We will keep them separated from the oneness by dogma and religion.
We will control all aspects of their lives and tell them what to think and how.
We will guide them kindly and gently letting them think they are guiding themselves.
We will foment animosity between them through our factions.
When a light shall shine among them, we shall extinguish it by ridicule, or death, whichever suits us best.
We will make them rip each other’s hearts apart and kill their own children.
We will accomplish this by using hate as our ally, anger as our friend.
The hate will blind them totally, and never shall they see that from their conflicts we emerge as their rulers. They will be busy killing each other.
They will bathe in their own blood and kill their neighbours for as long as we see fit.
We will benefit greatly from this, for they will not see us, for they cannot see us.
We will continue to prosper from their wars and their deaths.
We shall repeat this over and over until our ultimate goal is accomplished.
We will continue to make them live in fear and anger though images and sounds.
We will use all the tools we have to accomplish this.
The tools will be provided by their labour.
We will make them hate themselves and their neighbours.
We will always hide the divine truth from them, that we are all one. This they must never know!
They must never know that colour is an illusion, they must always think they are not equal.
Drop by drop, drop by drop we will advance our goal.
We will take over their land, resources and wealth to exercise total control over them.
We will deceive them into accepting laws that will steal the little freedom they will have.
We will establish a money system that will imprison them forever, keeping them and their children in debt.
When they shall band together, we shall accuse them of crimes and present a different story to the world for we shall own all the media.
We will use our media to control the flow of information and their sentiment in our favour.
When they shall rise up against us we will crush them like insects, for they are less than that.
They will be helpless to do anything for they will have no weapons.
We will recruit some of their own to carry out our plans, we will promise them eternal life, but eternal life they will never have for they are not of us.
The recruits will be called “initiates” and will be indoctrinated to believe false rites of passage to higher realms. Members of these groups will think they are one with us never knowing the truth. They must never learn this truth for they will turn against us.
For their work they will be rewarded with earthly things and great titles, but never will they become immortal and join us, never will they receive the light and travel the stars. They will never reach the higher realms, for the killing of their own kind will prevent passage to the realm of enlightenment. This they will never know.
The truth will be hidden in their face, so close they will not be able to focus on it until its too late.
Oh yes, so grand the illusion of freedom will be, that they will never know they are our slaves.
When all is in place, the reality we will have created for them will own them. This reality will be their prison. They will live in self-delusion.
When our goal is accomplished a new era of domination will begin.
Their minds will be bound by their beliefs, the beliefs we have established from time immemorial.
But if they ever find out they are our equal, we shall perish then. THIS THEY MUST NEVER KNOW.
If they ever find out that together they can vanquish us, they will take action.
They must never, ever find out what we have done, for if they do, we shall have no place to run, for it will be easy to see who we are once the veil has fallen. Our actions will have revealed who we are and they will hunt us down and no person shall give us shelter.
This is the secret covenant by which we shall live the rest of our present and future lives, for this reality will transcend many generations and life spans.
This covenant is sealed by blood, our blood. We, the ones who from heaven to earth came.
This covenant must NEVER, EVER be known to exist. It must NEVER, EVER be written or spoken of for if it is, the consciousness it will spawn will release the fury of the PRIME CREATOR upon us and we shall be cast to the depths from whence we came and remain there until the end time of infinity itself.
To begin with, I am already aware that many will judge me harshly for this Declaration, but for many others ( with an open mind ), this may very well be your day of enlightenment. However, for the rest of you, it will just be something to remember until you don’t!
A lot of you may already be asking, “ Why do you considerate it so important to make such a Declaration in the first place? “ And my answer would be, ” So we don’t make the mistake of enslaving ourselves again. Or, and most importantly, becoming a continuing food source for the same so-called Masters of this World or for a newer but more ascended life form! “
Allow me to point out, before we go further, the amount of people who go missing in our world is at an alarming rate. Some of these missing people disappear because they choose to,
others disappear at the hands of the criminal elements, but shockingly enough most of these missing persons disappear with the help of humans of this world on behalf of
their Illuminati/ Draconian masters, the Anunnaki! For what reasons you ask, “ TO BE EATEN, EXPERIMENTED ON OR JUST PLAIN KILLED !! “
Do you think I’m kidding? Trust me when I say I’m not ! And while your debating on whether I’m truly crazy or not, take the time to examine this from Proyecto Secreto – Missing Persons at : http://www.alerta2012.page.tl/MISSING-PEOPLE.htm
{ SPECIAL NOTE : I do not know how reliable this source is as I do not know much about them. But it will give you and idea of what I’m saying.}~~Xaniel777
“THE MILLIONS OF MISSING PEOPLE IN THE WHOLE WORLD FINISH IN THE UNDERGROUND BASES READY TO BE EATEN, EXPERIMENTED OR KILLED”.PLEASE SEND THIS PAGE TO ALL PEOPLE WITH A MISSING RELATIVE & TO ALL PAGES FOR MISSING PEOPLE.NOTE: THERE’S A NOTIFICATION AT THE END OF “HUMANSMUTILATED LABORATORY” TO IDENTIFY 50 BODIES AND SOME HEADS. PLEASE OBSERVE THAT ON THE ADVERTS OF POLICE FOR MISSING PEOPLE THEY NEVER PUT THE RELATIVES PHONE, JUST THE POLICE PHONES, DON´T LET THE POLICE DO THAT. YOU MUST OBLIGATE THEM TO PUT YOUR PHONE TOO. OTHERWISE YOU’LL NEVER FIND A MISSING PERSON IN CASE OTHER PEOPLE SEE SOMETHING.
WE JUST PUT SOME VIDEOS BECAUSE THERE ARE PLENTY OF THEM.
IN THE NEXT VIDEOS YOU’LL SEE ABDUCTED AND MISSING PEOPLE THE END OF MOST OF THEM FINISH AS FOOD FOR THE ALIENS, ELITE AND PRESIDENTS.SOME OTHERS ARE EXPERIMENTED AND OTHERS ARE WAITING TURN IN UNDERGROUND BASES. BECAUSE OF THE TREATY ”HUMANS FOR TECHNOLO GY”
CHILDREN VICTIMS OF THE TREATY “HUMANS FOR TECHNOLOGY” AND FOR THE MIND & SEXUAL DISORDERS OF THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
EACH ONE OF THESE 3 KIDNAPPED CHILDREN HAD DIFFERENT END IN UNDERGROUND BASES IN UK. ALL OF THEM WERE SEXUALY ABUSED FOR POLITICIANS FROM UK AND FROM SPAIN. AFTER THAT MANY CHILDREN ARE KILLED IN HUMAN SACRIFICES AND EATEN OR MUTILATED.
IN MEXICO THE CRIMINAL VICENTE FOX HAD THIS KIND OF MIND AND SEXUAL DESVIATIONS HE ABUSED A LOT OF CHILDREN IN HIS HOTEL “PRESIDENTE” IN IBIZA, SPAIN. AFTER THESE CRIMINALS USED THE CHILDREN IN UNDERGROUND BASES THEY EAT THEM, OR TAKE THEIR BODY PARTS AND KILL THEM. AFTER THAT THEY GET NEW KIDNAPPED CHILDREN.
PEOPLE IN U.K. MUST LOOK FOR THE PARENTS OR RELATIVES OF THESE CHILDREN.
AFTER THAT, MANY OF THEM ARE USED FOR FOOD.
ONE DAY HUMAN FOOD
ND THE THOUSANDS OF PLASTIC COFFINS (see the section) ON THE BORDER WITH MEXICO ARE FOR THE BONES OF THE MISSING PEOPLE, EXPERIMENTED PEOPLE, HUMAN SACRIFICES.
1-APRIL-2010
ANOTHER PROOF OF MUTILATED PEOPLE THE NOTE IS FROM A NEWSPAPER IN ALBUQUERQUE .
KANSAS CITY.COM
Posted on Wed, Mar. 31, 2010 08:57 PM
New Mexico business owner questioned in body parts caseThe company has been linked to six heads and tubs of human body parts found inside a delivery truck at a Kansas City, Kan., medical waste facility.Paul Montano, the owner of Bio Care and the affiliated firm, The Learning Center, has not returned phone calls from The Kansas City Star.
“ALERT” IF YOU SEE SOMETHING LIKE THE FOLLOWING PICTURE JUST RUN, DON’T APPROACH, THESE ARE MOVIL PRISIONS TO TAKE YOU TO UNDERGROUND BASES AND BE PREPARED AS FOOD FOR THE ALIENS.
THESE ARE THE MOVIL PRISIONS from INSIDE, HERE THEY CAPTURE PEOPLE TO TAKE THEM UNDERGROUND.
Now you understand what the so-called Masters ( Anunnaki , or descendants of ), and their Illuminati ( better know as the Powers That Be/Were ) minions have been doing to our world now for a very, very long time.
But the good news is that their Rule and Deception over us is coming to a close. It can be seen even now in their most recent ditch efforts to cause revolts and fear world wide in the hopes that we will give up whatever is left of our freedoms ( those that they haven’t already taken ). They deliberately cause these major problems and then gladly offer solutions to those problems, but only if you give them complete and overall control so they can work their magick on your behalf.
The problem they have right now is, that far to many of us have awaken. And from that awakening comes the truth to awaken more and more people. The awakening was the very thing The Powers that Were feared most. Because with the awakening comes loss of control over the population of the world.
When their efforts to cause overwhelming trouble in the world backfires on them ( and it will ), they will be forced to try one last mind fearing technic that they have already been working on for some time. And they will try to use it against us if it becomes absolutely necessary to do so. At this point it will be necessary as they are becoming more than aware of.
And history will most likely remember it as being the Greatest False Flag, Fear Mongering, Propaganda scheme they have ever TRIED to pull. What is it you ask? Answer : Hostile
Alien Attack!
(NOT TO BE CONFUSED WITH THE ACTUAL ALIEN CONTACT COMING LATER ON AS WE MOVE CLOSER TO DECEMBER 21, 2012, which may also be an issue as I will soon explain) But first….
…it is necessary to point that The Powers That Were have been working hard to get our minds set for their False Flag Attack. Perhaps you have noticed their latest mind twisting tool in the form of the movie ‘ Battle Los Angeles ‘ And let’s not forget all the television shows that promote that same agenda. A couple of quick examples would be ‘ The Event ‘ and ‘ V ‘.
Now, you must also understand that they have a very big secret to help them with this False Flag Attack. And that would be their Secret Space Program that no one is supposed to know about. This Secret Space Program is already in orbit around our planet. And as Clif High of Half Past Human.com has said on more than one occasion, on a clear night, you can put on a pair of Generation Three Night Vision glasses and watch our Secret Space Program slugging it out with some unknown ships that are also in our orbit. According to Clif, it’s a very impressive show to watch. And just who are these our other life forms with ships in our orbit? Well, I’ll be getting to that shortly!
But first, in conclusion of The False Flag Attack that we all have to look forward to when they decide to spring it on us, let me add that whatever you do, DO NOT BE AFRAID. Just
realize, when it happens, that this is the very last desperate attempt of The Powers That Were to try and regain control of what they are losing, nothing more.
I truly wish I could say that they would the last of the Life Forms that want overall control as the Masters of our world, but at this time I can not. However, we can fix this, as I will point out to you a little later! For now, allow me to explain the other big threat we have to deal with.
They call themselves ‘ The Global Federation of Light ‘ ( I think it’s great how their name translates so well into our language, go figure. I wonder if they have a Counselor Troy? )
Anyway, back to what I was saying, they may or may not be a threat to us. And for any who have not yet heard about this group, let me give you some reference :
by djhollywoodaus on Feb 21, 2010
Galactic Federation of Light Disclosure to the World is Imminent. (First Contact is under way)
–
2012 Marks a Year of New transition of Earth and Humanity. Earth current Qurantine will end, and the Cosmos will open up. Coming from 3rd Dimension will be entering the 5th
Dimension.
Earth Solar System will meet a Inter Dimensional Portal that will fling us out of the current Photon Belt, that will take us up into the 5th Dimension, our solar system has
been scheduled to meet this Inter Dimensional Portal on 21st of December, 2012. It will take our Solar System 1-2 yrs to travel through until it reaches Sirius-Star Nation.
Before all this occurs the Mass Landings will take place.
The Galactic Federation of Light was founded over 4.5 million years ago to prevent inter-dimensional dark forces from dominating and exploiting this galaxy. At present, there
are just over 200,000 member star nations, confederations or unions. Approximately 40% are humanoids and the rest are varied forms of sentient beings. Most members of the
Galactic Federation of Light, may be landing upon Earth and begin Open Contact a lot sooner, as the Earth Changes is increasing and may be too dangerous for us to be on surface
any time longer
Galactic Federation Update for 9 March-2010 by Sheldan Nidle
Selamat Jarin!
We return with more to discuss with you. At present, the Earth allies have instituted a worldwide Intelligence blackout to demonstrate to everyone that they are applying the
necessary security measures in anticipation of the first domino of the changes. The roadblocks are now self-imposed as our Earth allies slow down their operations in order to
make sure that all potential opponents are removed from any position where they could cause delays to the immense global changes. So far, the remnants of the dark cabal have
shown no proclivity to further hinder our Earth allies good works. The final agreements are in place, as are the funds to carry out the numerous governmental and financial
changes. All is in readiness for the grand plan to be implemented. Meanwhile, our inner ring of ships around Mother Earth is prepared to carry out its many pre-landing
assignments. Our Earth allies are fully aware that Heaven has given us all the green light to act when the time is ripe, and to this end, we have recalled our various
planetary patrols and stand ready to act!
For her part, Mother Earth is accelerating the preparatory stage of a series of massive, global earth changes. Your planet and her Spiritual Hierarchy tell us that time is
running out, and it is therefore essential that some sort of pre-evacuation warnings be issued. Pursuant to this, the waiting interim governments comprehend the need to
reprioritize their schedule of changes, and we are working with them on plans that meet the Earth Hierarchys criteria. The most pressing issue is to ascertain how best to
prepare each of you for the much reduced time span before departure from the planet surface becomes necessary.
From all the research I have studied, there may be more than just the Global Federation of Light out there. And I do not mean our Secret Space Program either. It would appear that there may be several different Life Form Groups in our solar system. My research and gut feeling tells me that not all of them have our best interests at heart. Of those who are out there, let’s remove our Secret Space Program right off the bat. I’m sure it goes without saying that they work from the Anunnaki and their minions and therefore have only their agenda not ours ( for now anyway ). For those remaining, they all have made contact through certain humans on this planet and have told them to spread the world of great things that are to come. Some of them what us to believe that they have arrived to guide us into a new kind of world and that they will help us to get rid of the dreaded Anunnaki.
Let’s be clear about this, there is indeed one or so Life Forms out there whose sole purpose is in fact to help guide us into that new kind of world. And they want nothing from us other than to welcome our people into the Universal Brotherhood. There is also one or so out there who really could care less about us but are, however, obligated to help us through a Universal Law of which they are bound by and will honor, but only because they have to. And then, there are those who don’t play by all the Universal Laws and despite all the pretty and impressive things they are relaying through certain humans of Earth, their only motives are to become the new Masters of our world. Now, is the Global Federation of Light one of these self serving Races who are trying so hard to harness our energies so that they may switch management with the Anunnaki and begin a new 26,000 or so years of enslavement of our people? I don’t really know if they are or not, to be honest with you ! All I do know for sure is that the Anunnaki and The Powers That Were are falling and soon
will no longer have any power over us. And I know that we are ascending and that will happen no matter what! So for any Life Form outside our world telling us that we need them
in order to get rid of the Anunnaki and their crew of criminals and to ascend, IS LYING and CANNOT BE TRUSTED !
If the Global Federation of Light or any other Ascended lifeforms are instructing you or anyone else on this planet, to ask or pray for them to come into our world/reality for the
purpose they claim is to help guide us and rid us of the Anunnaki, DO NOT BELIEVE IT ! Consider this a sign as to just how powerful we truly are ! The very fact that they need us to ‘
WILL ‘ them into our world/reality means that they too must follow the Laws of the Universe, and we hold the keys to the door that they want so much to open.
By asking or praying for them to come here, we are giving them the ‘ Keys ‘ ( by ‘ Willing ‘ our energy to them ) to unlock the door and thus allowing them to come in and take over !
So the question is, ” Which of them do we trust to help us without enslaving us? ” Answer : ” None of Them! “
AS I already said, ” Ascension is already ours without anyone’s help but our own. It’s all a natural part of our evolution. And the more of us who awaken, the weaker The Powers That Aren’t become. They will literally defeat themselves! “
If there truly is a Good Life Form out there who really are just here to usher us into the Universal Brotherhood, then they will understand why we make this Declaration. Later on,
after we have ascended, we can invite them in. Because by then we will know through our ascended gifts, which of them are good for us and which are not! WE WILL NOT BE
ENSLAVED AGAIN!! ( been there, done that )
Next good question is, ” How do we change our world for the better and remove all ( the Anunnaki, the Powers That Were, and Hostile Alien Life Forms ) that have enslaved and abused us? “
Here Is your answer below :
Give some serious consideration to this important message which comes from New Reality Transmission. And although there was more to it, here is the heart of that message which can and will help you to help all of us, to change our world without the help of Off Worlders, whatever their intent may be !
According to the most well tested theory in physics, Quantum Mechanics, your consciousness changes reality. In this theory, the phenomenon known as the collapse of the Quantum Wave Function is what brings reality into existance. This is a fancy way of saying that one’s conscious observation of small unseen waves to ” collapse ” into matter.
In other words, conscious observation materializes particles into existence. So if we believe that we will experience 2012 cataclysms, could this tip the scale and cause such possibilities to occur? And is it possible that we can heal our planet and pervent cataclysms? Could we visualize world peace into existence through a massive pulse of belief transmitted by one million people around the world at the same time? The answer is ” YES “!
How to make this work per person : Use your intuition to make a decision on whether or not your consciousness exists outside of your body. And decide; does it exist even when your body dies? If your intuition leads you,then jump into this belief with all your heart. Go for it.
Next, visualize your consciousness as a swirling cloud around your body that creates the perception of your physical existence. Imagine that this cloud is waiting for you to give it instructions. Again, listen to your intuition. And if it feels true, then choose to believe it firmly. Now, in your mind’s eye, see your vortex cloud rapidly spiraling as it waits for you to steer it into action. It’s your choice. You can create your reality just like you subconsciously create your dreams every night.
But if you are oblivious to this ability, then your life is like a flag being blown in the wind…and you’re like a passenger riding on a train going in circles. So visualize that your mind’s attention is gently taking control of this spirialing cloud, which can change the Reality Matrix of your world.See it!
Now point your spiraling consciousness vortex out and forward towards Earth’s future. See a calm and harmonious world blossoming after a massive planet wide awakening takes place in the months ahead. Visualize this awakening as being a shocker, similar to our whole species believing the Earth is flat on Friday and then on Monday realizing with delight that it is actually spherical.
Make pictures in your mind of CNN announcing breaking news of the empirical proof that human consciousness exists outside of the body…the scientific validation of the existence of the soul and of the interconnection between all souls. Imagine that under the crushing weight of this offical new reality, there is a crumbling of the brittle old house of fear-based mental delusion in its three forms. Fear of dying becomes a joke. Fear of people taking your gold becomes silly. And fear of people laughing at you becomes irrational.
Envision the true cooperative hearts of your planetary family coalescing like millions of rain drops on giant green leaves. Now stop a minute and ask yourself a question. Is this audacious reality possible? If there’s nothing you can think of which makes it absolutely impossible, then by definition it’s possible. And therefore large numbers of us can literally will it into reality with our minds. So continue “ programming ” your consciousness vortex with this template energized by belief and activated by visualization.
See pictures in your mind of people around the world abruptly awakening from a trance and realizing that their group belief controls their group experience of reality in exactly the same way we create the reality landscapes within our dreams. See the whole planet being hit with the surprising understanding that reality is exactly like a group dream, where there are two ways to exist. The first way is how we’ve dreamed for eons; the lie in which we’ve relinquished our reality control and been pushed around by our nightmares and limitations.
The new way will be to wake up and take control and fly together in a new fearless reality that we co-created like a beautiful group mosaic. So envision our species enlightened by this major scientific discovery of the Reality Matrix…which leads hundreds of millions of us to wake up and fearlessly change the story that we are experiencing together.
Now, see your consciousness vortex intertwining with one million others, who are all projecting this New Reality Transmission into our future at the same time. Amplify both your belief that it is actually working and increase the color and brightness of the pictures you are envisioning. Belief and visualization are your two keys to creating within the Reality Matrix.
Now New Reality Transmission’s goal is to get a million people world wide to use the ideas above on a special date ( 11.11 ) and make change as a group. See their link above to join. However, each of us can do this at any time, and the more we do it, the stronger that Reality Shift will become. Always remember, You are the power! So, your power joining with everyone else’s power can shape and create the Reality we desire. We do not need the help of the Global Federation or anyone else to do for us what we ourselves can do without them!
The biggest story of last week had nothing to do with the stock market, and I suppose I should have mentioned it at the time, but chasing profits is just so much fun why spoil it by pointing out other things that are more important? And what, you’re thinking, could possibly be more important than money? Ah…how about the very nature of reality?
OK, sure, I’ll grant you that there is no real relationship between the economy on the one hand, and the behavior of markets on the other, but there’s some damn fine
science going on that’s about to rediscover that what we call reality is nothing more than a hologram. An article in Symmetry Magazine outlines current progress on what’s called Craig Hogan‘s holometer, which is setting about to proven – one way or the other, whether life is “real” or just a 3D hologram. What it all comes down to, if you read through Hogan’s November 2009 PowerPoint is the implications that fall out of a holometer finding that below the Planck scale, everything is just wave interference.
Slide #29, please? Of course, we already know the outcome: They are going to find out that yes, indeed, the world is nothing more than a series of colliding waves and what passes as ”reality” is nothing more than ‘matter’ appearing to coagulate and the maximal interference point of multiple waves. We’ve referred to this many times around here as the problem of the kalapas which popped into later Buddhist teachings somewhere between the 5th and 11th centuries: Kalapas are supposed to be tiny particles that make up the fundamental units of matter, coming into existence and disappearing many thousands of times per second.
[2][3] The teaching regarding them is understood by adherents to such schools of thought to be basis of all observation of experience of ultimate physical reality. So in a sense, we already know that yes, Hogan, et al, are going to find out that yes, the whole world is holographic and is very much all pretend once you get down to the noise floor. Above that, seems real enough. But the nature of this pretending called Life is a little more complicated.
Probably the easiest way to explain it is to remember that light is both a wave and a particle, depending on what you’re expecting to observe…something already well established by the Erwin Schrödinger’s cat experiment. Oh, and you wonder why various religious figures keep saying “I am the Light“? Just another one of those ‘hidden in plain sight” clues that there are two ways of living, the particle way (as in here/now) and spiritual way (wave state of additional realities…).
All of which informs the aware reader that the odds are pretty good that life is akin to a 3D video game that’s played by spiritual /light beings and seems totally real, but only because inside the matrix, the light wave/particle duality is the bounded one, given away only by the noise floor which acts as a kind of boundary of the screen the game is played on. So…if you wake up one morning and find you can sudden fly, walk through walls, and such in a kind of waking dream-state, either enough people will have awakened on this side of the veil to form a massive consciousness tipping point (where we can fly and such), OR you will have returned to the unbounded spiritual player side of things where the other half of light’s particle/wave duality is expressed.
Just a note of caution: Too many people on this side ‘waking up‘ to their infinite power, all at once could be dangerous; can’t have too many people bilocating, flying about, walking through walls, and such, can we? Thus the paradigm defenders muck things up a bit, just enough to keep all this from becoming obvious, and thus acquire more ‘power‘ in the game…
So let’s all agree for a little while longer that this current reality is all there is. Pretending is so much fun…and we all know the game periodically reboots or resets (cataclysms) until it finally ends. Some refer to the end of the game as Judgment Day, but we have a lot of engineering down around the quantum noise floor to do before that happens, don’t we?
And while you at it, you just as well read this also, from George Ure’s Urban Survival
Coping: Life,The Game
And probably the most interesting note of the bunch camp from Chris Tyreman of The Chronicle Project which offered this ponder: So last night as I was out walking, once again I looked into the sky at the giant Aalaph in the sky. See how the research gets you crazy. Its not the first time I thought that Orion was a giant Aalaph, but it was the first time I checked into it.
Some of this you already know, I’m just connecting it to the Supreme ones instead of some random Earth religion. Yah, the pyramids. I find it funny in your newsletter you were yakking about the aliens coming. There not coming as you know, they are already here. Some claim the pyramids were built by aliens to serve as beacons on earth. Others believe they are astronomical constructions, telling the story of the starry skies thousands of years ago and that the three pyramids align with Orion’s Belt.
The Great Pyramid measures 230m around its base and is 140m high. Its four sloping faces were originally dressed with casing stones that shone brilliantly in the sun.
The joints between the stones were nearly invisible, so precisely cut that not even a sheet of paper could fit between them. But the casing stones from all the pyramids were removed and used to build mosques after the Arab invasion of Egypt. There are actually nine pyramids on the Giza Plateau and a total of about 100 throughout Egypt, including those with stepped sides – which was the original pyramid design.
Aalaph means…to activate, or begin. Most of the shapes of the letters match up with their function, the shape showing their definition. Aalaph does not. What it does match, is Orion. Is it the place of those that “activate” other planets, or the place of “to begin” If the first God of Egypt, Ra was actually a supreme one, were the pyramids constructed to regard the homeworld? Even better, the home federation. Many of the pyramids match to the constellation of Orion.
Now I know people will claim that this shape is not an ancient Hebrew form, but I’m not convinced that what they think are older forms, are just other languages, because the shapes don’t really match with the “modern“. That of course is a later discussion.
When you take all the musings, stir ‘em up and refry them, the notion distills from this: “The likelihood is that they eat consciousness“. Perhaps this talk about “consciousness raising” is a last minute effort to raise up more for harvest – “a kind of spiritual corn-fed feedlot operation.” To something more like this: “The likelihood is that they eat emotion“. Perhaps high social stress levels (and shortly, planetary crisis, such as famine) would – in feedlot fashion – put on a finishing load of emotions before harvest. A kind of deglazing of the pan not with wine or a liquor, but with equivalent “emotional solvents“. Which might make this the period when humankind is being covered with the demi-glace of fear sauce down at the soul level.
Oh, and those thousands of unexplained disappearances that happen every year? Cooks have tasting spoons, non? And who hasn’t licked a beater when making brownie batter? Some thoughts on “disappearing people” can be found on discussion boards and interestingly, dimensional shift is one of the suspects.
Now remember the recent stories from readers who have experienced the time-slip/hyperchronism effects? Related? Let me know next time you’re following a 56 Caddie down the road, get distracted for just a half-second (and not more) only to look up to see the Caddie has morphed into a late-model Camry.
I keep coming back to the notion that “being scared” [including and especially of death] is a kind of necessary training…as though this very life itself is like a computer-based-training (CBT) program (scarier than The Matrix but with benign intent) to temper our being into…into….what?
Time’s up! …I said 20-minutes, not 45, which this has turned into on the writing & thinking side… Still, makes me feel like just a little marker in SimCity…and maybe that’s what we all are – just game pieces of a self-indulgent Master Game..
And now that we have a clear and better understanding of things, let us now make our Declaration :
THE DECLARATION OF SPIRITUAL INDEPENDENCE
{Adopted from the written words of Andrew Jackson Davis in his‘ Spiritual Declaration of Independence ‘from John DeSalvo’s website :Andrew Jackson Davis.comedited for easier reading and better understanding }
Innumerable centuries have rolled away, and colossal empires have appeared upon the distant hills—have existed for a little season, and have fallen into ruin and decay. Monarchies and religions have come up in different portions of the earth—have exhibited great power and despotism—have glided away, like a dream of the night, making a dim and dark impression on the earth—have performed some part in the vast and mysterious drama of life, and have passed away into a higher sphere.
But the Past has vanished, and the stupendous Present is before us. Here we stand, upon the towering summit of the ages past, contemplating the world of matter and the world of mind. We stand upon a mighty eminence, with all the vast accumulation of ages, with all the experience and wisdom of the past, beneath, around, and within us.
By the powerful momentum which the revolution of ages and the development of ideas and principles have imparted to us, we have steadily and progressively advanced to a moral and intellectual position, from which we perceive it to be our personal right and mutual duty to to present to the world the reasons why we occupy this position, and why, also, we are resolved maintain it, as the only certain foundation of individual culture and humanitary progression.
We hold it to be a self-evident truth, that the principle of Reason is the greatest and highest endowment of the human mind; that it is the indwelling light and the power of understanding by which man is enabled to read the innumerable sentences and chapters contained in the everlasting volume of Nature! We hold Reason to be the divinely inherited treasure of the human soul, because it sees the indications, studies the principles, and progressively comprehends the countless and infinitely diversified manifestations, of the Universal God.
And we, likewise, hold it to be self-evident, that Nature is the only perfect and unalienable “Revelation” which the Deity has ever given, or ever will give, to mankind. By Nature, we apprehend the Material Universe, with its innumerable constellations of Suns, Planets, and Satellites; and the Spiritual Universe, with its innumerable spheres of loveliness, and with their multitudinous angelic and seraphic inhabitants. It embraces the stupendous Univercoelum! which comprehends the kingdoms beneath, the powers within, and the boundless firmaments above us. We believe Nature to be the universal exponent of God; and Reason to be the universal exponent of Nature; therefore, that Nature and Reason, combined, constitute the only true and reliable standard of judgment upon all subjects—whether social, political, philosophical or religious—which may come within the scope and investigations of the human mind.
Furthermore, we hold it to be the nature, and tendency, and divine prerogative of the human soul to explore, to investigate, to classify, and reduce to a practical application, every thought and principle, and science, and philosophy, and religion, which rests upon the everlasting foundations of the Universe; and likewise, that it is man’s nature and prerogative to candidly, freely, and fearlessly—with an eye, single to truth—examine all sciences, and discoveries, and mythologies, and theologies, and religions which have been, or may be, developed among men; and that if they do not accord with the immutable principles of Nature and Reason, it is his divine right and authority to openly expose, repudiate, and discard them.
We believe that there is nowhere, in the mighty empire of this material and spiritual universe, any absolute sin or evil! We believe that all evil is but the negation of good—all sin, the negation of righteousness—all error, the negation of truth—all discord but the negation of harmony—that is to say, what are conventionally or customarily termed sin and evil, among men, is but the misdirection or perversion of the attributes of the human soul, which are substantially good and intrinsically pure!
We believe that, in consequence of a law of sympathy and universal dependence by which all created things are inseparably united and connected together, the individual affects society, and that society moulds and shapes the individual. And we believe that all men have two important responsibilities resting upon them: 1st. The protection, welfare, and harmonization of the Individual. 2d. The protection, welfare, and harmonization of Society.
We believe it to be our highest interest and legitimate duty to discover, and decry, and remove every conceivable barrier and obstruction, which, in any manner whatsoever, may serve to derange, impede, or arrest the progressive development of peace on earth and good will to all men. We, therefore, hereby resolve to declare ourselves free and independent of all personal, social, education, and theological habits, customs, and restrictions which militate against, or prevent us from accomplishing, these grand and glorious ends of our creation and destiny.
Among some of the reasons why we are conscientiously impelled to make this open avowal of our sacred sentiments—this Declaration of Independence—are those which follow:
First:The present organization or structure of Society, although vastly better now than in any previous age of the world, nevertheless engenders personal and national animosities. It develops many and various antagonisms. It imposes restrictions upon the natural rights and enjoyments of life, and leaves us unprotected against the ills of disease and accident, by encouraging and supporting monopolies, which are monarchies, and by aiding and perpetuating Poverty, and consequent Crime, and consequent Misery.
Second:It does not reform the criminal and the morally deformed, by fraternal and hospitable treatment. It does not attract the gambler from his hades of vice, by kindness and principles of brotherly love and good will; nor the voluptuary from his pandemonium, by the positive sphere of Love and Wisdom; but it incarcerates and brutally disposes of the transgressor and the criminal, and repels the gambler and the licentious man with prejudicial words and unrighteous deportment.
Third:It contaminates our youth. It converts a joyful and confiding child into a sad and suspecting man; it transforms a fair and happy mind into a disproportioned and miserable one; and consequently causes and perpetuates unhappiness, misdirection, and error among men.
Fourth: It develops the evils known as prostitution, cupidity, envy, malice, duplicity, and hypocrisy; and makes subsistence and prosperity, and even life or existence itself, dependent upon and inseparably connected with, individual intrigue, deception, and knavery.
Fifth: It is based upon antagonistic and conflicting interests and professions; and thus deranges and perverts the natural or legitimate development of the enterprising and energizing faculties of the human mind; and causes these faculties to manifest themselves in strifes, contentions, wars, and in a cold, proscriptive, sordid selfishness.
Sixth:It keeps up a perpetual war between Labor and Capital. It sanctions a conflict between interest and duty. It causes a man to lacerate and deform his conscience—to smother the inward monitor—in order to augment his worldly interests and emoluments. This is true of all the trades and professions. On the other hand, the present structure of society compels a man to sacrifice his worldly interests—yea, his reputation, his profession, his friendships, his subsistence, and life even—in order to honestly obey the serene voice of Duty, which intuition constantly whispers in his inmost ear. They saying has become almost proverbial, that “an honest man cannot succeed in business.”
Seventh:It makes the lawyer’s interest consist in individual and social disturbances—in contentions, litigations, and lengthened or continuous disputes. His inward Deity—his innate love of truth, and justice, and harmony—may frequently prompt the lawyer to seriously pray for the utter banishment of all discords and disputes; yet, nevertheless, his interest and duty impels him to procrastinate and complicate individual disturbances in every possible and conceivable manner. This conflict between interest and duty we hold to be vitiating and demoralizing to mankind. We hold that that man is immorally situated whose duty tells him one thing and his interest another. And this is the work of present society.
Eighth:The present structure of society we likewise hold to be demoralizing and depraving, because it makes the physician’s interest to consist in the existence, prevalence, and multiplicity of human disease and physical suffering. His duty—his love of general health and happiness—may prompt him to earnestly desire the total extermination of all bodily infirmities and distress; but it cannot be denied that his pecuniary interest consists in the abundance of organic violations, and disease. And his interest, also, prompts him to strenuously oppose all medical reform, or the introduction of any principle which tends to banish disease and destroy his occupation.
Ninth:The present social arrangements make the clergyman’s interests to conflict also with his duty. It causes his interest to consist in the prevalence of ignorance, and in the existence of moral transgressions. It causes him to usurp the right to reason and decide upon religious subjects. It causes him to deny the privilege of free discussion to others. It prompts him to impose unrighteous restrictions upon our speech and actions. It vitiates his mind by assigning to him a false and unnatural position; and, then, he exerts upon us, and upon our children, a correspondingly false and unnatural influence.
Among the numerous reasons why we are moved to declare ourselves free and independent of the existing forms and institutions of Theology, are the following:
First: It assumes to be, or to possess within its organization and cardinal doctrines, the medium or totality of inspiration; and it arrogantly proclaims itself to be the supreme and sovereign authority. It arbitrarily determines upon what book, or what peculiar combination of books, we shall revere as the “Word of God;” and then denies to us the right of exercising the same amount of intellectual, moral, and religious liberty. It describes the circle in which we shall move, and think, and reason; and then authoritatively and dogmatically denies to us the moral or religious freedom to advance beyond it. It thus imposes what we conceive to be improper and demoralizing restrictions upon our thoughts and investigations—trammels the progressive development of our minds, and peremptorily denies to us the divine privilege of free discussion and a free expression of our inward sentiments.
Second:It unites with society in its unphilosophical and unbrotherly treatment of the criminal, and of the unfortunate victim of crime; and it (that is, popular Theology) sanctions the old barbarian or mosaic law of Capital Punishment.
Third:It emphatically justifies society in the perpetuation of personal and national animosities and antagonisms. It permits war, confiscation of property, and carnage; and it assists to promote successful military chieftains, without regard to other merit or demerit, to the responsible position of emperors and governors.
Fourth:It sanctions the monarchical despotism of monopolies. It smiles, with silent approbation, upon the conflict between Labor and Capital. It permits the present unjust remuneration of the toiling millions. It permits them to live from day to day without the least guarantee of a home in case of pecuniary adversity or ill health; and, more than all, it openly and emphatically sanctions the dark and fear sin of human slavery!
Fifth:It deforms and enslaves, but it does not reform and emancipate the human mind, from the confinements and mournful influences of Sectarianism. Its influence is not positive and reformatory, but it is merely negatively restraining. It opposes almost every measure or movement which originates with the people. It engenders melancholy and erroneous conceptions of the nature and destiny of man. It keeps up a perpetual warfare between the head and the heart. It encourages a gladiatorial struggle against liberty of speech and freedom of action. It even opposes temperance reformation, unless it originates in the Church; and uniformly exerts its multiform influences, to restrain the progress of social and prison reforms upon identical grounds.
Sixth:It conveys discord into our families. It arrays husbands against wives, and wives against husbands. It produces many private alienations of affection and friendship. It causes the heads of many families to separate and go to different and antagonistic sectarian sanctuaries on the Sabbath; and it develops sad and unwholesome dissensions among friends—between members of society, and disturbs the equilibrium of nations! Seventh:It generates cupidity and hypocrisy, by teaching our children to regard certain doctrines as truths, which (because these doctrines are not true) cannot be felt; but which, nevertheless, are frequently manifested with all the show of confidence in their validity. This leads directly to practical dissimulation and deceit. Many persons are in the constant practice of exhibiting piety, who, at the same time, do not (because they cannot) feel such piety to be sacred truth; and this apparently willful hypocrisy on the part of some individuals, leads directly to the theological assumption—an assumption which has retarded human progress for ages—that the heart of man is desperately wicked and depraved by nature.
Eighth: It instills dark and unwholesome thoughts into the minds of our children. It teaches them to believe in the most soul-revolting doctrines. They are educated to consider themselves as “totally depraved”—and as being under the “curse” of the living God. It teaches them to regard themselves as evil, and “sinners” by nature; and as incapable of being good and heaven-worthy, independent of the Bible and the Church. They are taught to believe in a “God of Love,” who, at the same time, encourages hate; and in a “God of Heaven,” who, at the same time, permits the everlasting duration of Hell! Thus our youth become contaminated by the existing methods of religious education; and, when they advance in years, and become men and women, they become either bigots and sectarians, or skeptics and misanthropes. A sadness and gloom are consequently thrown over our minds; and we deprive ourselves and our children of a large proportion of that enjoyment and progressive happiness which are the inalienable rights of man!
Ninth:It seeks to array its conservative and authoritative influence against scientific inventions and improvements. It asserts this whole world of human beings to be under an Adamic curse or condemnation. It has most dogmatically pronounced, and still continues to assert it, that all the sorrows, and perplexities, and vicissitudes, and trial, and discords, and diseases, and all the afflictions of this mundane state, are expressly sent by the living God to punish man for his alleged manifold transgressions! And it has openly opposed every medical reform, every social improvement, every benevolent design, upon the fabulous ground that such mortal attempts were wicked, and would prove unavailing, because they were in opposition to the “will” and punishment of God. And it trammels the progress and advancement of mankind, by teaching our children and our communities to believe the erroneous and baneful doctrine, that no improvement or reformation can be permanently accomplished, except through the so-called “divine” instrumentalities and multifarious restrictions and principles of the established Church.Tenth:It perpetuates social, political, and professional conflicts, by itself manifesting that internal sectarianism and aristocratic intolerance which are the invariable symptoms and inevitable concomitants of ignorance and pernicious error! It presents to the world numerous examples of jealousy and clerical ambition which subserve the purpose of sanctioning and confirming, and rendering fashionable, the war of the trades and professions which surrounds us in society, and by which we are more or less injuriously affected.
Eleventh:It unqualifiedly professes to not bring “peace, but a sword”!
Twelfth:It discourages and emphatically condemns natural or physical enjoyments. It strives to awaken in our minds what we consider to be imaginary compunctions of conscience. It imposes what we conceive to be unnecessary and deforming “trials” upon us; and causes us to “crucify” ourselves and “bear crosses,” that are w holly unnatural and wrong. We therefore feel that it has defrauded us, and the generations that are gone, of two-thirds of the real happiness and mental consolations which we solemnly believe to be ours, according to the laws of the human constitution and the universal Providence of God! Yes, it deprives us, and seeks to deprive our children, of proper amusements—it disapproves of singing those joy-giving songs, and of dancing those easy and graceful waltzes, which are manifestly natural and useful for man.
Thirteenth:It dogmatically asserts Nature, and Reason, and Conscience even, to be subordinate to ecclesiastical authority. It inculcates the baneful doctrine that our very heart-impulses are naturally sinful and opposed to the “will of God.” Here again it creates a false issue between the heart and the head; and thus it has been the sole cause of impelling many minds into sad and hopeless insanity. It sheds a melancholy, dismal gloom over our families, our homes, and the nations of the civilized world. It renders this life a dark, and toilsome, and uncertain gift of God; and, with its clouds of ignorance and superstition, it darkens our thoughts and anticipations of the other life. When our friends resign their material forms to the grave, then this Theology fills our hearts with sadness, and our minds with distressing doubts, concerning their future welfare and eternal happiness. And thus it spreads gloom, and disconsolation, and suicidal melancholy, and insane despair and mental misery, where joy, and cheerfulness, and righteousness, and gratitude, and peace, and happiness should and might exist in abundance.
Fourteenth:And we are moved to declare ourselves free and independent of the existing Theology in all parts and portions of the earth, more particularly and especially, because it endeavors to retard and prevent the march of social improvement and humanitary progression—because it seeks to vilify and anathematize us—to denounce us—to wound our reputations—to prejudice the multitude against us—to encourage mobs and riots (by inspiring their children with the spirit of sectarianism and intolerance)—to injure us in our commercial or business relations—to array our families against us by misrepresenting our characters and sentiments to our associates and offspring—to calumniate us in our daily walk and conversation—and, more than all the rest, it strives to prevent the free investigation, the general adoption, and the universal expansion of our Harmonial Philosophy, which we do most sacredly believe to be the sublimest incarnation of the essential principles of Christianity, and the spacious vestibule to the temple of Eternal Truth.
We believe that the destiny of all men is Immortality, endless Happiness, and eternal Progression!
We believe—in accordance with the interior and material constitution of the human species—that there is a general mission for each individual to accomplish.
1st. To properly beget and perpetuate his kind.
2d. To justly respect and honor, and wisely direct and cultivate the heavenly germ—the spiritual principle—which is deposited in the soul.
3d. To live here with special reference to individual and social happiness, and with an ultimate reference to another and a higher life!
We believe (with the glorified Solon) that it is only the good who die happily; for the troublesome or troubled spirit is sometimes not quiet until after it has been, for a considerable length of time, removed from the earth; and until it has experienced the subduing, the chastening, and disciplining influences, which universally pervade the spiritual habitations of all spirits, angels and seraphs.
We, therefore, declare it to be “our highest duty” to become enlightened concerning ourselves; and concerning the powers and spheres of the human mind; to the end that we may grow in personal harmony—give to human society a healthy constitution—and thus gratify our homocentrical desire—“our continual prayer” for social Peace and universal Unity!
And it is our happiness to believe the transmission of thoughts, truths, and pure affections, from circle to circle, and from sphere to sphere; and that true happiness and true progression consist, both here and hereafter, in receiving and imparting; in unfolding the elements of our being and assisting others to unfold; in seeking the Great Divinity and imparting to the world the results of our investigations.
And we, moreover, freely declare it to be our sacred conviction, which we base upon the past historical experience of humanity and upon our highest intuitions and reason, that all true religion and all true inspiration are natural to the human soul.
We believe that heaven is harmony, and that no man can secure his condition merely by doing penance at the virgin’s shrine; nor by being prayed for or prayer; nor by building Churches and hiring Gospel preached; nor by believing, or trying to believe any system of religion. On the contrary, we do declare it to be our deepest conviction that Heaven is attainable only through self-development and self-harmonization. And we believe, that popular Theology, and popular Education, and popular Society, are insufficient to supply the human spirit with its proper nourishments and encouragements to an easy, natural progression toward truth and perfection! We believe that Theology is inadequate to the reconstruction of Society; and that modern systems of Education (which are saturated with this Theology) are inadequate to a proper education and cultivation of the spirit.
We declare ourselves free and independent of these systems, we repeat, because they restrain us in our investigations, and set up many and various barriers to our development; and we declare ourselves free of them, also, because they do not cover our wants, nor respond to the imperative necessities of our outer and inner being! We feel that we have mentally and morally out-grown them—out-grown their virtue, their principles, and their means and methods of individual and social reformation.
And we furthermore declare ourselves independent of these systems of superstition and error, because they circumscribe the sphere of our researches; and because they create a false issue, and perpetuate a conflict, between physical philosophies, and sciences, and what they term religion; while we believe all truth, whether scientific or religious, to be equally divine, harmonious, and eternal!
We believe that Social or Political sciences comprehend: 1. Marriage; 2. Language; 3. Amusements; 4. Temperance; 5. Education; 6. Government.
We believe that Material or Physical sciences comprehend: 1. Agriculture; 2. Commerce; 3. Chemistry; 4. Anatomy; 5. Physiology; 6 Mechanism.
We believe that Psychological or Spiritual sciences comprehend: 1. Poetry; 2. Music; 3. Painting; 4. Astronomy; 5. Philosophy; 6. Religion.
We believe all these sciences to be in strict harmony, one with another, and that our happiness consists in their proper and universal application to individual wants, and social improvement.
We are not merely opposed to the prevailing systems of ignorance, superstition and wrong; we are not merely disciples to the science of Human Magnetism, and to its sublime and spiritual phenomena; we are not merely anti-slavery, anti-capital punishment, and prison reformers; we are not merely social, philosophical, and religious reformers; but we openly avow ourselves henceforth to be the germinal constituents of a HARMONIAL BROTHERHOOD.
We are ready, and willing, and expect to hear it said of us and to us, that we are “Infidels,” and “Mystics,” and “Fanatics,” and “Conspirators,” and “Blasphemers,” and “Imposters,” and “Workers of Iniquity” even—so long as these odious terms and epithets will subserve the purpose to remind us of our free and independent principles; and to arouse us to the sacred and holy consciousness, that we are determined foes of Ignorance, Error, Injustice and tyrannical Institutions.
And we hereby declare that we will oppose and remove what we conceive to be social, political, or religious injustice and error, when and where and just so far as (according to our highest reason and intuitions,) we apprehend such opposition and removal beneficial to the individual and universal conditions and rights of mankind.
We hold it to be self-evident, that all books, creeds and institutions contain more or less truth and useful instruction; nevertheless we solemnly declare it to be our intuitional conviction, that all books, creeds and institutions are inferior and subordinate to the divine power within the human mind—the Reason Principle—without which all thoughts and truths were the merest fancies, and the sublime Universe an empty shade!
And furthermore—until we feel and comprehend greater truths—we hereby declare that—
Our Book is Nature; Our Master is Reason; Our Law is Love to Mankind; Our Religion is Justice; Our Light is Truth; Our Structure is Association; Our Path is Progression; Our Works are Development; Our Heaven is Harmony; Our God is the Universal All of Everything!
And we feel moved to fraternally suggest to those minds, everywhere, who are morally, intellectually, and constitutionally endowed with powers and blessings superior to the great mass of mankind about them—the propriety of immediately organizing themselves into a true Harmonial Brotherhood—declaring yourselves free and independent of all those habits, forms, creeds, restrictions, and ceremonies in modern Society, Theology, and Education—without regard to sect or nation—which tend, in any manner whatsoever, to arrest, prevent, or derange the progressive happiness of mankind, or to retard their progress toward Universal Unity and Perfection. For we believe that such an organization is necessary in order to learn what is useful, what is Justice, and what is Power; and Beauty, Aspiration, and Harmony, will then be familiarly learned from the fields of universal nature and humanity. To understand what harmony is, we must ourselves become harmonious. A harmonious individual is a Revelation of the Divine Mind; for every human spirit is a finite embodiment of the elements of the Infinite God.
We conclude our Declaration of Independence, by affirming—what we do most religiously believe—that all men to be heaven-worthy must aspire to heaven; to be perfect; they must aspire to perfection. But this no man can perfectly do of himself; because man necessarily depends upon the favorableness of progenitary bias; upon the propitiousness of outer conditions; and upon the harmoniousness of social circumstances, for his opportunity and ability to practice such aspiration! And yet, harmony must begin with the Individual; it will thence spread over our families and communities; then it will flow and ramify through the innumerable veins and arteries of the distant sects and nations; then the Whole will represent the Individual! the Individual the Whole; and God will be all in all!!!
In presenting to the wide world, and endorsing this, our Declaration of Independence—our principles of free discussion and universal progression—we do not pledge ourselves to adhere to an infallible and proscriptive creed; but we simply make a personal acknowledgement and a mutual confession of sentiments and principles, which, (be it every where known) we are resolved henceforth to revere, love, and maintain—until we discover and comprehend truths still higher and better, and more worthy of our sacred esteem and confidence.
SIGNERS OF THIS DECLARATION :
From the state of Nevada, U.S.A., Planet Earth : Xan Wayne ( Xaniel777) McCarty
God Bless you all and I will see you for the next Reality Shift !
“THE MILLIONS OF MISSING PEOPLE IN THE WHOLE WORLD FINISH IN THE UNDERGROUND BASES READY TO BE EATEN, EXPERIMENTED OR KILLED”. PLEASE SEND THIS PAGE TO ALL PEOPLE WITH A MISSING RELATIVE & TO ALL PAGES FOR MISSING PEOPLE.NOTE: THERE’S A NOTIFICATION AT THE END OF “HUMANS MUTILATED LABORATORY” TO IDENTIFY 50 BODIES AND SOME HEADS.PLEASE OBSERVE THAT ON THE ADVERTS OF POLICE FOR MISSING PEOPLE THEY NEVER PUT THE RELATIVES PHONE, JUST THE POLICE PHONES, DON´T LET THE POLICE DO THAT. YOU MUST OBLIGATE THEM TO PUT YOUR PHONE TOO. OTHERWISE YOU’LL NEVER FIND A MISSING PERSON IN CASE OTHER PEOPLE SEE SOMETHING.
WE JUST PUT SOME VIDEOS BECAUSE THERE ARE PLENTY OF THEM.
IN THE NEXT VIDEOS YOU’LL SEE ABDUCTED AND MISSING PEOPLE THE END OF MOST OF THEM FINISH AS FOOD FOR THE ALIENS, ELITE AND PRESIDENTS.SOME OTHERS ARE EXPERIMENTED AND OTHERS ARE WAITING TURN IN UNDERGROUND BASES. BECAUSE OF THE TREATY “HUMANS FOR TECHNOLO GY”
CHILDREN VICTIMS OF THE TREATY “HUMANS FOR TECHNOLOGY” AND FOR THE MIND & SEXUAL DISORDERS OF THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
EACH ONE OF THESE 3 KIDNAPPED CHILDREN HAD DIFFERENT END IN UNDERGROUND BASES IN UK. ALL OF THEM WERE SEXUALY ABUSED FOR POLITICIANS FROM UK AND FROM SPAIN. AFTER THAT MANY CHILDREN ARE KILLED IN HUMAN SACRIFICES AND EATEN OR MUTILATED.IN MEXICO THE CRIMINAL VICENTE FOX HAD THIS KIND OF MIND AND SEXUAL DESVIATIONS HE ABUSED A LOT OF CHILDREN IN HIS HOTEL “PRESIDENTE” IN IBIZA, SPAIN. AFTER THESE CRIMINALS USED THE CHILDREN IN UNDERGROUND BASES THEY EAT THEM, OR TAKE THEIR BODY PARTS AND KILL THEM. AFTER THAT THEY GET NEW KIDNAPPED CHILDREN.PEOPLE IN U.K. MUST LOOK FOR THE PARENTS OR RELATIVES OF THESE CHILDREN.ON YOUR LEFT IS “BILLY COLBY” (HE WAS SACRIFIED AS WELL AS THE BOY ON THE RIGHT), JOHNNY GOSCH IN THE MIDDLE, (WAS PROGRAMMED WITH MIND CONTROL FOR SEX TO SATISFY POLITICIANS). (HE IS STILL ALIVE) (LOOK FOR HIS PARENTS IN THE U.K.) WE SHALL TESTIFY IF IT’S NECESSARY. Well we’ve found his mother and she is notify now.
.
MOST OF THE MISSING PEOPLE FINISH HERE IN UNDERGROUND BASES READY TO BE EATEN OR KILLED AND MUTILATED THEM FOR HUMAN SACRIFICES.
NOW SOME VIDEOS OF JOHNNY GOSCH AND HIS MOTHER. [youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3zlVfzr1onQ&hl=es_MX&fs=1][youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vnvsoi_NzS0&hl=es_MX&fs=1][youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hVD_DWJFJAA&hl=es_MX&fs=1&rel=0] [youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oW9b_uvPCg0&hl=es_MX&fs=1]
ANOTHER TESTIMONY OF ALL WE HAVE SAID AND ANOTHER PROOF OF THE RITUALS AND HUMAN SACRIFICES, MAINLY WITH CHILDREN: [youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zZokHMdif5E&hl=es_MX&fs=1]
Let’s open this post today with a very happy greeting, ‘ Hello my Universal Brothers and Sisters ‘ !
Sound too condescending ? Okay, let’s try, ‘ Hello my Universal Self ‘! ( as we are all connected and we are all one ). No? Still not feeling that spiritual wedgie, huh?? Alright, how about ’ Hello ! ‘
Let’s start with what we settled on,” Hello” , today I’d like to talk about the power that you are and why I feel that we will in fact ascend with our bodies fully intact. As you may remember if you follow this blog, that Clif High from Half Past Human.com stated with a very loud and undeterred voice, that he did not believe in the ascension coming and if it did, there was no way our physical bodies would survive the transformation anyway. David Wilcock of Divine Cosmos.com, stated, ( although making it clear that it was not 100% conclusive ), that he felt we would ascend as energy bodies leaving our physical bodies behind. Allow me, if you will, to give my point of view on this matter. ( and keep in mind that this is my belief and is not meant to step on anyone else’s beliefs and/or views. It is, as always , offered only for you to examine. Nothing more).
Although I believe that a very rare few may be so in tuned and enlightened that they literally jump over our next educational realm level ( much like graduating from middle school to high school, but in their case, straight into college ), I also believe that the majority of us will only ascend to that level that is appropriate to our learning realm of spiritual education. That’s not to say that we won’t split off into several different realities ( each reality based on the vibrations of those ‘ like ‘ vibrations which will create your particular reality as I mention in an earlier post ), but at a level that we can still learn at the correct pace that we were meant too. After all, you can’t go on to college if you aren’t ready for college. Those very rare few that do jump over into that ‘ so called ‘ college ( vibration ) level of spiritualism, may have already learned and experienced all that they needed and therefore qualify or they were spiritual beings from that level to begin with and we’re only here to help us get up to the next learning curve of our spiritual growth. It would not make sense that we would go from being mostly barbaric, ( throwing stones, spears and very bad words at each other ), to a full energy body, loaded with mega amounts of enlightenment and talking on our i-spiritphones, with Kum-by-ah as our ring tone.
Great as all that may seem, there is an ascend level between that and where we currently are. And thank God for it ! Because if we jumped over that level we would really miss out on a lot of great lessons and experiences that are very crucial to our growth. As an example : How could we have the experience of healing one or more of our body parts with our newly ascended gifts, if we didn’t have our physical bodies to have that experience? Granted, we could do that now, if only we would ‘ Will ‘ it so and believe without a doubt that it would heal. But thanks to all those who have deliberately blocked that knowledge and taught the world the ideas of how they wanted society to act ( so they could maintain control ), and as they made sure that we now had those ideas imbedded into us so deeply that if we questioned anything, very few people would listen. Because of this, we pretty much need to delete all that we know and start again. It doesn’t really matter anymore however, because soon all that knowledge that has always been with us will in fact open to us through ascension and all who once had control over us, will control us NO MORE ! All the truth of their lies will suddenly be known world-wide, at least by those of us that ascend. As you may have already realized, not all will ascend. And I don’t just mean The Powers That Be and all their minions. Sad to say that there will be many who won’t be joining us. Not because they’re bad people. But because even when the ascension becomes crystal clear and the truth is sitting right in front of us, those ‘ many ‘ will reject it. Mostly because they are so set in their ways and the way they believe the world is, that they will literally refuse to let go of those ideas and thoughts. They will hold on to those ideas and thoughts so tightly that they will miss the ascension. But that’s okay. It is their rite to, ‘ Will/Create ‘, their world as they want to keep it . It only means that they were not ready. They need to stay and learn and experience more of what this realm of reality has to teach them. They may spend many more lifetimes before they are ready to let go and ascend. And at that time, there will be those who will descend to their level and help them prepare for that ascension that they will then be ready for.
My other reason ( and I have a few ), that I believe we will ascend with our bodies intact is a very obvious one. But to get to the obvious reason, I will have to remind all of you what I wrote in a previous post :
From TheThe ‘Grand Illusion’ Reality Shift
September 4th, 2010
{ As I have said in a previous blog, Jesus the Christ was indeed a great prophet and teacher. And I do not challenge the idea that he was/is the son of God. However, whether you know it or not and whether you believe it or not, WE ARE ALL THE SONS AND DAUGHTERS OF GOD ! The difference being, that our big brother Jesus was much more in tune with God than we currently are. Which brings us to my point, the whole idea of Jesus the Christ being here and teaching us was to help us understand how we could ascend to his level of understanding and wisdom. }
You may already see where I am going with this. Jesus of Nazareth was not born with the name Jesus Christ. He became known as Jesus the Christ because the name Christ represented a powerful spiritual divine energy, the power of God. And as Jesus was known and called the Son of God, he was recognized as the Christ. The Son of God, Son of Man was born with the Christ Consciousness, a very ascended high level divine energy. With it he preformed great miracles. He turned a solid rock into bread when he was starving in the desert. He created fish and bread to feed the masses when they had come to hear him teach. With the Christ consciousness he was able to walk on water and brought his good friend Lazarus back to life after he had died. All this and much more was done by Jesus who had ascended gifts as his tools to use and teach us all the wisdom and understanding that would lead us all to those very same ascended gifts! ( and what would have been the reason to teach us wisdom and understanding if we would not be allowed to eventually ascend ? )
Did I happen to mention, that he was wearing his physical body at time he was doing ALL these ascended things? I know what you’re going to say, ‘ But Xaniel, his body was special because he was the Son of God! ‘ Ah-huh, but he was also the Son of Man. Which means that his body would not have been anymore special then yours or mine. ( remember, we are all the sons and daughters of God ). If it was impossible for the human body ( which already has these ascend gifts lying in wait, { D.N.A.} ),to hold such energy or transform/ascend without destroying it, then Jesus would not have been able to do it either. AND WE KNOW HE DID ! And even if we don’t ascend to the great gifts of Jesus the Christ, ( in this ascension anyway ) we will ascend to some level of gifts and our bodies will be just fine. For if the body of Jesus could survive with all his great energy, our bodies will be able to survive with whatever level of energy we ascend to!
I mentioned all of this to remind everybody just how powerful we are. We can create and shift anything we want, anyway we want, to build a beautiful world, the likes that we have never seen before. ( at least as far as we can remember ) We can usher in those ascend vibrations and gifts and the only thing that would be impossible would be the very word impossible itself. And the key to remember here is that ascension ( IS ) a higher vibration than the one we live in now. That higher vibration will come with higher energy which will upgrade your gifts to that level. Which means that there is nothing stopping you from using your gifts at this vibrational level right now, but you!
This might also be a good time to mention the Anunnaki.. Remember them? Yeah, they’re still around. For those of you who are new to this blog, I’ll do a brief description of the Anunnaki by putting in small sections from earlier posts to help bring you up to speed :
” The Religious Lie that Shifted Reality !
February 12th, 2010
This research comes fromOracle63. It is just one of many sources anyone could study to seek the truth. Among other sources, Biblical scholarZecharia Sitchin, who is famous for his ability to translate ancient Sumerian and other ancient texts.
{ The name Anunnaki translates , those who came from heaven to earth, and they are a super race ( ascended gifts ) of beings. Notice I said,( they are..), because they were then and still are to this very day as they still exist, seen only by a select few. You may not know who these select few are, but you do know them by the name Illuminati or The Powers That Be or even as the Global Masters of all things money! These so-called masters of us and our world, have masters over them that they have to answer to, and those masters are called the Anunnaki. Anyway, these Anunnaki were and still are a super race of beings. They are part reptilian and part human who stand thirteen to fifteen feet tall. Despite their evolution into this super race that they had become, they were also a cannibalistic and conquering race. They demanded sacrifices from all those they conquered. Not just from the humans but also from their own kind of which they were known to enslave for whatever reasons. The Sumerians, (one of the first recorded civilizations ), once thrived in the territory we now know as Persia. And this is where the religious lie that caused a shift in reality back then, begins! }
Now I make mention of these barbaric yet ascended beings ( they are the lifeforms I laughingly refer to as the ‘ Don’t let this happen to you crowd ‘, or ‘ God’s little joke to the Universe ‘, group ) because they were at one time a good galactic race who ascended and who were considered at one time a trusted group in the Galactic Federation. Until they decided to become self-proclaimed gods and rule over the people who would later become known as the Sumerians. The point is, they were/are ascended in physical form and because of their actions and betrayal, they will not be able to ascend any further until they change their ways and pay a heavy karmic debt. Another thing to notice here, is despite their fall from grace, ( so to speak ) they still maintained their ascended gifts. Which sets off an alarm in my head and it should in yours as well. When we ascend to that higher spiritual vibration, it does not mean that we will never be tempted anymore. We will still have to be very careful and always understand that with great power comes great responsibility !
It is believed that the temptation that caused the fall of the Anunnaki were the daughters of man. It was the Galactic Federation that had placed the Anunnaki in charge of watching over mankind and its’ progress. Which worked out fine until the Anunnaki could no longer refrain from mating with the very beautiful daughters of man. This by the way is where the story of the fallen came from, as I have mentioned before. And what were the results of the ascended but fallen Anunnaki ? Well, the beautiful daughters of man gave birth to the Nephilim. Hybrid children, which grew up to be giants. Once again, for those that are new here, a brief description of the Nephilim :
THE ANCIENT CONFUSION THAT SHIFTED ” THE FALL OF ANGELS” REALITY !
March 02, 2010
{ This brings us to the Nephilim. The Nephilim, as you may well have guessed, are the bastard children of the Fallen. They were half-human and half-grigori Angel (Anunnaki ). They were mortal, yet much more powerful and well lived then regular humans of their time. They were also known as Giants. Most of them were wiped out by the Great Flood. The rest were ” apparently ” killed off. The story of giants echoes world-wide, even Mighty Thor did battle with giants in many Nordic tales.}
Now, to give you an idea of the various sizes of these half-breed Nephilim giants compare to a regular human standing six feet in height, here is a chart :
Yeah, yeah, I know your saying, ‘ that chart doesn’t prove that giants ever existed.’ Okay, let’s take a look at the following pictures of the remains of giants that have been found and unearthed :
And there are a lot more than just these giants that have been uncovered. There have been the remains of giants found all over the place. They did exist and they existed because the Anunnaki broke the Galactic rules and bred with the daughters of man !
Now you’re asking, ‘ why in the world don’t we hear about this kind of stuff? ‘ That’s simple. First, the main stream media is owned by The Powers That Be and will only tell you what they are told to tell you . And second, if you knew the truth about the real history of the world, The Powers That Be would not have been able to control you for as long as they have ! {After all, what better way to control the world’s populations, than to control the world’s religions.What they did not count on, however, was Jesus the Christ and the eventual New Testament to come and counter their Old Testament.That, of course, didn’t stop them from altering it just enough to fit it in with their agenda. Another good example of their altering the New Testament and upgrading their spin on the Old, was the King James version! } The truth however, is leaking out little by little and that pipe is about to burst altogether. It is important that you hunt for that truth, for that ancient expression, ‘ Seek the truth for the truth will set you free ‘, was said and meant for times just like these. It’s also important to realize and know that you are very powerful. Believe it, will it, and make it so. You are not victims to anyone or anything. YOU ARE THE POWER ! There is no reason, anymore, not to know this. Because NOW, you are the only one who is stopping you !!
Bless you all and I’ll see you for the next Reality Shift !~~~ Xaniel777
I need to point out before we get started, that this post is not the one I had planned on finishing up and publishing. I will however, spend the next few days polishing up that post and loading it soon. Right now I feel the need to post this one first as it, in its own way, fits rather well with the one of the points I’ve been trying to make. And that point is ‘ that each of us are more powerful than we can ever imagine ‘!
The interview with Ellen Langer only expresses one level of just how powerful our thoughts can be and to a lot of people, that one level can be the most important for them. What might that be you ask? Why, to reverse the aging process, of course. Please read the interview in its entirety, because this is a great example of how your belief in yourself and your focused thoughts can make the impossible a reality and shift your life for the better!!
Is getting old inevitable, or do we have a choice? The answer appears obvious: if an antidote to aging existed, surely we would have heard about it by now. As for growing younger, entire industries are devoted to the appearance of youth but under the surface it would seem that time marches on. How, then, is it possible for men in their late seventies and early eighties to suddenly improve their memories, hearing, eyesight, dexterity and appetite without any pharmaceutical aid? As Harvardsocial psychologist Ellen Langer discovered in her now famous “Counterclockwise” study, the key is the human mind.
In the 1970’s, Langer and her graduate students embarked on a quest to discover the biological impact of “acting as if” it were twenty years earlier on a group of elderly men. One of their first surprises came when they asked leading geriatricians how they could measure the biological markers of age before and after the study: they were told there are none.
The only way to actually know someone’s age is to ask him or her. They decided to continue with the study, in which a control group of older men were told that they would attend a retreat where they would spend a week “reminiscing” about the past; the experimental group, by contrast, would spend a week surrounded by paraphernalia from twenty years earlier, listening to radioshows and discussing news from the period. They were not allowed to bring up any events that happened after 1959, and they were to refer to themselves, their families, and their careers as they were at that time.
The point was not living in the past; rather, it was about giving mental signals to the body to reflect the energy and biological responses of a much younger person. By “acting as if” they were in their late fifties and early sixties, the men in the experimental group actually changed their performance on benchmark tests. At the end of the study, the experimental group demonstrated marked improvement in their hearing, eyesight, memory, dexterity and appetite.
Some who had arrived using canes, dependent on the aid of their children, walked out under their power, carrying their own suitcases. Langer concluded that by expecting them to function independently and engaging with them as individual minds rather than as old people, she and her students gave them the opportunity to see themselves differently. This, then, had an impact on them biologically.
For Langer, the “Counterclockwise” study showed the power of possibilities. If the mind could have such an impact on the body, what other potentials might exist in terms of healing? How important are the words that doctors use when talking with patients, or that patients use about their disease? Langer has continued to study what she calls mindfulness and its effects. A film based on her book is currently being made, starring Jennifer Aniston. SuperConsciousness caught up with Langer at her Harvard office.
SC:Before the Counterclockwise study, you consulted geriatricians and discovered that there are, in fact, no reliable biological markers of age. How did that change your thinking about aging?
EL:I’m not sure that it did. It changed my idea about how easy it was going to be to run a persuasive study, because if there were clear biological markers how could I change them so nobody would disagree. But if you just notice people in the world, you’ll see that some of them stand tall, some of them slouch, some still have their teeth, some don’t, and these things are not perfectly correlated with the age of the person. I think it was this great variability that led me to some of the ideas in the first place. If everybody lost their eyesight, if everybody lost their teeth, if everybody lost their memory, then it would be less likely to come up with the ideas that this doesn’t have to be.
If you let the mindset rule, then you don’t engage in lots of activities, because after all, you’re too old for them.
SC:How important is language in terms of the way that both doctors and patients talk about health and aging?
EL:It’s a little complicated. Because people are brought up to seek certainties, they become vulnerable to language in ways they need not. If I tell you something is a particular way, given that you’re eager, mistakenly so, to seek certainties, you say “Well, that’s the way it is” and that’s the end of it. If you were brought up to seek multiple understandings of things, or to recognize that we simply can’t know because things are always changing and they look different from different perspectives, then language wouldn’t matter so much.
One of the things I talk about in Counterclockwise is the difference between a chronic and an acute illness. Chronic means uncontrollable, but it turns out you can never prove uncontrollability. All you can say is that we don’t yet know how to control it. That’s very different, because if I take the medical language seriously, then if I have a disease that’s called “chronic”, I don’t do anything to try to help myself, because after all, why knock your head against the wall. If it can’t be controlled, it can’t be controlled. If you understood that we can never prove uncontrollability, that this is a disorder that we don’t yet know how to control, then you don’t feel quite as foolish trying to do things to help yourself.
If everybody lost their eyesight, if everybody lost their teeth, if everybody lost their memory, then it would be less likely to come up with the ideas that this doesn’t have to be.
When you start paying attention, you start to see that whatever your symptoms are, they change from moment to moment, from day to day. That gives rise to the question “Why? Why is it that I feel a little better now than I did before?” And you come up with ideas and test them out, and in doing so you may find a solution which may lead to fewer symptoms. Interestingly, all of my prior research suggests that this mindful search process is good for our health even if we don’t directly solve the problem. But when words have been conditioned to lead to single thoughts we don’t question them and just accept that they are true when they may not be, we don’t give it any more thought, we just accept the outcome, and thus give up control over our health.
We often let our mindsets about aging rule. If you forget something, for example, you say, “Ah. That’s because I’m old.” If you hadn’t bought into the notion that as you become old you necessarily become forgetful you might not overlook all the other reasons why you might have forgotten this particular thing. As I’m fond of saying, much of what old people think they are forgetting is not forgotten – they didn’t learn it in the first place because they didn’t care enough about it. So if you didn’t learn it in the first place and you don’t know it in the second place, it’s not because you’ve forgotten it. They just don’t consider alternative explanations to being forgetful. We all would if we were more mindful.
We often let our mindsets about aging rule. If you forget something, for example, you say, “Ah. That’s because I’m old.”
If you’re in the present, that will necessarily lead you to be more differentiated, and in being more differentiated, you’re going to be more mindful, which is again literally and figuratively enlivening. If you let the mindset rule, then you don’t engage in lots of activities, because after all, you’re too old for them. You don’t notice that your back that was killing you yesterday now feels a little better. If you’re in the present, and you notice that, you might say to yourself, “Maybe it’s not because of these dread disorders, but rather that I was gardening yesterday.” And if you recognize that, that suggests that tomorrow you’re going to be even better. You do things, then, that are forwardlooking. When you buy into the mindset, you assimilate all of your behavior to that mindset. If you’re not supposed to be able to do something, you don’t try to do it.
SC: In Counterclockwise, you say “How would things be different if we viewed all disease as psychosomatic? At that point it would be unreasonable and almost irresponsible to not try to heal ourselves.”
EL: The problem is that the medical world has helped us see the word “psychosomatic” as pretending. The symptoms are real. Now, if you see disease as in some ways guided by your thoughts and you know you have control over your thoughts, then that would mean that there’s at least a modicum of control that we can exert over any of our diseases. I actually believe our minds have almost complete control over our diseases.
If you see disease as in some ways guided by your thoughts and you know you have control over your thoughts, then that would mean that there’s at least a modicum of control that we can exert over any of our diseases. I actually believe our minds have almost complete control over our diseases.
SC:What would you see as the greatest potential of both your book and the movie that’s being made based on the book?
EL:The exciting thing is to be able to teach some of the work on mindfulness on the big screen, meaning that many, many people will see it and hopefully be influenced by it. The film is going to be entertaining, so it’s not as if I’m standing there lecturing. Hopefully, when people see the movie, they’ll have enough interest to read the book, and that will give them some of the finer points to all the information and over time, that could have considerable benefits to the whole culture in terms of how we might become healthier.
There are lots of people studying different aspects of this right now, and the more that are out there, the more interested people become, the more research that’s done, and the more change that hopefully will follow.
Another part of all of this it is that because there are so many baby boomers who refuse to get old, they’re going to be hungry for ways to keep themselves strong. Maybe they will take all of this information to heart. We have a lot more control over our health and well-being than many people realize. My hope is that people will come to that realization.
For more information about Ellen Langer and ‘ Counterclockwise ‘, visit www.ellenlanger.com
Now, as I said earlier, this is just one area that your belief in yourself and your focused thoughts could bend reality to your favor and shift your life to your desired results. Can you imagine how much more reality you can shift if you will set aside all that it is that you think you know and decide instead to believe with all your heart that your focused thoughts (on whatever it is you wish to shift) can and will be created because you WILL IT TO. This of course falls under ‘ faith of the mustard seed ‘.
Your mission, should you choose to accept it, is to build the muscle we refer to as ‘ faith of the mustard seed ‘. And in doing so, come to realize how special and powerful you truly are. But, your mission also includes building wisdom and understanding with your ‘ faith of the mustard seed ‘!
On that very day that you come to understand that with great power comes great responsibility, then you will be ready for all that your life, your world and your universe has to offer! HAPPY SHIFTING.
Bless you all and I will see you for the next Reality Shift.~~~ Xaniel777
Spiritual Reality : Near Death Experiences (2010) – FULL LENGTH DOCUMENTARY ( In three parts , as this was the only way I could load it for some reason )
” WHEN I FIRST SAW THIS VIDEO, I KNEW IMMEDIATELY I NEEDED TO HELP SPREAD IT’S MESSAGE TO THE REST OF THE WORLD !! JOB WELL DONE ” IN5D.COM.”
This truth and research comes from in5d.com on YouTube. Let this ease your minds on the journey after physical death. THERE IS NOTHING TO FEAR ! Bless you all !! ~~~ Xaniel777
Before we get into our topic today, I need to take time to address the few people (through comments and emails)who have asked me to add a forum to this blog for the purpose of discussion on certain posts. But in order to address that, I first have to make it clear how much of a klutz I am on a computer. It took me a very long time to learn to navigate in my own dashboard of my blog. Even longer in my website DaniMartExtras.com. When it comes to learning or doing anything in my blog or website I am hillbillyslow!
The definition of ‘hillbilly slow‘ is… well, just imagine a snail wearing track shoes. Now that’s a fast snail, and yet it’s still slower than anything else in the world!
Everything that I’ve been able to do or build in both the blog or website has come about by accident. I was able to create them and give them the look they have, not because I meant to, but because as usual I was looking for one thing and found another. And now you guys want a forum. I promise that I will make it an issue to learn how to put a forum up and will get it active as fast as I can. When I say fast, I mean faster than hillbilly slow, but not quite as fast as the old woman who wobbles down the sidewalk in your neighborhood. I know, still too slow but,” GIVE ME A BREAK PEOPLE, I’M(sorta)DOING MY BEST HERE!”
Maybe to help you understand why this forum business makes me cringe, allow me to share a quick story with you.
Not to long ago I had the honor to join MaryGabrielle’s ‘The Immortal Ones.com‘. The hyperlink here will take you to Immortals Connection, where among other things you will find their forum. Well, after I registered(which is free by the way) I went to work to set up my profile. It seemed to be going pretty good until I got to the part about loading my picture. I have no problems adjusting pictures in my website (Lord knows it took me long enough to figure it out) but for the life of me I couldn’t resize my picture enough to load it into their forum. After what seemed like forever I finally threw my hands up and said enough. Feeling to embarrassed to ask for help I left a comment to Mary and the gang telling them that they could have their forum and I would just stick to what I knew best. You should, if you get a chance, check out Mary and the Immortal Ones. As I said it is free to join and you may find that you have a lot in common with them. I, of course, don’t fit in, but that’s only because I lack forum skills, (in spite of trying to place a forum in my own blog) a problem I’m certain none of you have. Last I heard, Mary and the blood lines were working on a project to help the Gulf Oil problem. I believe they intend to join their energies collectively to counter the damage caused by ‘ The Powers That BE‘. Although I’m not certain that the blood lines are aware of that. I should keep my eye on things, just in case ‘The Powers That Be‘ decided that Mary and the gang are a threat to them and their agenda and try to counteract them. Although I don’t feel I belong with Immortal Ones, I have a strong feeling for them and what they stand for! It might be good if you (the readers) check back from time to time. If I hear that Mary and the blood lines have encountered trouble from ‘ The Powers That Aren’t‘ I’ll give the Battle Cry to join our energies. I will connect my energies and the energies of my pack,(The Sorcerers of Light Brotherhood) with all of your energies and we can then connect with Mary and the Immortal Ones energies to counter the negative energies of ‘The Powers That Be’. By joining our focused thoughts and energies collectively, we will wield the ‘Powers Of the Universe’!! And in doing so, we’ll show these so-called Masters of Nothing who really runs things in this realm. If you prefer a more hands on approach and don’t want to wait for a battle cry from me, then I highly recommend you check out Mary and the blood lines first hand. Tell them I sent you!
On the 16th of August I had purchased a copy of the latest ‘Shape of Things to Come‘ Volume 0, Issue 7 of the Web Bot Predictions. I recommend it. You can get a copy by clicking here: http://www.halfpasthuman.com/ , it’s only $10.00 and it’s 45 pages long. Well worth the read, except for Clif’s conclusion on the last two pages! And that is what our discussion is about today. SO…Lets get ready to Rummmble…
(I always wanted to say that!)
To start with, I don’t want any misunderstandings. I still feel that Clif High is one of the greatest minds of our time and I highly respect his work and his personality. However, I openly dispute his claim that ‘ASCENSION‘ is total B.S. Or as he stated in a second reflection, ‘completely and totally B.S.’! Now please (do) understand, I do not have a problem with people choosing to believe what they want to believe. And for the most part I do not say much if anything when people express their beliefs or disbelief in public.
However in this case, I feel pressed to respond for a variety of reasons. First, When I deal with any situation I,(like everyone else) have two sides. These two sides would be Spiritual Self and Ego Self. Now Spiritual Self says,” Say nothing! Clif has a right to his beliefs.” While Ego Self says,”If you think for instant that I’m going to let this go unchallenged, think again!” So we’re going to let Spiritual Self move over for a little while and let Ego Self take the floor.
“ Hi,I’m Ego Self. How ya doing?”
The reason I feel the need to publicly dispute Clif’s harsh statement of ascension being B.S. is pretty simple. There are many people in the world that do believe in the coming ascension and I am one of them. Although I would fight for Clif’s rite to his opinion under normal circumstances. These are not normal circumstances! Meaning Clif is a well-known and popular figure on a Global level. A position well deserved and well-earned. He has an overwhelming amount of fans and readers who mostly hang on every word he says. And why not, his work has earned him the respect of the world. But a man who holds such a level should not crush the beliefs of others. I fully respect a man who stands by what he believes is truth,(truth for him anyway) for his truth, my truth and your(the readers)truth are the same truth’s! There’s no real right or wrong here. There is only the truth that we believe that makes it a truth in our reality. And this is important as I will explain a little later. The people who follow Clif’s work and believe in what he is telling them, may very well believe in the coming ascension. And if they believe in what Clif has to say strong enough, then it’s very possible that Clif has shifted their truth to his truth. And that’s unacceptable and may even have a little karmic penalty attached. It would have been different had he explained it in a less harsh and insulting way. As it stands, he could have very easily made a lot of people who follow his work feel inadequate and doubtful of their true paths in life.
On top of which,(and I’m not saying this in an attempt to change Clif’s mind or anyone elses) he didn’t do enough research to make his statement solid. As he made that very clear when he wrote,’DNA of existing creatures, that is to say, non embryonic life, cannot change without killing the life form.’
I present a rebuttal to that in the form of one David Wilcock of Divine Cosmos.com. More to the point, I present the Interview of David Wilcock by Filippo 2010-06-21 on YouTube. Click here to see that interview, 1 of 5. In it, David explains his correspondence with Russian Scientist Dr. Peter Goravitch( I’m not certain I spelled his name correctly)He goes on to say that Dr.Goravitch has been doing vast research in DNA and in one of his experiments he drew a sample of blood from an infant, energized it and placed it in the mouth of a toothless elderly woman who over time regrew some of her teeth. David speaks about much more and I feel you will be impressed with the entire interview 1 through 5. The point is DNA can be manipulated for good things whether it’s by inject or by energy, and without destroying the body. Even our American Scientist have stated that we have what they refer to as junk DNA( don’t ask me the scientific name for it)that lays dormant. These junk DNA are indeed alive and well and receive their fair share of what they need to exist just as our active DNA does. The problem is that the junk DNA doesn’t seem to serve any purpose. That DNA is just there waiting to spring into action the minute the right energy comes into contact with them. And who knows how many great special gifts will emerge from us when it does!
But let’s get back to Clif who goes on to say,’So the idea that some burst of energy will come along and zap a person’s DNA and they will then vibrate into another dimension of reality is B.S.‘ I would like to remind Clif of the interview he did with George Uhr on Coast to Coast with George Noory around February 2009. For those who wish to see that interview : Web bot Cliff on sudden disappearances of TPTB in 2009. In that interview, you and George Uhr discuss the disappearance of large groups of The Powers That Be and their body guards and your conclusion for this was that a dimensional gateway opens up and whoosh, their gone. Alright, I’ll give you that as a possibility, but let me do you one better and one that I’m certain the Universe has been trying to tell you but you keep ignoring. Here’s my theory or truth if you will and my truth is equal to your truth! In my theory of the disappearances of The Powers That Be is, that they do not disappear at all. THE REST OF US DO! The Powers That Be will still been standing around on planet Earth realm A, wondering what happened to the rest of the populace. Well, the rest of us will have shifted(ascended) to the other Earth realms beyond Earth realm A. And when I say the other Earth realms, I mean there will be more than just one ascended realm. Now, remember when I told you earlier,’ There’s no real right or wrong here. There is only the truth that we believe that makes it a truth in our reality.’ And I said this is important and now I’ll explain why!
Everybody’s truth(no matter how different it is to anyone elses truth is still the truth)will lead them to the correct realm that they will belong to according to their truth. EXAMPLE: The Powers That Be already know that their evil negative energy will not allow themselves to ascend. That was the price they chose to pay to have power. They will be stuck on our original Earth realm A. Nor do they want anyone else to ascend either. Not just because they want to rule over us, but because they need to feed on our fears or they will perish. That is their secret to their power and rule. Why do you think the world is always in wars and other major chaos. Because they need to promote the very fear energy that keeps them The Powers That Be. They became enlightened to this long, long ago and that is why they call themselves the Illuminati.
EXAMPLE TWO: You are among a large group that believes that space travel is the new frontier and we should all be living our lives to that goal of traveling the stars. This is your truth. You and your large group(most you don’t even know) believe this truth so strongly that you and your group will ascend to that realm of your truth. We will call this Earth realm B.
I can go on and on about all the different truths that will attract to other ‘like’ truths and they will each ascend to that particular Earth realm. Meaning Earth realm C, Earth realm D, etc. But I’m certain you understand.
Which brings us back to Clif, who in his final say on ascension writes,’Also the data suggests that by late 2011, the whole ascension new age hope movement will be dying along with the concept of redemption/savior from external sources.’ He also adds,’this last also includes the idea of benevolent ET’s coming to save humans collective butts.’
Let me be sure to remind all of you, that Clif, in his own admission has stated that his data is only 50% correct( which by the way is pretty good all things considered) the flip side to this, obviously, is that the data is also 50% wrong. And Clif is also the first to tell you, that he uses what he calls ‘Monkey mind‘ in a lot of his ‘Interpretation Analysis Language.’ Which is another way of saying his predictions are as good as anyone else who may be interpreting his web bot data. In other words, it isn’t gospel and mistakes can be plentiful. Anyone who follows Clif’s work can actually see many signs that suggest the coming ascension. It’s almost as though Universe is slapping Clif on the back of his head and saying, “ PUT DOWN THAT DAMN PIE AND READ WHAT I’M TRYING TO TELL YOU THROUGH YOUR OWN WORK!” Perhaps Clif has gotten too close to his project that he can’t see it the way we can as outsiders looking in. Let’s face it, Clif has been the Master of Doom and Gloom for so long that maybe that is all he see’s anymore. As for as the coming ascension my friends, I truly believe it. It’s my truth. And if you, any of you, share that truth with me, then hey…we have a party!!
God bless you all and I’ll see you for the next Reality Shift. ~~~ Xaniel777
As I was doing my usual swim through research for an upcoming Reality Shift blog, I came across something that I feel is very mind opening. So much in fact, that I knew that this message could explain to you in a much bolder way than I every could through my clumsy attempts. I’ve posted it in its entirety. Please read and study it slowly, so that you may absorb its meaning with the full impact that it’s wisdom was intended to give you! Some of you may have already read this, but I feel this message is so powerful that reading it a second, third and even fourth time could only serve to help you further. SHARE IT WITH EVERYONE!!
When you are receiving information from the higher realms, you must use your discernment and your wisdom and you must go within your Heart Center to determine if this information is true and correct for you. There is much information that is not always correct in the many messages you read. Each person who channels is channeling through the filter of their subconscious mind, through the filters of their accumulated wisdom of their spiritual growth in this life and through past life experiences. There are many who believe that those who channel are of great authority and knowledge and to be followed blindly, through their channeling. All have spiritual gifts, and those who channel have been given this spiritual gift and have agreed before their incarnation in this lifetime, to bring forth these messages. It does not mean that they have reached the pinnacle of spiritual development, above all others. There is no such thing, as spiritual growth is ongoing, continual and a sacred journey and path, all will continue, long after they have completed planetary ascension.
We ask you to stand in your personal power and take the pearls of wisdom from these messages, which resonate with you. Use your discernment, and your wisdom to determine if the message is your truth. You may ask for validation three times, within your Heart Center. This validation may come from within, it may come through others, in the form of the spoken word, it may come through something you read. We ask you to understand, and know that your own inner wisdom, your God Self is your best and most accurate wisdom. Only you know what is best for you and the path which you choose to follow. Those who channel may bring forth to you messages and wisdom from the higher realms, yet there may be inaccuracies within these messages, depending upon the clarity of the channel, and plane which the channel is accessing. Stand in your power, Beloved Ones, and integrate these many blessed teachings, with discernment, love, wisdom and your own inner guidance.
We ask you to become more aware of your three minds and to work within the process of integrating these minds to work in balance and harmony with each other. Your subconscious mind does not differentiate from your inner and outer reality and produces that which you feed to it, with your thoughts. Notice your thoughts, and you will raise your consciousness, as you begin to feed your subconscious mind empowering thoughts. When you feed your subconscious mind disempowering thoughts such as “I am tired, I give up”, the subconscious mind knows only to produce that within your reality. Spend time reprogramming your subconscious mind, with positive affirmations, as your subconscious mind is already the product of much programming you have received throughout this lifetime, and a product of past life programming which you have brought into this lifetime, to heal.
Your conscious mind is the expression of your personality, God’s personality, as you lift yourself up into the expression of your God Self. As you balance your seven chakras and the seven rays, in harmony with your four bodies, you will express within the conscious mind, the personality of God, as the seven rays and the five higher rays carry the aspects and attributes of God. They can be called God’s personality.
Not all are meant to channel beings of the higher realms, yet all are meant to be in communication with their higher Self and their superconscious minds. Your superconscious mind is with you, in every Now moment, ready to guide you and direct you in the higher wisdom of your God Self. It has been guiding you and directing you, throughout your lifetime, although most of you have not listened and connected with this wisdom. Spend time in meditation, speak with your higher Self, your superconscious mind. Ask questions, and then expect and know that you will receive the answers. It may not come to you through a word dialog, but you must be open to receive this communication in the form of a message through others you may have communication with, through readings, though a coincidence or synchronicity. Listen, pay attention, and your communication will come to you.
Trust and know, Dear Ones, that you are Divinely guided, as you are God. As you allow your God Self to come forth, through your expressions, your daily activities, you will become stronger and develop the strength and courage to stand in your power and rely upon your own inner wisdom. You will understand that you too, are channeling this inner wisdom from your superconscious mind, and if you choose to formally channel your superconscious mind, this practice is available to each and every one of you. Begin with the small steps of asking questions and allowing the answers to come forth naturally. You will gain confidence and be ready to move forth to the next step of a deeper integration with your superconscious mind.
Ultimately, Dear Ones, your subconscious, conscious, and superconscious minds will blend, merge and become one beautiful God mind, in balance and harmony with your God Self. You will be the personality of God, as you are God. You have only to realize this knowing, and express this knowing. Live it in the Now, as you create Heaven on Earth and return to beauty, balance and harmony, as you express the love and joy, peace and wisdom of your God Self.
I am Archangel Michael, and I bring you this truth.
You may copy freely and share. Please copy the message in its entirety, giving credit to Archangel Michael through Rev. Michelle Coutant, and provide a link to: www.transformingradiance.com.
~~~ I’d like to thank Rev.Michelle Coutant and the Archangel Michael for sharing this very empowering message with us all. It should most certainly give us a better and clear image in which to focus on as we empower our way to the answer of who and what we truly Are! I am still doing further research but should have the latest of Reality Shift soon. Until then, Bless you all! ~~~Xaniel777
Trouble in the World. Always seems to be something going on that causes us to rush about trying to find answers to the never-ending problems. How bad are these problems, really? Where did they come from? What caused them? Are these problems teaching us lessons so we can all live better in the world? Or are these problems (most of them anyway), the result of someone’s goal to achieve a personal agenda? I mean if we really look and study hard all the worlds problems,(let’s say in just the last 100 years or so),would we be able to piece together a theme that suggests a person or group of persons had managed to manipulate one problem after another. With each problem having a specific purpose in mind. An overwhelming amount of little purposes all leading to one great big purpose.
And could we give that person or group of persons a name? A name considered by most of the world to be a myth. That name would be, ‘ ‘The Illuminati ‘! They of course, are also known as The Elite and as The Powers That Be. These Powers That Be are very patient and over the course of time have managed to place their minions in every single government on the planet. They also control major banks, insurance companies, religious organizations, radio, television, portions of Hollywood and even the mainstream media. They pretty much have their fingers into everything of influence and authority. All for the purpose of manipulating an unaware world-wide public. To what end you might ask? What possible reason could they have to do all of this? Why, to rule the world, of course. A select few have managed to deceive and manipulate the world’s population, herding them like sheep towards that one great big purpose I mentioned earlier. They have literally become the masters of deception and manipulation but they still haven’t quite managed to completely conquer and rule the world as of yet! Although they have many,many minions to do their bidding, they themselves are few. How is it possible that so few could wield the power to control almost everything and make so many do their bidding? What is this power they have and where does it come from?
Let’s take a look at three major points about these self-proclaimed masters of the universe volunteered by Wikipedia.
Conspiracy theorists of the Christian right believe there is an ancient occult conspiracy — started by the first mystagogues of Gnosticism and perpetuated by their alleged esoteric successors, such as the Kabbalists, Cathars, Knights Templar, Rosicrucians, Freemasons, and, ultimately, the Illuminati—which seeks to subvert the Judeo-Christian foundations of the Western world and implement the New World Order through a New Age one-world religion that prepares the masses to embrace the imperial cult of the Antichrist. More broadly, they speculate that globalists who plot on behalf of a New World Order are directed by occult agencies of some sort: unknown superiors, spiritual hierarchies, demons, fallen angels or Lucifer. They believe that, like Nazi occultists, these conspirators use the power of occult sciences (numerology), symbols (Eye of Providence), rituals (Masonic degrees), to advance their plot to rule the world.
Social critics accuse governments, corporations, and the mass media of being involved in the manufacturing of a national consensus and, paradoxically, a culture of fear due to the potential for increased social control that a mistrustful and mutually fearing population might offer to those in power. The worst fear of some conspiracy theorists is that the New World Order will be implemented through the use of mind control—a broad range of tactics able to subvert an individual’s control of his or her own thinking, behavior, emotions, or decisions. These tactics are said to include everything from Manchurian candidate-style brainwashing of sleeper agents (Project MKULTRA, “Project Monarch“) to engineering psychological operations (water fluoridation, subliminal advertising, “Silent Sound Spread Spectrum”, MEDUSA) and parapsychological operations (Stargate Project) to influence the masses.
Population control
Conspiracy theorists believe that the New World Order will also be implemented through the use of population control in order to more easily monitor and control the movement of individuals. The means range from stopping the growth of human societies through reproductive health and family planning programs, which promote abstinence, contraception and abortion, or intentionally reducing the bulk of the world population through genocides by mongering unnecessary wars, through plagues by engineering emergent viruses and tainting vaccines, and through environmental disasters by controlling the weather (HAARP, chemtrails), etc.
Before we continue, let’s read a brief statement I borrowed from a genus whose name is Clif High at Half Past Human.com
… also note, we could be wrong about the ‘whats‘ and ‘whys‘ of the building tension and release tension points….there is always consistent hope for that as we get the details wrong repeatedly. However, the temporal marker of the ranking general in deep sh#t came from the same data set that produced the Israeli mistake forecast. So……take it all as speculative, until it is not.
Now it is up to you to decide what will occur, and how. After all, it is the mass of humans who run this planet, though they may not rule it, they can shut down and stop anything they choose when they choose, by simply *not* cooperating with stupid bullsh#t from the ‘system‘…aka, TPTB.
All that they,(TPTB), have in their bag of tricks of manipulation and deception and ritual voodoo, pales in comparison to all the power we wield and most of us,( us meaning – NOT THEM), aren’t even aware of. However it is that they came by their knowledge and awareness,( ancient writings, Anunnaki teachings, Luciferian dark magick or all of the above), rest assured that it isn’t exclusive just to them! And we don’t need any of their sources to do it! The Law of the Universe,(Universal Law), has provided for all Beings, equal knowledge, awareness and power to deal with all situations. Including but not limited to, counteracting everything THE POWERS THAT BE do!!( Showing us that this was what was truly meant about the ‘BATTLE OF GOOD AND EVIL‘) All that one needs, is just to believe. Quoting an ancient wise man,” If you have the faith of a mustard seed,you can say to this mountain, ‘ GET UP AND MOVE‘, and the mountain WILL get up and move!”
Another good example to help awaken you to your abilities and powers is this story of Jesus the Christ walking on water towards the boat his disciples were sitting in. As the disciples watched him approach, Peter slowly stood up and yelled out to the Christ,”LORD, how is it that you can do this thing?”
And the Christ responded,” Just as you can, Peter. Step out upon the water and come to me.” And Peter stepped out upon the water and begin walking toward Jesus. But just as he reach Jesus, the weather changed and the waters became choppy, Peter had a hard time holding on to his faith,(and when I say his faith,I don’t mean his faith in the Christ, for his faith in the Christ was solid. He began to lose faith in himself and his ability to stay on top of the water.)and as such, he began to slip under. But just then, Jesus reached out and pulled him back up and together they walked to the boat. NOW, do you really think that Jesus zapped Peter with the magical ability to walk water? No, he did not! He helped Peter to do the same thing that his teachings are supposed to do for all of us,open his mind. By opening his mind and allowing his faith and power to wake up, he was able to walk on water. Now granted, it also had something to do with his faith in Jesus that helped him to awaken and apply his own faith and power so quickly. After all, he did know Jesus personally, an advantage you and I don’t have. However, the true message that Jesus was trying to relay was/is, awaken your faith and power in yourself and ‘ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE ‘!!
There are many Religious Scholars that say the story of Jesus walking on water was only a metaphor to teach us to have faith in him so he’ll help us to do great things like he did with Peter. WELL, that’s a great thought, but not entirely correct.
It does not hurt to believe that Jesus was indeed a great prophet and teacher. And it was written that he died for our sins, but it would be more accurate to say he died to save us from ourselves! And let’s face it, Jesus was not so vain as to mean that we are all useless so if we just believe in him, he’ll fix all our problems for us. That idea would serve to teach us nothing and would most certainly be self-defeating. This story was one of many he taught and each one is a key to help lead us to our own faith, powers and abilities. Right now, one or more of you are probably asking,” Why didn’t he just come out and tell us about these great abilities?” Oddly enough, one of his disciples asked that very same question, of which he replied,” You don’t throw pearls before the swine!” Meaning, you don’t just give knowledge to people who don’t yet understand it and would cause hurt to themselves and others. Instead,you give them keys to help lead them to understanding which would give them the wisdom to use that knowledge wisely!”(UNLIKE THE POWERS THAT BE, who know only to well of the evil they do and teach it to their followers and minions religiously.) And although we will have to counteract them to bring our world,(Gaia), back into balance once more, we should not hate The Powers That Be. We should pity our misguided bothers and sisters, because as we ascend into that higher vibration of a much better world, they themselves will be left behind to pay an overwhelming amount of karmic debt. That is not to say that they will all go to Hell, but rather they will each be in their own personal hell as they work to pay their karmic debt. After which they will finally ascend and slowly catch up to the rest of us! So it is that, which is called ‘ The Universal Law ‘.
For now, it is time to open our minds and allow our faith, power and abilities to awaken. So that we can collectively join ours thoughts to counteract the collective thoughts and damage brought about by The Powers That Be. For like it or not, we are now in the age foretold to us long ago, the age of the ‘ BATTLE OF GOOD AND EVIL ‘!!
Practice having that unshakable faith of the mustard seed and you will succeed in all that you desire to achieve. Just having your mind tuned in to those thoughts will lock into other ‘ like ‘ thoughts and bring about change in its own rite. Ascension is already ours, but it is still necessary to face this last great challenge so that it will open our minds even ‘ further ‘ to the overall picture!
Bless you all and we’ll talk again in the next Reality Shift!!~ Xaniel777
To open today, first, I really need to respond to all those who keep complaining that they have to continually go to DaniMartExtras’s Contact Us Page, to kick me direct comments, some of which I don’t seem to be getting. To fix this problem I have added a plug-in from WordPress called Contact Form. This should make things easier for all who need to reach me direct. Please understand that on top of being overly committed to many projects, I will have to make the time to respond to each of you as time permits. Please don’t be angry if I can’t get to all of you. I promise to do the best I can! Second, I wanted to briefly address those who have asked me how the Sumerians could have possibly been stupid enough to have fallen for the Anunnaki‘s ruse of being ‘GODS‘. The conversation of the Anunnaki started with my blog,’ THE ASCENSION REALITY SHIFT ‘ January 8th, 2010. We have to remind ourselves that the Sumerians were not even called the Sumerians at the time the Anunnaki graced the Earth with their ‘Holier Than Thou‘ presence. They only became known as the Sumerians, ( to themselves and anyone else who happened to be in the area ), after the Anunnaki upgraded their D.N.A. Before this, they would have been tribal and/or nomads with only the knowledge of that which we would have expected of an ancient race of their day. As an example,( I said,’as we drop down into my silly phase‘ ), I find myself on an uncharted island where the primitives have never seen anything we would consider modern, normal or high-tech. As they rush at me with their spears to kill and make me the night’s dinner, I quickly reach in my pocket and yank out a rubber band. stretching the rubber band to and fro, I yell out,” Booga, Booga, I am the God of Rubber!” (no pun intended and no disrespect to Trojan Condoms). Of which they would come to a screeching halt as I further yell,” Mess with your new GOD and I’ll pop each of you with this powerful rubber weapon that none of you have ever seen before. Now bring me fruit and half-dressed women to feed it to me!”…oooh yeahhh……quess I can get back to that fantasy later…I said, as I drifted back up to the realm I call my life! The point is, that some things should be self-explanatory, and although I do accept all questions, I sometimes have to pause long enough to ask myself, ” Really…are you asking me this…really?” I know this sounds mean on my part and I am grateful to all who read and comment and even e-mail me about this website. I just sometimes have to wonder if I’m not getting my message out clearly enough. If not, please kick me an e-mail an tell me how I can get my message out better ! And now, let’s continue with The ‘Dimensional‘ Reality Shift…
I first notice what I refer to as ‘ the happening ‘ about two years ago. This has no doubt been happening my whole life, but only in the last two or so years, have I notice it. Rather than roll through the whole two-year history of when it first caught my attention, let’s just examine these last few months,( because I notice it all the time now). Many times when I’m brushing my teeth, grooming my beard, or whatever, I will be focused on any number of priorities I have going on for that day. When suddenly, for just a quick moment, I will see in the mirror a different version of myself. In one version, I was brushing my long jet black hair. True enough, I have long hair. It’s not jet black ! In another brief spooky moment, I was brushing my teeth, when for a split second I saw myself with short military style hair and no beard.( I’m pretty sure I wet myself, cause the very thought of not having my long hair scared me !!) In the beginning I thought all of this was just my imagination, it’s not. And as I became more aware of it, the more often these things would happen. It’s not just images of myself, but of many different things. About three months ago my wife and I were in the Smith’s parking lot. We had just gotten out of the car when I noticed out of the corner of my eye, a midnight blue hot rod ready Plymouth Roadrunner ( ‘68/’69?). Now the reason I know that I wasn’t seeing things was because my eye’s locked on to that beautiful rebuilt dream car from the past. I walked right up to it and was checking it out when my wife yelled for me to come on. I turned around briefly and yelled for her to come over so she could see this piece of heaven on wheels. Small problem however, cause when I turn back around the Roadrunner was gone an sitting in its place was and old rusty blue Nova. The Roadrunner didn’t drive away because I had been standing in front of it and with cars parked either side and behind it. I know for a fact that car was there. And yet, it wasn’t. I asked Nagzilla …err…my wife if she had seen the Roadrunner disappear when I briefly turned around, because she had been looking at me the whole time she had growled for me to hurry. According to her, the old Nova had been there the whole time. I probably would have thrown a fit about this if it had been the first time it had ever happened to me. But, as I said before it happens to me a lot. So much in fact, that I’ve just learned to live with it! I know only to well that everything happens for a reason and there’s a reason for this too. My explanation for this is clumsy at best, but I came across something about it when I was researching ‘ thought forms ‘ for a later blog. I found it at Unexplainable.net written by Chris Capps. Heres a small piece of what he wrote about other dimensions:
A look into what another dimension would look like may actually be possible if we look at one simple object. Imagine a person floating in a void for the sake of simplicity. If the person decides to raise his hand, now imagine suddenly there are an infinite number of him floating nearby in a line and stretching in either direction, each of them raising their hand to varying degrees and at different speeds. Each of these “parallel” people are not merely facsimiles of the original person, but rather actually the same person. Now let’s say one of these infinite people who are raising their hands decides to raise his other hand. As he raises his other hand, an infinite number of him suddenly appear in an intersection, where he is displaying every possible variation of either raising or lowering his hand. This is the most simple way of looking at it, and yet it gets even more complex. Not only are the dimensions creating an infinite number of him depending on the action he takes, but an infinite number stretching in every direction for the decision every cell in his body takes. And of course each of those cells, composed of atoms, creates an infinite number of possibilities for every movement they make. The components of the atoms may be yet a smaller unit, such as the vibrating strings in string theory. These strings, millions of which would go into each atom, would each get their own dimensions based on their action or inaction. And assuming this was the absolute smallest unit of measurement possible this would be where it would end. So even with a single human being, an infinite number of possibilities would quickly expand from this central point with each slice of time. And each of these would then progress in their own way, spawning new dimensions until the equation quickly became far too complex to comprehend. When we are able to comprehend a universe such as this we may get some inkling into the complexity of the next dimension. And yet it seems incalculable from our position on a flat piece of paper.
If anyone else has had similar things happen to them please send me an e-mail and tell me all about it, or feel free to post a comment and share it with the world. For now, Bless you all and I’ll see for the next Reality Shift !~~~ Xaniel777
Ah, the secret to life. What’s it all about? Why am I here? What is my purpose? Where am I going? ( more important,where have I been? Cause the late 70’s and All OF THE 80’s were kind of a blur!)
We’ve all asked ourselves one or more of these questions at least once in our lives. The thing that we have forgotten is that we have all the answers the Universe holds. But when we chose to come into this physical reality , we agreed to ‘ not remember ’. We did this so that we could get the most out of our experience in the lives we each chose for ourselves. Think about it, If you already knew all the answers and how everything in your life would turn out, how could you actually experience any of it? And if you came here to repay some karmic debt for having a wild and dangerous past life ( or lives ), how could you repay the karma if you already knew the outcome? You couldn’t ! The whole idea for us even being here is because as pure energy lifeforms we have the answers to all things, what we do not have is the experience to live those answers or the emotions attached to them. Each of us, when we drew up the plan of what kind of life we would have and who we’d be, also installed periods throughout our lives when certain awarenesses and enlightened moments would occur for us. We did this in order to point ourselves to the right road that would allow us to reach ascention, eventually. This of course could take anywhere from one to a thousand lifetimes, depending on the individual and how many exeriences they wish to try, as well as what kind of experiences they were,( meaning, if the experiences were of murder or causing people to suffer just because you could, then you might spend a few lifetimes paying karmic debt for those actions).
Last Monday there was a show on Coast to Coast A.M. that may give you a better idea of what I’m saying, although it differs somewhat from my views. Below is a quick preview of that show with guest Barbara Hand Chow :
On Coast to Coast A.M.
On Monday’s show, May 31,2010, astrologer, author, and expert in the Mayan Calendar, Barbara Hand Clow talked about the nine dimensions of human consciousness, which she first learned about during her channeling of Pleiadian beings. According to her sources, each of the nine dimensions carries special information:
2nd Dimension: the realm of consciousness between the iron core crystal and the crust of the planet, including magma, telluric realm, and volcanic forces.
3rd Dimension:linear space & time– the dimension we are most familiar with.
4th Dimension: the canopy that forms over our body– the collective mind, an aggregate of our thoughts & feelings, and also the realm in which the global elite’s control patterns are operating.
6th Dimension: sacred geometry and the world of forms; crop circles are an example.
7th Dimension: sound– creates the geometry in the 6th Dimension.
8th Dimension: divine mind and consciousness.
9th Dimension: time codes of the Mayan calendar– a calendar for evolution for everything that exists.
Around 12,000 years ago,humanslost access to these higher dimensions of consciousness due to the cataclysmic events that struck theEarth, she explained. When people are able to activate the nine dimensions of consciousness, they have “achieved an alchemical transmutation,” she added.
The Pleiadians said that by October 2011, our reality would be “permeated by the full bore blast of the nine dimensions of consciousness,” and people would move into higher levels of awareness, Hand Clow recounted. However, in the short term, she foresees June and July 2010 as being difficult chaotic periods, astrologically tied in with eclipses and the summer solstice.
Now, here are a few great minds and what that had to say about the Akaskic records :
accounts of the akashic record, or “Book of Life”. Souls prior to being incarnated go to a ‘library’ and view the pages associated with the life they are considering. The
pages are not necessarily sequential. Although there may be definitive way points along the course of our lives, our free will can change paths, events and outcomes. As the
soul prepares for a life with the intent of learning a particular lesson or satisfying a karmic debt, the soul will also choose a family and a body that will help them with
the lessons for this incarnation. For many, some of those images survive “birth amnesia” and become our intuition serving them during their lives.
Edgar Caycestated that each person is held to account after life and “confronted” with their personal akashic record of what they have or have not done in life in a karmic sense.
Ervin Laszloin his books Science and the Akashic Field and Science and the Reenchantment of the Cosmos brings the latest new science of the akashic field and its function as the source of all manifestation and interconnectedness, flowing out and in via the vacuum field or zero-point energy, which he equates with akasha—cosmic mind, universal consciousness, and the field that unifies all things.
“Future Life Reading” – Helen Stewart Wambach (1925–1985), who lived in Concord, California, claimed to be able to read the akashic record. She said she could hypnotize people and enable them to experience their possible future lives in various alternate universes.
The point of all this is for you, whomever you are, to understand that you have always been, always are, and always will be. Eternal life isn’t an award presented to you as a prize for being good little boys and girls. Eternal life is something you already have and are currently experiencing some of it in this reality in that vessel you call your physical body. Your physical body is not who you truly are. Your are a pure energy lifeform driving a physical body in this grand illusion we know and call the physical realm, for reasons you had decided on before you ever came here. Those reasons vary from, you may have wanted to experience being a rich person to maybe experiencing being a person living in a wheel chair after an automobile accident, just to see how you would deal with life and it’s challenges. Or as mentioned, perhaps you are here to repay Karmic debt in this life because you may have been a known killer in the last life(lives).
Whatever reason you are here in this reality right now you have a purpose and that purpose ( big or small ) is equally important to you and everyone else, as we are all connected. Throughout out the whole Universe and all the life energies living in it, we are individual but collectively connected. As a great man that I am aware of ( David Wilcock ) has said many times, ” In truth there is really ‘ only one of us here ’.” You can read more about that at Divine Cosmos.com under David’s ‘ LAW of ONE ’ series.
I truly wish that this helps each of you understand, that no matter what is going on in your lives, none of you is worthless, bad or ugly. You are more special and more powerful then you could ever imagine.
And when physical death finally comes knocking you have nothing to fear, because you ( the real you ) never dies. You only go back home to decide on your next physical life you wish to experience. You may even wish to once more experience the very life your living now, for whatever reason. This may be where deja vu comes from !
And that is the secret (or reality shift) of Eternal Life. Eternal life is an on going quest to better ourselves as physical beings so that our Spiritual beings will have full understanding of every possible life existance, good, bad, scared, brave, healthy, ill, and even evil.You heard me right, evil has it’s place in our quest of discovery. However, this does not mean you can just cut loose and be evil and/or mean. That may not be why your here. Follow your heart, it knows what your here to do ! Of course it would be a real twist on our minds to discover that Adolfe Hitler was paying his karmic debt by coming back as innocent and sweet ( not to mention great ) country singer Tayler Swift ! ( Hmmm, I think I’ll need to contemplate that on the Tree of Woe.)
Once we’ve all completed everthing we’ve come to experience, all our individual energies will once again form as ’ ONE ’ as in ‘ There’s really only ONE of us here ‘ ! As for now, we are mirror images of the ‘ One ’ expressed in individual forms to do the very thing we are doing now. Learning, paying and experiencing!
Bless you all and I’ll see next time for another round of Reality Shift. ~~~ Xaniel777
I am already aware of the amount of hate mail I’m going to receive because of this post and have already clothed myself in ‘Riot Gear ’! Now that I’m prepared, wait… let me tighten this strap…almost got it…okay good to go, now let’s get on with it. There have been one or more ‘ GREAT MINDS ’ that have stated the Universe as we know it, is expanding. And that it is expanding itself and us right out of existance. I can and do say right now , that this is a lie !! This is not only a lie,but is also propaganda, and/or a fear technic to keep the public in just enough fear to side track their coming ascension. That or these fools just do not understand the femaleprinciple of the Universe. Now, this is where the new age expression ,’ DON’T BE HATE’n ‘, comes into the picture because I’M SO FLY. Alright, alright, I’m not so fly. A guy my age can hope can’t he? Never mind ! Men the world over, ( did I mention I was wearing ‘ Riot Gear ’ ), will overwhelm me with e-mail for no other reason than to tell me just how crazy I am ! Well, YEAH, I am. But that’s got nothing to do with this. Ok guys, are ya ready? At the risk of my own existance, the female principle rules all things. Not just in the Universe, but here on Earth as well, ( As it is above, so it is below ! ). We are not, ( as much as we would like to believe ), the special gender of the Universe. Women taking the backseat to men through-out our history has been nothing short of, the male driven ego forcing the female principle to believe we were and are the dominant gender. Truth be known, we’re the minority here and always have been. GOD, of course is male/female, two sides of the same coin. However, ( and I already know that many will argue this point ), the female principle dominates, even with GOD ! Of course, so many of you will/are yell(ing)…..’ Xaniel, not only are you crazy, but your mind has left the building !! ’…maybe so, maybe so, yet I challenge any of you, to prove I’m wrong ! And, ‘ NO ’, I am not a female lacky!! The facts are what they are, nothing more/nothing less. Which brings us back to the,’ GREAT MIND(s) ’, that have said we would eventually expand right out of existance. Being me and who I am, do I dare to dispute what the ‘ GREAT MIND(s) ’ have put forth as scientific fact? In the words of an ancient wise sage, and I quote,” He don’t know me very well, do he?”~ (BugsBunny) ~ I do agree with the,’ GREAT MIND(s) ’, that the Universe is expanding, however, will not expand out of existance. The Universe, like a pregnant woman, is about to give birth to a brand new bouncing baby, Galaxy. Our solar system along with our Galaxy is about to ascend into a higher evolution of life which means the Universe needs a new Galaxy to come forth to begin the process of evolving life all over again. And as that Galaxy grows into ascended adulthood, the Universe will expand once more to give birth to yet another fresh process life. And so on and so on !! We are but children fixing to ascend into Universal adulthood, where our understanding will lead us to Universal wisdom and understanding ! ” Which in short means, we are about to become a class one life form !!”
Bless you all and we will talk again in the next Reality Shift !~~~ Xaniel777
Many have asked me, why it takes so long for me to kick out something on my blog. For that I apologize. Truth is, I have so many different things going on, too many irons in the fire as they say. But as I said in my replies to those who asked, I’m fixing to make a change and among them will be a book I’ve been trying to finish for sometime now called ’ Vibrations (The Gateway) ‘. Just as soon as I finish it, I will publish it as PDF an offer it for free to whoever would like a copy. My way of saying ‘ Thanks for following this blog ‘. As far as the Reality Shift category I will do my best to make time and post at least twice a month and if time allows maybe even three. In about forty to sixty days or so, a lot of my projects will be complete and I will focus on this blog full time as it is something I really do enjoy but never seem to have time for. And now let’s continue with:
‘ The Exposure Reality Shift ’~~~ Through the piles and piles of research I swim in regularly I am constantly finding new information, usually when I’m focused on locating other information. In my last post I told you that the Annunaki were forced to go and that I suspected it had something to do with them not wanting to get caught up in our reality of time.Well it would seem that,yes, they did go and they are watching and they do return to make sure that their minions are still keeping us at each others throats by targeting us with lies, propaganda and fearmongering. Three powerful Illumanti key ingredients to maintain control over us. However, this lastest info I’ve come across, suggests that not all of them left as was previously believed. As you may remember from Zecharia Sitchin’s great work, that the Annunaki generally stand twelve to fifteen feet tall. But the Igigi, the Annunaki’s second rate citizens,( better term would be lackeys), may have been ordered to stay behind and alter their appearance to masquerade as human and blend in with the rest of the world. If this is true, then it’s unlikely you’ll have to worry about your neighbor being Igigi. That’s because despite being second rate lackeys to the Annunaki, these lifeforms would have wanted to take positions of power. They would be Kings, Queens, Lords, Presidents, Emperors, ect. They would have positions that gave themselves great control over the masses. Although not clear, we have to assume that the Igigi stood five an a half to six an a half feet tall in order to blend in without causing too much attention. This may also be one of the reasons they are considered second rate by the Annunaki, but were still seen as second level Gods by the Sumerian’s. We know that, although part human, the Annunaki and the Igigi looked more reptilian in appearance. We have to also assume that the Igigi had special gifts or special technology that allow them to look like regular humans in order to stay the leaders of whatever great position of power they took. The human members of the Illuminati were the only ones let in on this great secret. For if any other humans had ever found out the truth, they would never have followed these leaders. Instead they would have probably hunted them all down and killed them. How many of these leaders through out time have masqueraded as Kings,Queens, Presidents, Lords, Emperors,ect and how have they managed to maintain their full human appearance without us finding out? More important is how do we unmask them? How can we get the world to see who and what they truly are? Well,Clif High of halfpasthuman.commay have that very solution! According to Clif, there are ancient writings that speak of a word that would unveil these lifeforms who feel they own us. This very special word is not like any other you have ever heard or spoken. This special word forms a very special sound. The kind of sound that Clif says is a tool that creates specific frequencies and waves that it, ( the word ), forms. If we were to speak this word in front of any we call the elite, it would literally unmask them instantly, exposing them for what and who they truly are . This word would not only unmask these creatures but it would also help to finally wake up the rest of the world. By waking up the rest of the world we could, through collective thought, put an end to the Illuminati and their masters the Annunaki and reclaim our world and ourselves. And in doing so we will finally understand and feel what true freedom was meant to be !
( It’s time to do some heavy research. Let’s find this WORD so we can Expose and Shift this Reality !!) ~~~ Xaniel777
It’s come to my attention from the many different comments and of course from our sister site, DaniMartExtras.com on the ‘Contact Us Page’, that I haven’t made it very clear about the creation of mankind and what role the Anunnaki played. I suppose it would have been clever of me to have mentioned that mankind already existed long before the Anunnaki arrived. But of course, no one has ever accused me of being clever, so with that said I guess I should step up to the plate. Today is 31,March 2010, however, the Hebrews calculate their calendars differently. The Hebrew year is ‘5770′ which will end September 8, 2010 and begin for them ‘5771′. The Hebrews got this date, 5770, because they believe that five thousand seven hundred and seventy years ago God created Adam. We also know from the Sumerian Text as translated by Zecharia Sitchin, that the Sumerian’s began their civilization roughly three to four thousand years before the Hebrews. Making this about nine or ten thousand years ago, ( give or take ), that the Anunnaki arrived to introduce themselves to the Sumerians as their self-proclaimed Gods. Dazzling them with their evolved intelligence and high tech gizmo’s. And let’s not forget their overwhelming size. According to Zecharia’s research the Anunnaki stood twelve to fifteen feet tall. As I mentioned earlier mankind existed long before the Anunnaki graced us with their presence. We will use two men for our example, starting with Neanderthal Man who lived ( according to all the great minds who study and research this very thing for a living ), 35,000 to 70,000 years ago. And then we have Cro-magnon Man, who was coming into the world ( about 35,000 years ago ), as Neanderthal Man was slowly departing it. These two different kinds of man may have saw, met and even clashed with each other in passing. This clears the Anunnaki of creating mankind, despite their willingness to take claim for what GOD truly created. The confusion the Sumerian’s had about the creation of man comes from the misunderstanding they had of the Anunnaki’s technology. That is to say, that mankind ( at least in that part of the world ), was altered by the Anunnaki by way of Test-Tubes. The idea of altering mankind’s D.N.A. to create a more submissive life form came about when primitive man had enough of these Gods and rose up against them. Granted these primitives may have been lacking intelligence compared to that of the Anunnaki, but they were very strong and very fast.And because of this they almost defeated the Anunnaki here on Earth. After primitive man was put down, the Igigi, ( whom the Sumerian’s refered to as the lesser Gods ), decided that they too were tried of being mistreated and started their own revolt. Of course unlike the primitives, the Igigi understood the political ways of the Anunnaki and even though there may have been minor clashes they used a more civilized approach to their revolt. After the Anunnaki leaders debated awhile, it was decided that they would use their medical technology to alter and create a more submissive life form ( male and female ). This is where the statement, ‘ Let us create man in our own image ‘, in the Book of Genesis of the old Testament came from. Although the Sumerian’s didn’t get the height or the ascended gifts the Anunnaki were said to have had, they did get a sharper appearance and higher intelligence level. After the Test-Tube experiments were done and the new mankind babies were born and raised to a certain age the training of servitude began. They were also schooled to make them more useful in handling whatever position the Anunnaki decided to place them in. As this new kind of life form grew into adulthood they became the Sumerian’s. And this is what gave birth to their whole civilization. After a long while the Anunnaki and maybe the Igigi ( the Igigi may have been ordered to stay and watch over all things )were forced to leave our world which left the Sumerian’s to govern themselves. But before they left they told the Sumerian leaders that they would always be watching their progress. They made it clear that even though they may keep themselves unseen, all civilizations, present and future would always be under the control of the Anunnaki. A promise they have always kept, as those we call ‘ The Powers That Be ‘ or ‘ Illuminati ‘ would attest to if you could discover exactly who they are and get them to admit to anything at all! Now why the Anunnaki had to leave in the first place is not clear. We know they keep coming back and are always watching us. We know they keep in close touch with The Powers That Be to make sure that their WILL is being carried out. But once again, why were they forced to leave the Sumerian’s back then and don’t seem to stay very long when they do return? I was reading Clif High’s website not to long ago at halfpasthuman.com, where Clif was talking about time and how it seems to play differently in different places. So let’s examine this theory. What if time works very differently where the Anunnaki come from. Because of this the Anunnaki are able to live a very long time. However the longer that they were here on Earth the more they became victim to our realm of time and unable to maintain their long life span. If you feel this is a good theory, kick me a comment. We’ll pick up more Reality Shift’s in the next blog. Until then stay well !!
Bless you all and we’ll talk again in the next Reality Shift ! ~~~ Xaniel777
This research comes from Oracle63. It is just one of many sources anyone could study to seek the truth. Among other sources, Biblical scholarZecharia Sitchin, who is famous for his ability to translate ancient Sumerian and other ancient texts. Before we begin, I wanted to point out a few things so that there would be no misunderstandings. As I said in the last blog , God does exist, as do Guardian Angels and Spirit Guides. These Anunnaki should never be confused as our God or the Angels despite their ability to make ancient man believe they were. The ancient writings ( that we refer to as the old testament ), are not what they seem. However, I truly believe the New Testament to be genuine, although I also feel it may be a altered and incomplete. ‘ nuff said, now down to business : ” The Anunnaki are not the Nephilim or the Fallen Angels “. This is a common misconception held by the masses. To illuminate my point, we will be reviewing ancient mythology using Sumerian and Biblical tales. We will examine these ” Nephilim ” and ” Fallen Angels ” to look for their Sumerian counterpart. First, we must understand who the Anunnaki are, who the Nephilim are and who the Fallen Ones are. The Anunnaki were Sumerian creation Gods. Unlike the modern Biblical tales, the Sumerian pantheon was polytheistic, meaning they had many gods of different rank. The Sumerians credited creation with the Anunnaki, man too was among their creation. The Gods Enki and his sister Ninhursag fashioned mankind in their image. Enki was second in command under his brother Enlil. Enlil was the Lord of Earth and in control of the God’s work here, which consisted of farming and mining. With this being said, the Anunnaki were not the only ” Gods ” in the Sumerian pantheon. There was also a lower tier of Gods called the Igigi, which means ” Those who watch and see “. The epic of Atrahasis ( Poem of the Supersage ) is a long epic which deserves more attention than given here. In the epic, heavenly society is divided into two classes. The labor on the fields was carried out by gods of the second rank, the Igigi, on behalf of the more important gods, the leaders called the Anunnaki. The story starts with a revolt by the Igigi. They bang the door and went on strike, protesting before their chief employer Enlil. No work on the fields eventually means famine, so the gods in panic convened a general assembly presided by the chief Anu himself. The solution proposed by the intelligent Enki is to create mankind who would have as prime duty to work on the fields, to fulfill the role of servants towards the gods. Men feed, cloth and shelter the gods and thus replace the labor done previously by the Igigi, and this is why man has to work so hard….their sole purpose is to be devoted to the gods. ( OFFICIAL DEFINITION of the Igigi ) The Igigi, ( the plural is Igigi, singular is Igigu), were the 300 lesser gods without individual names who remained in Heaven after 600 lesser gods, ( later to also be known as the Anunnaki ), left Heaven to grow food for the gods living on the Earth. The story of the Igigi is quite simple. The lesser gods revolted against the Anunnaki, the highest ranks of the gods on Earth. The grievance was so great that the Sky Father Anu had to be present to hear and resolve the problem. It is also important to note that the Sumerians were the first people to write the tale of the Great Flood. In this tale we learn that Enlil grew weary of the clammerings of man. He debated mankinds destruction with the other Anunnaki.
Enlil’s brother Enki protested the flood, but was ruled against. Man was to be swept away in a great flood. Secretly, Enki spoke to a man named Ziusudra and told him how to create an ark to survive the coming flood. This tale is echoed in the Akkadian / Babylonian tale of Gilgamesh and also in the Hebrew Torah in the tale of Noah. Since the Hebrews progenitor, Abraham, was from the Babylonian City of Ur it makes sense how this ” legend ” grew its roots. Keeping the Sumerian / Hebrew connection in mind, we move on to the Nephilim and the story of the Angelic revolt ( better known as the Fallen Angels ). First, lets get an idea of who these deities from the Biblical tales were. The Fallen Angels are spoken about briefly in the Bible. In the book of Enoch we learn much more of their story. There was an Angelic revolt against ” Heaven “. The Angels were jealous that they must now serve mankind. This revolt led to the interbreeding with ” The Daughters of Men “. This is mentioned in the earlier parts of the Bible, briefly. The book of Enoch gets more in depth with this subject. What is mostly unknown is that ,” these ” Fallen Angels ” were of the Grigori order. The term Grigori derives from the Greek ” Egregoroi “, meaning ” The Watchers “. These Angels were under the rank of Arch Angels. Now, knowing this, we understand that a low ranking sect of Angels revolted against the God Most High, Yahweh. As we know from the Bible, the main reason for the flood was because of this Angelic revolt and interbreeding with the Daughters of Men. This brings us to the Nephilim. The Nephilim, as you may well have guessed, are the bastard children of the Fallen. They were half-human and half-grigori Angel. They were mortal, yet much more powerful andwell lived then regular humans of their time. They were also known as Giants. Most of them were wiped out by the Great Flood. The rest were ” apparently ” killed off. The story of giants echoes world wide, even Mighty Thor did battle with giants in many Nordic tales. Now, what have we learned here? Was it the Anunnaki who the Bible claims to be the Fallen Angels? No, they are not. If anything the Igigi fit the description of these Fallen Angels. ( The Igigi revolted against Enlil.),The Grigori revolted against Yahweh. ( The term Igigi means ” Those who watch and see “), The term Grigori means ” The Watchers “. ( Enlil flooded the Earth because the clammerings of man were making him angry.), Yahweh flooded the Earth because of mans wickedness and the interbreeding of the Fallen. ( Enki told Ziusudra to build an ark.), Yahweh told Noah to build an ark. If anything, the Anunnaki resemble the descriptions of Yahweh. The Biblical tales are a collection of Sumerian stories, mixed together under one God. ~ ( And lets be honest shall we, the old testament is missing certain information it started out with! One example, further research shows that the first man and woman, ( according ancient writings ), was Adam and Lilith not Adam and Eve. Eve was actually Adams second wife. Odd how this is left out. Or was it removed for reasons we aren’t allowed to know??? ) ~ Xaniel777
This story is about the Anunnaki. And I suggest all of you get use to that name, because you’re going to be hearing it a lot from all around the world, in the not to distant future. My research comes from many different sources, but it all started from the Sumerianclay tablets themselves, ( translated toEnglish ). Now, where to begin? The Ancient Sumerians call the Anunnaki gods and they feared them very much and with good reason. The name Anunnaki translates , those who came from heaven to earth, and they are a super race of beings. Notice I said,( they are..), because they were then and still are to this very day as they still exist, seen only by a select few. You may not know who these select few are, but you do know them by the name Illuminati or The Powers That Be or even as the Global Masters of all things money! These so called masters of us and our world, have masters over them that they have to answer to, and those masters are called the Anunnaki. Anyway, these Anunnaki were and still are a super race of beings. They are part reptilian and part human who stand twelve to fifteen feet tall. Despite their evolution into this super race that they had become, they were also a cannibalistic and conquering race. They demanded sacrifices from all those they conquered. Not just from the humans but also from they own kind of which they were known to enslave for whatever reasons. The Sumerians, (one of the first recorded civilizations ), once thrived in the territory we now know as Persia. And this is where the religious lie that caused a shift in reality back then, begins! The Anunnaki studied primitive humans in those days and noticed a certain form of spiritual ritual with them, which gave them an idea for total control over these people. Had the Anunnaki not intervened, the human race may very well have evolved into a very special and different kind of people than we are today. ( Now let me make this clear before I go on! There is a GOD. The one trueGod of all things. These Anunnaki are not God, nor are they angels!) After observing the humans, the Anunnaki wrote most if not all of the old testament. A lot of people believe that the old testament was written by the Hebrews and that those very words formed their Torah. I already know that I’m going to get a lot of hate mail for this and I really don’t mean to step on anyone’s beliefs, Jewish, Christian or otherwise. But the truth is, that those very words and stories can be traced straight back to the Sumerians, who lived two to four thousand years before the Hebrews ever came into existence. Now you see how that religious lie shifted reality to what it has become today. A world of religious powers all lacking true Spiritual Ascension ! ~ Xaniel777
Not to long ago, I had a conversation with an old friend about the return of Jesus the Christ. Being a person who doesn’t like to step on anyone’s religious beliefs , I spent the majority of the conversation nodding my head in agreement. After all , he is my friend and I didn’t want to hurt his feelings with my views of the Great Return. Truth is I do have a very different view of the Christ’s return. As a few people are aware of, ( and many are not ) , we are close to a full ascension . On December 21, 2012 that ascension will be complete and just so you know, we’re already in our rise of ascension right now ! ‘ And how is this happening you ask ?’ It’s happening because our Solar System is fixing to enter a very strange and rare period in the Milky Way galaxy . A period where after an overwhelming amount time has past by and now oue world will once again line up with all the other planets in our solar system as well as the center of the galaxy. This will put us in direct path to a new vibrational energy that will shift our D.N.A. ( upgrade it, as it were ) and help us to ascend to a better way of life. And on December 21, 2012 , the world as we know it will end and an exciting new world will begin ! ( Life cycle 5 if I’m not mistaken ) This is the reason we are slowly ascending now. You see , our Solar System has been operating on one kind offrequency/vibration all this time and now we are entering the Milky Way which operates on a higher frequency/vibration. This higher frequency/vibration is slowly changing everything in us and our world. It’s also changing everything in our Solar System including our Sun. That’s the reason our Sun has little or no sun spots ( cycle 24 ) that would normally be there and the reason we’re having record breaking cold weather. ( Global Warming?? Who thought up that joke ? ) Anyway, as our own frequency/vibrations slowly increase, the frequency/vibration of our DNA will equally increase and begin to shift into something different and beautiful. And because of this DNA shift we will be blessed with what many call supernatural gifts. As this is slowly happening to us right now, there may be people in the world who are already experiencing these special gifts. So this brings me back to my friend and my very different view about the return of the Christ. I strongly feel that there was a mistranslation and that it was not meant to say that Jesus the Christ would return, but rather that we would ascend to a higher frequency/vibration/DNA and in doing so , we would gain theCHRIST CONSCIOUSNESS and thus ” the Return of the Christ !! ASCENSION IS THE MASTER OF ALL REALITY SHIFTS !!
Bless you all and I’ll see you for the next Reality Shift. ~~~ Xaniel777
Translate
[00:07:26]
.jpg)
.jpg)
.jpg)
.bmp)
.jpg)
.jpg)
.jpg)
.jpg)
[00:35:54]
.gif)
.jpg)
.jpg)
.jpg)
($10 Amazon).
Click for larger image
Click for larger image
Click for larger image
Click for larger image
Click for larger image
SPECIALTY TOURS FOR GROUPS
… A friend called ‘Vikas’ (which means to ‘Grow’ or ‘Evolve’) sent me this quote couple of months back … soon after the 
“THE MILLIONS OF MISSING PEOPLE IN THE WHOLE WORLD FINISH IN THE UNDERGROUND BASES READY TO BE EATEN, EXPERIMENTED OR KILLED”.PLEASE SEND THIS PAGE TO ALL PEOPLE WITH A MISSING RELATIVE & TO ALL PAGES FOR MISSING PEOPLE.NOTE: THERE’S A NOTIFICATION AT THE END OF “
.
[youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3zlVfzr1onQ&hl=es_MX&fs=1][youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vnvsoi_NzS0&hl=es_MX&fs=1][youtube http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hVD_DWJFJAA&hl=es_MX&fs=1&rel=0] 
